ویکی ماخذ urwikisource https://ur.wikisource.org/wiki/%D8%B5%D9%81%D8%AD%DB%82_%D8%A7%D9%88%D9%84 MediaWiki 1.46.0-wmf.24 first-letter میڈیا خاص تبادلۂ خیال صارف تبادلۂ خیال صارف ویکی ماخذ تبادلۂ خیال ویکی ماخذ فائل تبادلۂ خیال فائل میڈیاویکی تبادلۂ خیال میڈیاویکی سانچہ تبادلۂ خیال سانچہ معاونت تبادلۂ خیال معاونت زمرہ تبادلۂ خیال زمرہ مصنف تبادلۂ خیال مصنف صفحہ تبادلۂ خیال صفحہ اشاریہ تبادلۂ خیال اشاریہ TimedText TimedText talk ماڈیول تبادلۂ خیال ماڈیول Event Event talk 252 917 32322 31732 2026-04-22T02:16:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 32322 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title= |Language=ur |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year= |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=_empty_ |Image=1 |Progress=X |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} pl43nlhaquobu6x7do5a63sddr83orp 32323 32322 2026-04-22T02:16:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 32323 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title= |Language=ur |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year= |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=pdf |Image=1 |Progress=X |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} jdizl656fl40hjjdghmuhw6kyjjis42 252 12113 31983 27497 2026-04-22T01:48:51Z Satdeep Gill 85 31983 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |مصنف= |عنوان= |سال= |ناشر= |ماخذ= |تصویر= |صفحات= |ملاحظات= }} [[زمرہ:Urdu]] q3jlb0ke2fjrso7ifrmdtzwe5rq0s0h 32028 31983 2026-04-22T02:12:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 32028 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title= |Language=en |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year= |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=_empty_ |Image=1 |Progress=X |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} [[زمرہ:Urdu]] rnidm7l3m8raq3b194omghy22dgf80q 32029 32028 2026-04-22T02:13:31Z Satdeep Gill 85 32029 proofread-index text/x-wiki {{:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template |Type=book |Title= |Language=ur |Volume= |Author= |Translator= |Editor= |Illustrator= |School= |Publisher= |Address= |Year= |Key= |ISBN= |OCLC= |LCCN= |BNF_ARK= |ARC= |DOI= |Source=_empty_ |Image=1 |Progress=X |Transclusion=no |Validation_date= |Pages=<pagelist /> |Volumes= |Remarks= |Width= |Header= |Footer= |tmplver= }} pl43nlhaquobu6x7do5a63sddr83orp 250 12700 31930 30796 2026-04-21T23:01:29Z Charan Gill 46 31930 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Taranpreet Goswami" /></noinclude>اور پشو پنچھی تک ہے ایک جی کی رکشا کرنا دھرم ہے جہان مین اسکے برابر کوئی ادھرم نہین جو شخص دوسرے کا گوشت کھا کر اپنا گوشت بڑھاتے ہین وہ آخرکار دوزخ مین پڑتے ہین اس سے انسان کو لازم یہ ہے کہ جی کی رکشا کرے اور جو لوگ کہ دوسرے کا دکھ نہ سمجھتے ہون اور غیرون کے جی بھی مار مار کے کھاتے ہون انکی اس دنیا مین عمر کم ہوتی ہواور یولے لنگڑے کانے اندھے ہونے کپڑے ایسے اعضاء سے محروم مو نیم لیتے ہین جیسے نشو اور بھی کے انگ کھاتے ہین ویسے ہی انگ اپنے کھواتے ہین اور شراب پینا بہت بڑا گناہ ہے اس سے شراب اور گوشت کا کھانا بجا نہین اس طرح راجہ کو دیوان نے اپنی ست کا گیان سمجھا کر این این رسیور اسنیاسی در رویش کسی کو نہ مانا چاہئے اور اسی دھرم سے راج کرتا تھا ایک دن کا کے ہین جو مرگیا پھرا کا بنیاد حرم دجون نام گری پڑیٹھا اور راج کرنے لگا ایک دن اسے بھی چند دیوان کو کپڑوا سر پر سات چوٹی رکھو نھ کالا کرو اگر ھے پر چڑھوا ڈونڈی بجواتانی دلوا دیس سے نکال دیا ایک دن وہ راجہ سنت رت مین رانیون کو ساتھ لے ایک باغ کی سیر کو گیا اس باغ مین ایک بڑا تالاب تھا اور اسمین کنول پھول رہے تھے راجہ اس سردور کی شوبھا دیکھے کپڑے اتار اشنان کرنے کو اترا ایک پھول توڑ تیر پر آرانی کے ہاتھ مین دینے لگا کہ وہ پھول ہاتھ سے پھوٹ کر رانی کے پائون پر گرا اور اسکی چوٹ سے رانی کا پانون ٹوٹ گیاتب راجہ گھر کر بارگی با نترل کر اس کی او کھد کرنے لگا کہ اتنے مین رات ہوئی اور چند رمان نے پرکاش کیا چاند کی جوت پڑتے ہی دوسری رانی کے شریر مین پھپھولے پڑگئے تو مین اچانک دوسرے کسی گرہنسی کی مونس کی آواز آئی اس سے تیسری رانی کے شرمن ایسا درد ہوا کہ خش آگیا اتنی بات کہ مبتال بولا اے را جبران مینون مین است شکار کون ہے راجہ نے کہا جس کے شریر مین درد پوشش آباد ہی بہت نازک ہو یہ بات من میتال پھر اسی درخت پر جا لٹکا اور راجہ اسے اتار گٹھری باند ھ کا نذریعے پر رکھ لیچلا گیارھوین کہانی بیتال بولا کہ پونے پو نام ایک نگر ہو بان بلیو نام ایک راجہ تھا اور اسکے دیوان کا نامر ست پر کاش تھا اس دیوان کی استری کا نام شی اس راجہ نے ایک روز اپنے دیوان سے کہا جو ا جہ ہوکر سند استری سے بھوگ نہ کرے تو راج کرنا اسکا ہے سود ہے یہ بات کہ دیوان کو راج کا بھارہ سے آپ سکھہ سے پیش کرنے کے اور راج کی سب چنتا چھوڑ دی اور دن رات آنند مین رہنے لگا اتفاقا ایک روز وہ دیوان اپنے گھرمین اداس بیٹھا تھا کہ مین اسکی جور نے پوچھاسلامی ان دنون آپکو بہت دبلاد دیتی ہون وہ بولا رات دن مجھے راج کی فکر رہتی ہو اس سے شر دبلا ہو گیا اور راجہ تو انھون پر اپنے عیش و آرام مین رہتا ہو تو روایت<noinclude>[[Category:urdu]]</noinclude> qehy9h7i1246myas7dbbppzc4sx2zj4 32340 31930 2026-04-22T04:14:58Z Charan Gill 46 32340 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Taranpreet Goswami" /></noinclude>اور پشو پنچھی تک ہے ایک جی کی رکشا کرنا دھرم ہے جہان مین اسکے برابر کوئی ادھرم نہین جو شخص دوسرے کا گوشت کھا کر اپنا گوشت بڑھاتے ہین وہ آخرکار دوزخ مین پڑتے ہین اس سے انسان کو لازم یہ ہے کہ جی کی رکشا کرے اور جو لوگ کہ دوسرے کا دکھ نہ سمجھتے ہون اور غیرون کے جی بھی مار مار کے کھاتے ہون انکی اس دنیا مین عمر کم ہوتی ہواور یولے لنگڑے کانے اندھے ہونے کبڑے ایسے اعضاء سے محروم ہو جنم لیتے ہین جیسے پشو اور پنچھی کے انگ کھاتے ہین ویسے ہی انگ اپنے کھواتے ہین اور شراب پینا بہت بڑا گناہ ہے اس سے شراب اور گوشت کا کھانا بجا نہین اس طرح راجہ کو دیوان نے اپنی ست کا گیان سمجھا کر ایسا جین دھرم مین لایا کہ جو یہ کہتا تھا وہے راجکا کرتا تھا اور برہمن جوگی جنگم اسنیاسی در رویش کسی کو نہ مانا چاہئے اور اسی دھرم سے راج کرتا تھا ایک دن کا کے ہین جو مرگیا پھرا کا بنیاد حرم دجون نام گری پڑیٹھا اور راج کرنے لگا ایک دن اسے بھی چند دیوان کو کپڑوا سر پر سات چوٹی رکھو نھ کالا کرو اگر ھے پر چڑھوا ڈونڈی بجواتانی دلوا دیس سے نکال دیا ایک دن وہ راجہ سنت رت مین رانیون کو ساتھ لے ایک باغ کی سیر کو گیا اس باغ مین ایک بڑا تالاب تھا اور اسمین کنول پھول رہے تھے راجہ اس سردور کی شوبھا دیکھے کپڑے اتار اشنان کرنے کو اترا ایک پھول توڑ تیر پر آرانی کے ہاتھ مین دینے لگا کہ وہ پھول ہاتھ سے پھوٹ کر رانی کے پائون پر گرا اور اسکی چوٹ سے رانی کا پانون ٹوٹ گیاتب راجہ گھر کر بارگی با نترل کر اس کی او کھد کرنے لگا کہ اتنے مین رات ہوئی اور چند رمان نے پرکاش کیا چاند کی جوت پڑتے ہی دوسری رانی کے شریر مین پھپھولے پڑگئے تو مین اچانک دوسرے کسی گرہنسی کی مونس کی آواز آئی اس سے تیسری رانی کے شرمن ایسا درد ہوا کہ خش آگیا اتنی بات کہ مبتال بولا اے را جبران مینون مین است شکار کون ہے راجہ نے کہا جس کے شریر مین درد پوشش آباد ہی بہت نازک ہو یہ بات من میتال پھر اسی درخت پر جا لٹکا اور راجہ اسے اتار گٹھری باند ھ کا نذریعے پر رکھ لیچلا گیارھوین کہانی بیتال بولا کہ پونے پو نام ایک نگر ہو بان بلیو نام ایک راجہ تھا اور اسکے دیوان کا نامر ست پر کاش تھا اس دیوان کی استری کا نام شی اس راجہ نے ایک روز اپنے دیوان سے کہا جو ا جہ ہوکر سند استری سے بھوگ نہ کرے تو راج کرنا اسکا ہے سود ہے یہ بات کہ دیوان کو راج کا بھارہ سے آپ سکھہ سے پیش کرنے کے اور راج کی سب چنتا چھوڑ دی اور دن رات آنند مین رہنے لگا اتفاقا ایک روز وہ دیوان اپنے گھرمین اداس بیٹھا تھا کہ مین اسکی جور نے پوچھاسلامی ان دنون آپکو بہت دبلاد دیتی ہون وہ بولا رات دن مجھے راج کی فکر رہتی ہو اس سے شر دبلا ہو گیا اور راجہ تو انھون پر اپنے عیش و آرام مین رہتا ہو تو روایت<noinclude>[[Category:urdu]]</noinclude> scljby5m67wirff1eofeoh1sxytkmwg 32341 32340 2026-04-22T05:46:56Z Charan Gill 46 32341 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Taranpreet Goswami" /></noinclude>اور پشو پنچھی تک ہے ایک جی کی رکشا کرنا دھرم ہے جہان مین اسکے برابر کوئی ادھرم نہین جو شخص دوسرے کا گوشت کھا کر اپنا گوشت بڑھاتے ہین وہ آخرکار دوزخ مین پڑتے ہین اس سے انسان کو لازم یہ ہے کہ جی کی رکشا کرے اور جو لوگ کہ دوسرے کا دکھ نہ سمجھتے ہون اور غیرون کے جی بھی مار مار کے کھاتے ہون انکی اس دنیا مین عمر کم ہوتی ہواور یولے لنگڑے کانے اندھے ہونے کبڑے ایسے اعضاء سے محروم ہو جنم لیتے ہین جیسے پشو اور پنچھی کے انگ کھاتے ہین ویسے ہی انگ اپنے کھواتے ہین اور شراب پینا بہت بڑا گناہ ہے اس سے شراب اور گوشت کا کھانا بجا نہین اس طرح راجہ کو دیوان نے اپنی ست کا گیان سمجھا کر ایسا جین دھرم مین لایا کہ جو یہ کہتا تھا وہے راجکا کرتا تھا اور برہمن جوگی جنگم اسنیاسی درویش کسی کو نہ مانا چاہئے اور اسی دھرم سے راج کرتا تھا ایک دن کال کے بس مین مرگیا پھرا کا بیٹا دھرم دھوج نام گری پڑیٹھا اور راج کرنے لگا ایک دن اسے بھی چند دیوان کو کپڑوا سر پر سات چوٹی رکھو نھ کالا کرو اگر ھے پر چڑھوا ڈونڈی بجواتانی دلوا دیس سے نکال دیا ایک دن وہ راجہ سنت رت مین رانیون کو ساتھ لے ایک باغ کی سیر کو گیا اس باغ مین ایک بڑا تالاب تھا اور اسمین کنول پھول رہے تھے راجہ اس سردور کی شوبھا دیکھے کپڑے اتار اشنان کرنے کو اترا ایک پھول توڑ تیر پر آرانی کے ہاتھ مین دینے لگا کہ وہ پھول ہاتھ سے پھوٹ کر رانی کے پائون پر گرا اور اسکی چوٹ سے رانی کا پانون ٹوٹ گیاتب راجہ گھر کر بارگی با نترل کر اس کی او کھد کرنے لگا کہ اتنے مین رات ہوئی اور چند رمان نے پرکاش کیا چاند کی جوت پڑتے ہی دوسری رانی کے شریر مین پھپھولے پڑگئے تو مین اچانک دوسرے کسی گرہنسی کی مونس کی آواز آئی اس سے تیسری رانی کے شرمن ایسا درد ہوا کہ خش آگیا اتنی بات کہ مبتال بولا اے را جبران مینون مین است شکار کون ہے راجہ نے کہا جس کے شریر مین درد پوشش آباد ہی بہت نازک ہو یہ بات من میتال پھر اسی درخت پر جا لٹکا اور راجہ اسے اتار گٹھری باند ھ کا نذریعے پر رکھ لیچلا گیارھوین کہانی بیتال بولا کہ پونے پو نام ایک نگر ہو بان بلیو نام ایک راجہ تھا اور اسکے دیوان کا نامر ست پر کاش تھا اس دیوان کی استری کا نام شی اس راجہ نے ایک روز اپنے دیوان سے کہا جو ا جہ ہوکر سند استری سے بھوگ نہ کرے تو راج کرنا اسکا ہے سود ہے یہ بات کہ دیوان کو راج کا بھارہ سے آپ سکھہ سے پیش کرنے کے اور راج کی سب چنتا چھوڑ دی اور دن رات آنند مین رہنے لگا اتفاقا ایک روز وہ دیوان اپنے گھرمین اداس بیٹھا تھا کہ مین اسکی جور نے پوچھاسلامی ان دنون آپکو بہت دبلاد دیتی ہون وہ بولا رات دن مجھے راج کی فکر رہتی ہو اس سے شر دبلا ہو گیا اور راجہ تو انھون پر اپنے عیش و آرام مین رہتا ہو تو روایت<noinclude>[[Category:urdu]]</noinclude> e5rqren66sflzvithjfhl19lb0z42a9 32342 32341 2026-04-22T06:19:02Z BalramBodhi 60 32342 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Taranpreet Goswami" /></noinclude>اور پشو پنچھی تک ہرایک جی کی رکشا کرنا دھرم ہے جہان مین اسکے برابر کوئی ادھرم نہین جو شخص دوسرے کا گوشت کھا کر اپنا گوشت بڑھاتے ہین وہ آخرکار دوزخ مین پڑتے ہین اس سے انسان کو لازم یہ ہے کہ جی کی رکشا کرے اور جو لوگ کہ دوسرے کا دکھ نہ سمجھتے ہون اور غیرون کے جی بھی مار مار کے کھاتے ہون انکی اس دنیا مین عمر کم ہوتی ہے اور لولے لنگڑے کانے اندھے ہونے کبڑے ایسے اعضاء سے محروم ہو جنم لیتے ہین جیسے پشو اور پنچھی کے انگ کھاتے ہین ویسے ہی انگ اپنے کھواتے ہین اور شراب پینا بہت بڑا گناہ ہے اس سے شراب اور گوشت کا کھانا بجا نہین اس طرح راجہ کو دیوان نے اپنی مت کا گیان سمجھا کر ایسا جین دھرم مین لایا کہ جو یہ کہتا تھا وہے راجہ کرتا تھا اور برہمن جوگی جنگم سیورا سنیاسی درویش کسی کو نہ مانا چاہئے اور اسی دھرم سے راج کرتا تھا ایک دن کال کے بس ہو مرگیا پھر اسکا بیٹا دھرم دھوج نام گدی پر بیٹھا اور راج کرنے لگا ایک دن اسنے ابھی چند دیوان کو پکڑوا سر پر سات چوٹی رکھوا منھ کالا کروا گدھے پر چڑھوا ڈونڈی بجوا تالی دلوا دیس سے نکال دیا ایک دن وہ راجہ بسنت رت مین رانیون کو ساتھ لے ایک باغ کی سیر کو گیا اس باغ مین ایک بڑا تالاب تھا اور اسمین کنول پھول رہے تھے راجہ اس سروور کی شوبھا دیکھ کپڑے اتار اشنان کرنے کو اترا ایک پھول توڑ تیر پر آ رانی کے ہاتھ مین دینے لگا کہ وہ پھول ہاتھ سے چھوٹ کر رانی کے پائون پر گرا اور اسکی چوٹ سے رانی کا پانون ٹوٹ گیا تب راجہ گھبرا کر ایک بارگی باہر نکل کر اس کی اوکھد کرنے لگا کہ اتنے مین رات ہوئی اور چندرمان نے پرکاش کیا چاند کی جوت پڑتے ہی دوسری رانی کے شریر مین پھپھولے پڑگئے تو مین اچانک دوسرے کسی گرہستی کی موسل کی آواز آئی اس سے تیسری رانی کے شرمن ایسا درد ہوا کہ خش آگیا اتنی بات کہ مبتال بولا اے را جبران مینون مین است شکار کون ہے راجہ نے کہا جس کے شریر مین درد پوشش آباد ہی بہت نازک ہو یہ بات من میتال پھر اسی درخت پر جا لٹکا اور راجہ اسے اتار گٹھری باند ھ کا نذریعے پر رکھ لیچلا گیارھوین کہانی بیتال بولا کہ پونے پو نام ایک نگر ہو بان بلیو نام ایک راجہ تھا اور اسکے دیوان کا نامر ست پر کاش تھا اس دیوان کی استری کا نام شی اس راجہ نے ایک روز اپنے دیوان سے کہا جو ا جہ ہوکر سند استری سے بھوگ نہ کرے تو راج کرنا اسکا ہے سود ہے یہ بات کہ دیوان کو راج کا بھارہ سے آپ سکھہ سے پیش کرنے کے اور راج کی سب چنتا چھوڑ دی اور دن رات آنند مین رہنے لگا اتفاقا ایک روز وہ دیوان اپنے گھرمین اداس بیٹھا تھا کہ مین اسکی جور نے پوچھاسلامی ان دنون آپکو بہت دبلاد دیتی ہون وہ بولا رات دن مجھے راج کی فکر رہتی ہو اس سے شر دبلا ہو گیا اور راجہ تو انھون پر اپنے عیش و آرام مین رہتا ہو تو روایت<noinclude>[[Category:urdu]]</noinclude> ohe7rkcbmqy803tkv1nn10oqedw39i7 32343 32342 2026-04-22T09:32:22Z Charan Gill 46 32343 proofread-page text/x-wiki <noinclude><pagequality level="1" user="Taranpreet Goswami" /></noinclude>اور پشو پنچھی تک ہرایک جی کی رکشا کرنا دھرم ہے جہان مین اسکے برابر کوئی ادھرم نہین جو شخص دوسرے کا گوشت کھا کر اپنا گوشت بڑھاتے ہین وہ آخرکار دوزخ مین پڑتے ہین اس سے انسان کو لازم یہ ہے کہ جی کی رکشا کرے اور جو لوگ کہ دوسرے کا دکھ نہ سمجھتے ہون اور غیرون کے جی بھی مار مار کے کھاتے ہون انکی اس دنیا مین عمر کم ہوتی ہے اور لولے لنگڑے کانے اندھے ہونے کبڑے ایسے اعضاء سے محروم ہو جنم لیتے ہین جیسے پشو اور پنچھی کے انگ کھاتے ہین ویسے ہی انگ اپنے کھواتے ہین اور شراب پینا بہت بڑا گناہ ہے اس سے شراب اور گوشت کا کھانا بجا نہین اس طرح راجہ کو دیوان نے اپنی مت کا گیان سمجھا کر ایسا جین دھرم مین لایا کہ جو یہ کہتا تھا وہے راجہ کرتا تھا اور برہمن جوگی جنگم سیورا سنیاسی درویش کسی کو نہ مانا چاہئے اور اسی دھرم سے راج کرتا تھا ایک دن کال کے بس ہو مرگیا پھر اسکا بیٹا دھرم دھوج نام گدی پر بیٹھا اور راج کرنے لگا ایک دن اسنے ابھی چند دیوان کو پکڑوا سر پر سات چوٹی رکھوا منھ کالا کروا گدھے پر چڑھوا ڈونڈی بجوا تالی دلوا دیس سے نکال دیا ایک دن وہ راجہ بسنت رت مین رانیون کو ساتھ لے ایک باغ کی سیر کو گیا اس باغ مین ایک بڑا تالاب تھا اور اسمین کنول پھول رہے تھے راجہ اس سروور کی شوبھا دیکھ کپڑے اتار اشنان کرنے کو اترا ایک پھول توڑ تیر پر آ رانی کے ہاتھ مین دینے لگا کہ وہ پھول ہاتھ سے چھوٹ کر رانی کے پائون پر گرا اور اسکی چوٹ سے رانی کا پانون ٹوٹ گیا تب راجہ گھبرا کر ایک بارگی باہر نکل کر اس کی اوکھد کرنے لگا کہ اتنے مین رات ہوئی اور چندرمان نے پرکاش کیا چاند کی جوت پڑتے ہی دوسری رانی کے شریر مین پھپھولے پڑگئے تو مین اچانک دوسرے کسی گرہستی کی موسل کی آواز آئی اس سے تیسری رانی کے شر مین ایسا درد ہوا کہ غش آگیا اتنی بات کہہ بیتال بولا اے راجہ ان تینون مین اتِ شکمار کون ہے راجہ نے کہا جس کے شریر مین درد ہو غش آیا وہی بہت نازک ہے یہ بات سُن بیتال پھر اسی درخت پر جا لٹکا اور راجہ اسے اتار گٹھری باندھ کاندھے پر رکھ لیچلا {{c|گیارھوین کہانی}} بیتال بولا کہ پونے پور نام ایک نگر ہے بہان بلبھ نام ایک راجہ تھا اور اسکے دیوان کا نام ست پرکاش تھا اس دیوان کی استری کا نام لکشمی اس راجہ نے ایک روز اپنے دیوان سے کہا جو راجہ ہوکر سندر استری سے بھوگ نہ کرے تو راج کرنا اسکا ہے سود ہے یہ بات کہ دیوان کو راج کا بھار دے آپ سکھہ سے عیش کرنے لگا اور راج کی سب چنتا چھوڑ دی اور دن رات آنند مین رہنے لگا اتفاقاً ایک روز وہ دیوان اپنے گھر مین اداس بیٹھا تھا کہ اسمین اسکی جورو نے پوچھا سلوامی ان دنون آپکو بہت دُبلا دیکھتی ہون وہ بولا رات دن مجھے راج کی فکر رہتی ہی اس سے شریر دبلا ہو گیا اور راجہ تو انھون پر اپنے عیش و آرام مین رہتا ہے تو روایت<noinclude>[[Category:urdu]]</noinclude> c65ifdhnrhhophhbzvhqvovh1tc80zv 10 12895 32220 2025-11-05T05:14:07Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Center/s]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32220 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="center/styles.css" /><div class="wst-center tiInherit {{yesno|{{{nomargin|false}}}|yes=wst-center-nomargin}} {{#if:{{{class|}}}|{{{class|}}}}}" {{optional style|width={{{width|}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}><noinclude> </div> {{documentation|Template:Center/doc}} </noinclude> 63lvr94yd95st11iu6bz9b09u8v2ed1 32221 31871 2026-04-22T02:15:05Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Center/s]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31871 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="center/styles.css" /><div class="wst-center tiInherit {{yesno|{{{nomargin|false}}}|yes=wst-center-nomargin}} {{#if:{{{class|}}}|{{{class|}}}}}" {{optional style|width={{{width|}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}><noinclude> </div> {{documentation|Template:Center/doc}} </noinclude> 63lvr94yd95st11iu6bz9b09u8v2ed1 10 12896 32222 2017-06-03T15:50:33Z en>Beleg Tâl 0 merge 32222 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect [[Template:Div end]] s7hmu109ak6fmskssps3uvofxnxug6y 32223 31872 2026-04-22T02:15:05Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Center/e]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31872 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 4svdptpks693oo75dst5prxxduoz5on 10 12897 32240 2026-01-03T20:53:02Z en>Alien333 0 readd margin:0 auto (makes the block still centered when width-limited 32240 sanitized-css text/css /* Basic alignment */ .wst-center { text-align: center; margin:0 auto; } /* * p-wrapping gives us a hard 7px bottom margin that is undesireable when * trying to align another element just below us (like a horizontal rule). * This is a workaround for that by simply forcing the margin to zero. */ .wst-center.wst-center-nomargin > p { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; } adt37czn9vnhyxyv4vo6yqeve7mrja5 32241 31873 2026-04-22T02:15:06Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Center/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31873 sanitized-css text/css /* Basic alignment */ .wst-center { text-align: center; margin:0 auto; } /* * p-wrapping gives us a hard 7px bottom margin that is undesireable when * trying to align another element just below us (like a horizontal rule). * This is a workaround for that by simply forcing the margin to zero. */ .wst-center.wst-center-nomargin > p { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; } adt37czn9vnhyxyv4vo6yqeve7mrja5 10 12898 32194 2025-11-05T05:14:31Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32194 wikitext text/x-wiki {{center/s|nomargin={{{nomargin|false}}}|class={{{class|}}}|width={{{width|}}}|style={{{style|}}}}} {{{text|{{{1|}}}}}} {{center/e}}{{#if:{{{text|{{{1|}}}}}}||{{category handler | 1 = [[Category:Pages using center with no text argument]] | main = 1 | page = 1 | translation = 1 | wikisource = 1 | nocat = {{{nocat|}}} }}}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> sajkpornjefuehvgvmqca73rttwl2dc 32195 31874 2026-04-22T02:15:03Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Center]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31874 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[سانچہ:C]] ihuwd8820xjf6qvskkvth770kocntmx 10 12899 32038 2024-04-28T00:04:07Z en>Great Brightstar 0 32038 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Col-begin/styles.css"/><div> {| class="{{{class|}}} multicol" role="cols" style="{{#if:{{{small|}}}|font-size:90%; }}{{#if:{{{border|}}}|border: {{{border}}};}} {{#if:{{{bgColor|{{{bgcolor|}}}}}}|background:{{{bgColor|{{{bgcolor}}}}}};}} width:{{{width|100%!important}}}; {{{style|}}}" |- </includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> ryqytjr582cvqbyhe36xap0q8muvm44 32039 31916 2026-04-22T02:14:13Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Col-begin]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31916 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Col-begin/styles.css"/> {| class="multicol {{{class|}}}" style="{{#if:{{{bgColor|}}}background-color: {{{bgColor}}}; }}width: {{{width|100%}}}"<noinclude> |} {{Documentation}} </noinclude> olnzvkt5n4al05mnp03kgabdtsj09ey 10 12900 32046 2025-10-05T07:51:29Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Template:Col-begin/styles.css]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32046 sanitized-css text/css @media all and (max-width:720px) { .multicol > tr > td, .multicol > tbody > tr > td { display:block !important; width:100% !important; padding:0 !important; } } .multicol { border:0; border-collapse:collapse; background-color:transparent; color:inherit; padding:0; width:100%; table-layout:fixed; } .multicol-align-left { margin:0 auto 0 0; } .multicol-align-right { margin:0 0 0 auto; } .multicol-align-center { margin:0 auto; } .multicol > tr > td, .multicol > tbody > tr > td { vertical-align:top; border:none; border-inline-start:none; border-inline-end:none; } .multicol-row td { padding-right:10px; } .multicol-section td { padding-right:10px; } .multicol-break { padding-inline-start:10px; padding-inline-end:10px; } c9angmlpe21luqzp63vh0mj3lkt0odx 32047 31917 2026-04-22T02:14:13Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Col-begin/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31917 sanitized-css text/css @media all and (max-width:720px) { table.multicol > tr > td, table.multicol > tbody > tr > td { display:block; width:100%; padding:0; } } table.multicol { border: 0; border-collapse: collapse; background-color: transparent; padding: 0; } table.multicol > tr > td, table.multicol > tbody > tr > td { vertical-align: top; } 6q04hd4o9ljwhpuddiy4o6slepwsgbr 10 12901 32040 2021-02-27T14:04:59Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 32040 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{nopt}} |}</div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> bm4hgdkdrf4yz3ksjx3w0pbhvjzrjua 32041 31918 2026-04-22T02:14:13Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Col-end]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31918 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>&#32; |}</div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> k24bcp3cs0m8f59jwmhng1acd8tpifu 10 12902 31943 2024-02-20T00:30:39Z en>Uzume 0 stylesheet moved from [[Template:Documentation/styles.css]] to [[Module:Documentation/styles.css]] (via [[Module:Documentation/config#L-346]] cfg['templatestyles'] and [[Module:Documentation#L-166]]) 31943 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main}} gu7dkwkxnrequjiuw38hbtjihjxr36x 31944 31919 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Documentation]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31919 wikitext text/x-wiki #رجوع_مکرر [[سانچہ:دستاویز]] clcvyqh0tziiv6lhbm1oyv0oedobfcf 8 12904 31931 2022-11-05T17:42:19Z en>Xover 0 Migrate all the remaining to the module. 31931 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css" /> {{#invoke:Proofreadpage index template|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage index template/doc}} </noinclude> 0imjd0yqeyuq6eg1eh0gnin1ogpeh0g 31932 31931 2026-04-22T01:45:33Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31931 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css" /> {{#invoke:Proofreadpage index template|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage index template/doc}} </noinclude> 0imjd0yqeyuq6eg1eh0gnin1ogpeh0g 828 12905 31933 2021-03-26T18:44:37Z en>Xover 0 Protected "[[Module:Yesno]]": Core module which should only be changed through import from its upstream at enwp. ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 31933 Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs 31934 31933 2026-04-22T01:45:33Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Yesno]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31933 Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs 828 12906 31935 2025-03-10T07:21:37Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 tweak comment line breaks 31935 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be called from #invoke directly. ]=] local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments ojpf6n6krtbq2o9ezlxv201kqkc2udp 31936 31935 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Arguments]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31935 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be called from #invoke directly. ]=] local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments ojpf6n6krtbq2o9ezlxv201kqkc2udp 828 12907 31937 2024-09-28T04:22:48Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 copy update from [[w:Module:TableTools]] 31937 Scribunto text/plain ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isPositiveInteger(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if -- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful -- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an -- error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isNan(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.shallowClone(t) checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.removeDuplicates(arr) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v elseif not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return -- {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}. -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The -- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for _ in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2) else return item1 < item2 end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- keysToList -- -- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default -- comparison function or a custom keySort function. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'}) end local arr = {} local index = 1 for k in pairs(t) do arr[index] = k index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(arr, keySort) end return arr end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sortedPairs -- -- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. -- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function () i = i + 1 local key = arr[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArray -- -- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArray(v) if type(v) ~= 'table' then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArrayLike -- -- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArrayLike(v) if not pcall(pairs, v) then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invert -- -- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to -- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.invert(arr) checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then map[v] = i end end return map end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- listToSet -- -- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the -- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them -- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.listToSet(arr) checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local set = {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then set[v] = true end end return set end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- deepCopy -- -- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) if type(orig) ~= "table" then return orig end -- already_seen stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end copy = {} already_seen[orig] = copy -- memoize before any recursion, to avoid infinite loops for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then setmetatable(copy, _deepCopy(mt, true, already_seen)) end end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen or {}) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseConcat -- -- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. -- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd" -- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local arr = {} local arr_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do arr_i = arr_i + 1 arr[arr_i] = v end return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- length -- -- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1", -- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the -- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array -- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For -- other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number -- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.length(t, prefix) -- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is -- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search") checkType('length', 1, t, 'table') checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true) return expSearch(function (i) local key if prefix then key = prefix .. tostring(i) else key = i end return t[key] ~= nil end) or 0 end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- inArray -- -- Returns true if searchElement is a member of the array, and false otherwise. -- Equivalent to JavaScript array.includes(searchElement) or -- array.includes(searchElement, fromIndex), except fromIndex is 1 indexed ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.inArray(array, searchElement, fromIndex) checkType("inArray", 1, array, "table") -- if searchElement is nil, error? fromIndex = tonumber(fromIndex) if fromIndex then if (fromIndex < 0) then fromIndex = #array + fromIndex + 1 end if fromIndex < 1 then fromIndex = 1 end for _, v in ipairs({unpack(array, fromIndex)}) do if v == searchElement then return true end end else for _, v in pairs(array) do if v == searchElement then return true end end end return false end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- merge -- -- Given the arrays, returns an array containing the elements of each input array -- in sequence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.merge(...) local arrays = {...} local ret = {} for i, arr in ipairs(arrays) do checkType('merge', i, arr, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr) do ret[#ret + 1] = v end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- extend -- -- Extends the first array in place by appending all elements from the second -- array. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.extend(arr1, arr2) checkType('extend', 1, arr1, 'table') checkType('extend', 2, arr2, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr2) do arr1[#arr1 + 1] = v end end return p 4n03zk6kcoeg4gz82mieeh94c1szcjy 31938 31937 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:TableTools]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31937 Scribunto text/plain ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isPositiveInteger(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if -- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful -- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an -- error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isNan(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.shallowClone(t) checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.removeDuplicates(arr) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v elseif not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return -- {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}. -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The -- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for _ in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2) else return item1 < item2 end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- keysToList -- -- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default -- comparison function or a custom keySort function. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'}) end local arr = {} local index = 1 for k in pairs(t) do arr[index] = k index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(arr, keySort) end return arr end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sortedPairs -- -- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. -- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function () i = i + 1 local key = arr[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArray -- -- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArray(v) if type(v) ~= 'table' then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArrayLike -- -- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArrayLike(v) if not pcall(pairs, v) then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invert -- -- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to -- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.invert(arr) checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then map[v] = i end end return map end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- listToSet -- -- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the -- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them -- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.listToSet(arr) checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local set = {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then set[v] = true end end return set end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- deepCopy -- -- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) if type(orig) ~= "table" then return orig end -- already_seen stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end copy = {} already_seen[orig] = copy -- memoize before any recursion, to avoid infinite loops for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then setmetatable(copy, _deepCopy(mt, true, already_seen)) end end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen or {}) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseConcat -- -- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. -- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd" -- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local arr = {} local arr_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do arr_i = arr_i + 1 arr[arr_i] = v end return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- length -- -- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1", -- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the -- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array -- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For -- other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number -- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.length(t, prefix) -- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is -- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search") checkType('length', 1, t, 'table') checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true) return expSearch(function (i) local key if prefix then key = prefix .. tostring(i) else key = i end return t[key] ~= nil end) or 0 end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- inArray -- -- Returns true if searchElement is a member of the array, and false otherwise. -- Equivalent to JavaScript array.includes(searchElement) or -- array.includes(searchElement, fromIndex), except fromIndex is 1 indexed ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.inArray(array, searchElement, fromIndex) checkType("inArray", 1, array, "table") -- if searchElement is nil, error? fromIndex = tonumber(fromIndex) if fromIndex then if (fromIndex < 0) then fromIndex = #array + fromIndex + 1 end if fromIndex < 1 then fromIndex = 1 end for _, v in ipairs({unpack(array, fromIndex)}) do if v == searchElement then return true end end else for _, v in pairs(array) do if v == searchElement then return true end end end return false end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- merge -- -- Given the arrays, returns an array containing the elements of each input array -- in sequence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.merge(...) local arrays = {...} local ret = {} for i, arr in ipairs(arrays) do checkType('merge', i, arr, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr) do ret[#ret + 1] = v end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- extend -- -- Extends the first array in place by appending all elements from the second -- array. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.extend(arr1, arr2) checkType('extend', 1, arr1, 'table') checkType('extend', 2, arr2, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr2) do arr1[#arr1 + 1] = v end end return p 4n03zk6kcoeg4gz82mieeh94c1szcjy 828 12908 31939 2025-01-01T20:03:45Z en>Xover 0 add back in local pmbox logic 31939 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace elseif ns == 104 then obj.cfg = cfg.pmbox -- page namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image self.typeImageNeedsLink = typeData.imageNeedsLink -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Set image classes. self.imageRightClass = args.imagerightclass or args.imageclass self.imageLeftClass = args.imageleftclass or args.imageclass -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s%s|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Information icon4.svg', imageSize, self.typeImageNeedsLink and "" or "|link=" ) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell :addClass(self.imageLeftClass) :wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :addClass(self.imageRightClass) :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) l2lsrcywbr8gjtqec5b7gi7nazry5co 31940 31939 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Message_box]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31939 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace elseif ns == 104 then obj.cfg = cfg.pmbox -- page namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image self.typeImageNeedsLink = typeData.imageNeedsLink -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Set image classes. self.imageRightClass = args.imagerightclass or args.imageclass self.imageLeftClass = args.imageleftclass or args.imageclass -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s%s|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Information icon4.svg', imageSize, self.typeImageNeedsLink and "" or "|link=" ) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell :addClass(self.imageLeftClass) :wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :addClass(self.imageRightClass) :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) l2lsrcywbr8gjtqec5b7gi7nazry5co 828 12909 31941 2025-01-01T19:58:36Z en>Xover 0 add back in local pmbox config 31941 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, ["license-related"] = { class = 'imbox-license', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg', imageNeedsLink = true }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' }, pmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'pmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'pmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'pmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'pmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'pmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'pmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'pmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'pmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/pmbox.css' } } 3qvvx39zyxax7cfnv3b1hnv6iq2hfzz 31942 31941 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Message_box/configuration]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31941 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, ["license-related"] = { class = 'imbox-license', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg', imageNeedsLink = true }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' }, pmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'pmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'pmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'pmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'pmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'pmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'pmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'pmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'pmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/pmbox.css' } } 3qvvx39zyxax7cfnv3b1hnv6iq2hfzz 828 12910 31945 2024-09-03T10:51:53Z en>WOSlinker 0 add __EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__ 31945 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. viewLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. editLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. historyLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. createLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p ky7myqtha9rjaznz4jxomjtdpuanlqs 31946 31945 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Documentation]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31945 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. viewLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. editLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. historyLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. createLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p ky7myqtha9rjaznz4jxomjtdpuanlqs 32010 2024-02-20T00:30:39Z en>Uzume 0 stylesheet moved from [[Template:Documentation/styles.css]] to [[Module:Documentation/styles.css]] (via [[Module:Documentation/config#L-346]] cfg['templatestyles'] and [[Module:Documentation#L-166]]) 32010 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main}} gu7dkwkxnrequjiuw38hbtjihjxr36x 32011 31946 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Documentation]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31945 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. viewLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. editLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. historyLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. createLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p ky7myqtha9rjaznz4jxomjtdpuanlqs 828 12911 31947 2025-01-31T02:12:45Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 update config 31947 Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes' cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Extension:Scribunto/Lua reference manual|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Module:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[w:Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117#Template documentation header problem]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Pages with strange documentation template usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg a01jx74zvrm7lbg3cdt0yu3a699x8gg 31948 31947 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Documentation/config]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31947 Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes' cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Extension:Scribunto/Lua reference manual|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Module:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[w:Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117#Template documentation header problem]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Pages with strange documentation template usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg a01jx74zvrm7lbg3cdt0yu3a699x8gg 828 12912 31949 2023-08-19T10:58:55Z en>Xover 0 1 revision imported from [[:w:Module:List]]: re-sync from enWP 31949 Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p eac3701uhf1l3ofrnlsew8iet8x0xsq 31950 31949 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:List]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31949 Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p eac3701uhf1l3ofrnlsew8iet8x0xsq 10 12913 31951 2025-03-15T23:17:17Z en>TG-article 0 31951 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq: {{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} | {{{override|doc}}} | <!-- doc page --> </includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{{doc-notice|show}}} | show | {{mbox | type = notice | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px]] | text = '''This is a [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[w:Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]] for {{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}'''.<br />It contains usage information, [[w:Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]], and other content that is not part of the original {{ #if: {{{text2|}}} | {{{text2}}} | {{ #if: {{{text1|}}} | {{{text1}}} | {{ #ifeq: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{ns:User}} | {{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page | {{ #ifeq: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:}}|article|{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page}}}}}}}}. }} }}{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}{{ #if: {{{inhibit|}}} | <!-- skip --> | <includeonly>{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|[[Category:{{ #switch: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{ns:Template}} = Template | {{ns:Module}} = Module | {{ns:User}} = User | #default = Wikisource }} documentation pages]]|[[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]]}}</includeonly> }}<includeonly> | <!-- if not on a /doc subpage, do nothing --> }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis in Wikidata, not here! --> </noinclude> 87bhngfe58qqvlgz1l3a5xltdnndjgx 31952 31951 2026-04-22T01:45:34Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Documentation_subpage]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31951 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq: {{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} | {{{override|doc}}} | <!-- doc page --> </includeonly>{{ #ifeq: {{{doc-notice|show}}} | show | {{mbox | type = notice | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px]] | text = '''This is a [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[w:Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]] for {{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}'''.<br />It contains usage information, [[w:Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]], and other content that is not part of the original {{ #if: {{{text2|}}} | {{{text2}}} | {{ #if: {{{text1|}}} | {{{text1}}} | {{ #ifeq: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{ns:User}} | {{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page | {{ #ifeq: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:}}|article|{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page}}}}}}}}. }} }}{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}{{ #if: {{{inhibit|}}} | <!-- skip --> | <includeonly>{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}|[[Category:{{ #switch: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{ns:Template}} = Template | {{ns:Module}} = Module | {{ns:User}} = User | #default = Wikisource }} documentation pages]]|[[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]]}}</includeonly> }}<includeonly> | <!-- if not on a /doc subpage, do nothing --> }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis in Wikidata, not here! --> </noinclude> 87bhngfe58qqvlgz1l3a5xltdnndjgx 10 12914 31953 2021-02-13T12:58:42Z en>Xover 0 1 revision imported from [[:w:Template:Mbox]]: re-sync from enwp 31953 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> mpflpb6s8l8gaoxaeypyuqyu2w7vc7i 31954 31953 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Mbox]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31953 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> mpflpb6s8l8gaoxaeypyuqyu2w7vc7i 10 12915 31955 2019-09-03T10:27:11Z en>Xover 0 2 revisions imported from [[:w:Template:Uses_TemplateStyles]]: importing from enwp 31955 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Uses TemplateStyles|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Uses TemplateStyles|Template:Uses TemplateStyles/example.css|nocat=true}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> eqhrm3aklele9wufyv66k58upan0j1w 31956 31955 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Uses_TemplateStyles]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31955 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Uses TemplateStyles|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Uses TemplateStyles|Template:Uses TemplateStyles/example.css|nocat=true}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> eqhrm3aklele9wufyv66k58upan0j1w 828 12916 31957 2021-02-17T14:04:04Z en>Billinghurst 0 Protected "[[Module:Uses TemplateStyles]]": High traffic page or template ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 31957 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{Uses TemplateStyles}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local tStyles = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(tStyles) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(tStyles) local boxArgs = {} if #tStyles < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no TemplateStyles specified</strong>' else local tStylesLinks = {} for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local sandboxLink = nil local tsTitle = mw.title.new(ts) if tsTitle then local tsSandboxTitle = mw.title.new(string.format('%s:%s/sandbox/%s', tsTitle.nsText, tsTitle.baseText, tsTitle.subpageText)) if tsSandboxTitle and tsSandboxTitle.exists then sandboxLink = string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', tsSandboxTitle.prefixedText) end end tStylesLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]%s', ts, sandboxLink or '') end local tStylesList = mList.makeList('bulleted', tStylesLinks) boxArgs.text = 'This ' .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(828,829) and 'module' or 'template') .. ' uses [[w:Wikipedia:TemplateStyles|TemplateStyles]]:\n' .. tStylesList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Farm-Fresh css add.svg|32px|alt=CSS]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #tStyles < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Uses TemplateStyles templates with errors' end -- TemplateStyles category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if (titleObj.namespace == 10 or titleObj.namespace == 828) and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category if not category then category = category or 'Templates using TemplateStyles' end cats[#cats + 1] = category if not yesno(args.noprotcat) then local currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil local addedLevelCat = false local addedPadlockCat = false for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local tsTitleObj = mw.title.new(ts) local tsProt = tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil if tsProt ~= currentProt and not addedLevelCat then cats[#cats + 1] = "Templates using TemplateStyles with a different protection level" end if tsProt and not addedPadlockCat then local content = tsTitleObj:getContent() if not content:find("{{pp-") then cats[#cats + 1] = "Templates using TemplateStyles without padlocks" addedPadlockCat = true end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 8vt8oei5798fbradi88ngef952fzgrm 31958 31957 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Uses_TemplateStyles]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31957 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{Uses TemplateStyles}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local tStyles = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(tStyles) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(tStyles) local boxArgs = {} if #tStyles < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no TemplateStyles specified</strong>' else local tStylesLinks = {} for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local sandboxLink = nil local tsTitle = mw.title.new(ts) if tsTitle then local tsSandboxTitle = mw.title.new(string.format('%s:%s/sandbox/%s', tsTitle.nsText, tsTitle.baseText, tsTitle.subpageText)) if tsSandboxTitle and tsSandboxTitle.exists then sandboxLink = string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', tsSandboxTitle.prefixedText) end end tStylesLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]%s', ts, sandboxLink or '') end local tStylesList = mList.makeList('bulleted', tStylesLinks) boxArgs.text = 'This ' .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(828,829) and 'module' or 'template') .. ' uses [[w:Wikipedia:TemplateStyles|TemplateStyles]]:\n' .. tStylesList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Farm-Fresh css add.svg|32px|alt=CSS]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #tStyles < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Uses TemplateStyles templates with errors' end -- TemplateStyles category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if (titleObj.namespace == 10 or titleObj.namespace == 828) and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category if not category then category = category or 'Templates using TemplateStyles' end cats[#cats + 1] = category if not yesno(args.noprotcat) then local currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil local addedLevelCat = false local addedPadlockCat = false for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local tsTitleObj = mw.title.new(ts) local tsProt = tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil if tsProt ~= currentProt and not addedLevelCat then cats[#cats + 1] = "Templates using TemplateStyles with a different protection level" end if tsProt and not addedPadlockCat then local content = tsTitleObj:getContent() if not content:find("{{pp-") then cats[#cats + 1] = "Templates using TemplateStyles without padlocks" addedPadlockCat = true end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 8vt8oei5798fbradi88ngef952fzgrm 32014 2019-09-03T10:27:11Z en>Xover 0 2 revisions imported from [[:w:Template:Uses_TemplateStyles]]: importing from enwp 32014 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Uses TemplateStyles|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Uses TemplateStyles|Template:Uses TemplateStyles/example.css|nocat=true}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> eqhrm3aklele9wufyv66k58upan0j1w 32015 31958 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Uses_TemplateStyles]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31957 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{Uses TemplateStyles}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local tStyles = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(tStyles) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(tStyles) local boxArgs = {} if #tStyles < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no TemplateStyles specified</strong>' else local tStylesLinks = {} for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local sandboxLink = nil local tsTitle = mw.title.new(ts) if tsTitle then local tsSandboxTitle = mw.title.new(string.format('%s:%s/sandbox/%s', tsTitle.nsText, tsTitle.baseText, tsTitle.subpageText)) if tsSandboxTitle and tsSandboxTitle.exists then sandboxLink = string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', tsSandboxTitle.prefixedText) end end tStylesLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]%s', ts, sandboxLink or '') end local tStylesList = mList.makeList('bulleted', tStylesLinks) boxArgs.text = 'This ' .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(828,829) and 'module' or 'template') .. ' uses [[w:Wikipedia:TemplateStyles|TemplateStyles]]:\n' .. tStylesList end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Farm-Fresh css add.svg|32px|alt=CSS]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #tStyles < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Uses TemplateStyles templates with errors' end -- TemplateStyles category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if (titleObj.namespace == 10 or titleObj.namespace == 828) and not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category if not category then category = category or 'Templates using TemplateStyles' end cats[#cats + 1] = category if not yesno(args.noprotcat) then local currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil local addedLevelCat = false local addedPadlockCat = false for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local tsTitleObj = mw.title.new(ts) local tsProt = tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil if tsProt ~= currentProt and not addedLevelCat then cats[#cats + 1] = "Templates using TemplateStyles with a different protection level" end if tsProt and not addedPadlockCat then local content = tsTitleObj:getContent() if not content:find("{{pp-") then cats[#cats + 1] = "Templates using TemplateStyles without padlocks" addedPadlockCat = true end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 8vt8oei5798fbradi88ngef952fzgrm 10 12917 31959 2024-06-25T19:51:05Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add parameter 31959 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}|system={{{system|}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwiki links go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> j29sm6019piulvmp7rcudlkhl1yuxmv 31960 31959 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:High-use]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31959 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}|system={{{system|}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwiki links go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> j29sm6019piulvmp7rcudlkhl1yuxmv 10 12918 31961 2019-09-03T10:33:17Z en>Xover 0 58 revisions imported from [[:w:Template:Lua]]: importing from enwp 31961 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> pnmjp3f3fl321yf2jpg5syebi412n7b 31962 31961 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Lua]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31961 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> pnmjp3f3fl321yf2jpg5syebi412n7b 828 12919 31963 2025-10-09T04:52:47Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add refactored code 31963 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count')._fetch -- _fetch looks at the 'demo' argument local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage() -- this here because the language object is used multiple places in the module local large_count_cutoff = 100000 local approx_num_total_pages = 4736000 local user_subpage_info_page = 'w:Wikipedia:User pages#SUB' local sandbox_module_page = 'Module:Sandbox' local system_messages_cat = 'Pages used in system messages needing protection' local sandbox_word = 'sandbox' local testcases_word = 'testcases' local doc_word = 'doc' local function count_from_args(args) if tonumber(args.count) then -- check if function has already been used return tonumber(args.count) -- early exit if so end local count --[=[ if yesno(args['fetch']) ~= false then count = _fetch(args) -- fetch transclusion count end ]=] -- use explicitly-provided count when fetch fails if count == nil and args[1] ~= nil and args[1] ~= '' then -- convert local language number string to a number understandable by Lua count = mw.ustring.gsub(args[1], '+$', '') count = lang_obj:parseFormattedNumber(args[1]) end -- in case someone writes a non-positive number if count and count > 0 then return count end return nil end -- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count local function risk_boolean(args) if args.risk == true or args.risk == false then return args.risk elseif args[1] == 'risk' then return true else local count = count_from_args(args) if count and count >= large_count_cutoff then return true end end return false end -- function retained for backwards compatibility function p._risk(args) return risk_boolean(args) and 'risk' or '' end -- function retained for backwards compatibility function p.risk(frame) return p._risk(getArgs(frame)) end -- count and no_percent arguments retained for backwards compatibility function p._num(args, count, no_percent) if count == nil then count = count_from_args(args) end args.count = count args.risk = risk_boolean(args) -- Build output string local return_value = '' if args.count == nil and args.risk then return 'a very large number of' elseif args.count == nil then return 'many' else -- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones local sigfig = 2 if args.count >= large_count_cutoff then sigfig = 3 end -- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs local f = math.floor(math.log10(args.count)) - sigfig + 1 -- Round and insert 'approximately' or '+' when appropriate if yesno(args[2]) == true or (type(args[1]) == 'string' and (mw.ustring.sub(args[1], -1) == '+')) then -- Round down return_value = string.format('%s+', lang_obj:formatNum(math.floor( (args.count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) ) else -- Round to nearest return_value = string.format('approximately&#x20;%s', lang_obj:formatNum(math.floor( (args.count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) ) end -- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes no_percent = yesno(no_percent or args['no-percent']) if args.count and args.count >= approx_num_total_pages/100 and not no_percent then local num_total_pages = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R') local total_percent = math.floor( ( ( args.count/num_total_pages ) * 100) + 0.5) if total_percent >= 1 then return_value = string.format('%s&#x20;pages, or roughly %s%% of all', return_value, total_percent) end end end return return_value end -- used by [[Template:Stub documentation]] and other pages -- count argument retained for backwards compatibility function p.num(frame, count) return p._num(getArgs(frame), count) end -- count argument retained for backwards compatibility function p._text(args, count) --[=[ Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count. ]=] local bot_text = (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '') and ("\n\n----\n'''Preview message''':" .. ' Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]]).') or '' if count == nil then count = count_from_args(args) end args.count = count args.risk = risk_boolean(args) -- trim /doc, /sandbox and /testcases local title = args.title or (args.demo and args.demo ~= '' and mw.title.new(args.demo, 'Template')) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == doc_word or title.subpageText == sandbox_word or title.subpageText == testcases_word then title = title.basePageTitle end -- use /testcases of base template local testcases_page = mw.title.new(title.prefixedText .. '/' .. testcases_word) -- exists is expensive while testcases_page.basePageTitle.isSubpage and not testcases_page.exists do testcases_page = mw.title.new(testcases_page.basePageTitle.basePageTitle.prefixedText .. '/' .. testcases_word) end local systemMessages = (args['system'] or '') ~= '' -- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localization. local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/?project=%s&page=%s#transclusions %s pages]'):format( title:fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'), mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p._num(args)) local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (title:inNamespace('Module') and 'Lua module' or 'template') .. ' is used ' if systemMessages then used_on_text = used_on_text .. args['system'] .. ((args.count and args.count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''")) else used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''" end local sandbox_text = ('%s\'s [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. '):format( title:inNamespace('Module') and 'module' or 'template', title.fullText, testcases_page.fullText, title:inNamespace('Module') and (sandbox_module_page .. '|module sandbox') or (user_subpage_info_page .. '|user subpage') ) local infoArg = args['info'] ~= '' and args['info'] if (systemMessages or args.risk) then local info = '.' if systemMessages then info = info .. '<br />Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the ' .. mw.site.namespaces.Project.name .. ' user interface.' end if infoArg then info = info .. '<br />' .. infoArg end sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' .. (args.count and args.count >= large_count_cutoff and ' and server load' or '') .. -- should this use args.risk? ', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text .. 'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. ' else sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') .. 'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text end local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes ' if args[2] ~= nil and args[2] ~= '' and yesno(args[2]) == nil then discussion_text = string.format('%sat [[%s]]', discussion_text, args[2]) else discussion_text = string.format('%son the [[%s|talk page]]', discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText) end return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. ' before implementing them.' .. bot_text end -- used by [[Template:R from high-use template]] -- count argument retained for backwards compatibility function p.text(frame, count) return p._text(getArgs(frame), count) end -- nocat argument retained for backwards compatibility function p._main(args, nocat) args.count = count_from_args(args) args.risk = risk_boolean(args) args.title = (args.demo and args.demo ~= '' and mw.title.new(args.demo, 'Template')) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local image = 'Ambox warning yellow.svg' local type_param = 'style' local epilogue = '' if args['system'] and args['system'] ~= '' then image = 'Ambox important.svg' type_param = 'content' if yesno(nocat or args['nocat']) ~= true and not args.title.isRedirect then local protection_action = (args.title:inNamespace('File') and 'upload') or 'edit' local protection_level = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main(protection_action, args.title.fullText) if protection_level ~= 'sysop' and protection_level ~= 'templateeditor' and protection_level ~= 'interfaceadmin' then epilogue = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = 'sandbox other', args = { [2] = '[[Category:' .. system_messages_cat .. ']]' } } end end elseif args.risk then image = 'Ambox warning orange.svg' type_param = 'content' end image = '[[File:' .. image .. '|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]' if args['form'] == 'editnotice' then return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'editnotice', args = { ['image'] = image, ['text'] = p._text(args), ['expiry'] = (args['expiry'] or '') } } .. epilogue else return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', { type = type_param, image = image, text = p._text(args), expiry = (args['expiry'] or '') }) .. epilogue end end function p.main(frame) return p._main(getArgs(frame)) end return p gcio7xpngwgu6yvip0rcxdacqigrh0a 31964 31963 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:High-use]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31963 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count')._fetch -- _fetch looks at the 'demo' argument local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage() -- this here because the language object is used multiple places in the module local large_count_cutoff = 100000 local approx_num_total_pages = 4736000 local user_subpage_info_page = 'w:Wikipedia:User pages#SUB' local sandbox_module_page = 'Module:Sandbox' local system_messages_cat = 'Pages used in system messages needing protection' local sandbox_word = 'sandbox' local testcases_word = 'testcases' local doc_word = 'doc' local function count_from_args(args) if tonumber(args.count) then -- check if function has already been used return tonumber(args.count) -- early exit if so end local count --[=[ if yesno(args['fetch']) ~= false then count = _fetch(args) -- fetch transclusion count end ]=] -- use explicitly-provided count when fetch fails if count == nil and args[1] ~= nil and args[1] ~= '' then -- convert local language number string to a number understandable by Lua count = mw.ustring.gsub(args[1], '+$', '') count = lang_obj:parseFormattedNumber(args[1]) end -- in case someone writes a non-positive number if count and count > 0 then return count end return nil end -- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count local function risk_boolean(args) if args.risk == true or args.risk == false then return args.risk elseif args[1] == 'risk' then return true else local count = count_from_args(args) if count and count >= large_count_cutoff then return true end end return false end -- function retained for backwards compatibility function p._risk(args) return risk_boolean(args) and 'risk' or '' end -- function retained for backwards compatibility function p.risk(frame) return p._risk(getArgs(frame)) end -- count and no_percent arguments retained for backwards compatibility function p._num(args, count, no_percent) if count == nil then count = count_from_args(args) end args.count = count args.risk = risk_boolean(args) -- Build output string local return_value = '' if args.count == nil and args.risk then return 'a very large number of' elseif args.count == nil then return 'many' else -- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones local sigfig = 2 if args.count >= large_count_cutoff then sigfig = 3 end -- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs local f = math.floor(math.log10(args.count)) - sigfig + 1 -- Round and insert 'approximately' or '+' when appropriate if yesno(args[2]) == true or (type(args[1]) == 'string' and (mw.ustring.sub(args[1], -1) == '+')) then -- Round down return_value = string.format('%s+', lang_obj:formatNum(math.floor( (args.count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) ) else -- Round to nearest return_value = string.format('approximately&#x20;%s', lang_obj:formatNum(math.floor( (args.count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) ) end -- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes no_percent = yesno(no_percent or args['no-percent']) if args.count and args.count >= approx_num_total_pages/100 and not no_percent then local num_total_pages = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R') local total_percent = math.floor( ( ( args.count/num_total_pages ) * 100) + 0.5) if total_percent >= 1 then return_value = string.format('%s&#x20;pages, or roughly %s%% of all', return_value, total_percent) end end end return return_value end -- used by [[Template:Stub documentation]] and other pages -- count argument retained for backwards compatibility function p.num(frame, count) return p._num(getArgs(frame), count) end -- count argument retained for backwards compatibility function p._text(args, count) --[=[ Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count. ]=] local bot_text = (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '') and ("\n\n----\n'''Preview message''':" .. ' Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]]).') or '' if count == nil then count = count_from_args(args) end args.count = count args.risk = risk_boolean(args) -- trim /doc, /sandbox and /testcases local title = args.title or (args.demo and args.demo ~= '' and mw.title.new(args.demo, 'Template')) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == doc_word or title.subpageText == sandbox_word or title.subpageText == testcases_word then title = title.basePageTitle end -- use /testcases of base template local testcases_page = mw.title.new(title.prefixedText .. '/' .. testcases_word) -- exists is expensive while testcases_page.basePageTitle.isSubpage and not testcases_page.exists do testcases_page = mw.title.new(testcases_page.basePageTitle.basePageTitle.prefixedText .. '/' .. testcases_word) end local systemMessages = (args['system'] or '') ~= '' -- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localization. local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/?project=%s&page=%s#transclusions %s pages]'):format( title:fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'), mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p._num(args)) local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (title:inNamespace('Module') and 'Lua module' or 'template') .. ' is used ' if systemMessages then used_on_text = used_on_text .. args['system'] .. ((args.count and args.count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''")) else used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''" end local sandbox_text = ('%s\'s [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. '):format( title:inNamespace('Module') and 'module' or 'template', title.fullText, testcases_page.fullText, title:inNamespace('Module') and (sandbox_module_page .. '|module sandbox') or (user_subpage_info_page .. '|user subpage') ) local infoArg = args['info'] ~= '' and args['info'] if (systemMessages or args.risk) then local info = '.' if systemMessages then info = info .. '<br />Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the ' .. mw.site.namespaces.Project.name .. ' user interface.' end if infoArg then info = info .. '<br />' .. infoArg end sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' .. (args.count and args.count >= large_count_cutoff and ' and server load' or '') .. -- should this use args.risk? ', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text .. 'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. ' else sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') .. 'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text end local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes ' if args[2] ~= nil and args[2] ~= '' and yesno(args[2]) == nil then discussion_text = string.format('%sat [[%s]]', discussion_text, args[2]) else discussion_text = string.format('%son the [[%s|talk page]]', discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText) end return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. ' before implementing them.' .. bot_text end -- used by [[Template:R from high-use template]] -- count argument retained for backwards compatibility function p.text(frame, count) return p._text(getArgs(frame), count) end -- nocat argument retained for backwards compatibility function p._main(args, nocat) args.count = count_from_args(args) args.risk = risk_boolean(args) args.title = (args.demo and args.demo ~= '' and mw.title.new(args.demo, 'Template')) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local image = 'Ambox warning yellow.svg' local type_param = 'style' local epilogue = '' if args['system'] and args['system'] ~= '' then image = 'Ambox important.svg' type_param = 'content' if yesno(nocat or args['nocat']) ~= true and not args.title.isRedirect then local protection_action = (args.title:inNamespace('File') and 'upload') or 'edit' local protection_level = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main(protection_action, args.title.fullText) if protection_level ~= 'sysop' and protection_level ~= 'templateeditor' and protection_level ~= 'interfaceadmin' then epilogue = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = 'sandbox other', args = { [2] = '[[Category:' .. system_messages_cat .. ']]' } } end end elseif args.risk then image = 'Ambox warning orange.svg' type_param = 'content' end image = '[[File:' .. image .. '|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]' if args['form'] == 'editnotice' then return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'editnotice', args = { ['image'] = image, ['text'] = p._text(args), ['expiry'] = (args['expiry'] or '') } } .. epilogue else return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', { type = type_param, image = image, text = p._text(args), expiry = (args['expiry'] or '') }) .. epilogue end end function p.main(frame) return p._main(getArgs(frame)) end return p gcio7xpngwgu6yvip0rcxdacqigrh0a 828 12920 31965 2024-09-01T15:05:01Z en>عُثمان 0 link to lua page specifically (not disambiguation) 31965 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) local maybeSandbox = mw.title.new(module .. '/sandbox') if maybeSandbox and maybeSandbox.exists then moduleLinks[i] = moduleLinks[i] .. string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', maybeSandbox.fullText) end end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" then title = title.basePageTitle end if title.contentModel == "Scribunto" then boxArgs.text = 'This module depends on the following other modules:' .. moduleList else boxArgs.text = 'This template uses [[Wikipedia:Lua (programming language)|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-Logo.svg|30px|alt=|link=]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local protCatName if titleObj.namespace == 10 then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Templates based on the String Lua module', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation/CS1'] = 'Templates based on the Citation/CS1 Lua module' } category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do if module ~= "WP:libraryUtil" then local moduleTitle = mw.title.new(module) local moduleProt = moduleTitle and moduleTitle.protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p eni2mgpiwp36o8i8kv9dhk6gv6h8qpn 31966 31965 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Lua_banner]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31965 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) local maybeSandbox = mw.title.new(module .. '/sandbox') if maybeSandbox and maybeSandbox.exists then moduleLinks[i] = moduleLinks[i] .. string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', maybeSandbox.fullText) end end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" then title = title.basePageTitle end if title.contentModel == "Scribunto" then boxArgs.text = 'This module depends on the following other modules:' .. moduleList else boxArgs.text = 'This template uses [[Wikipedia:Lua (programming language)|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-Logo.svg|30px|alt=|link=]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local protCatName if titleObj.namespace == 10 then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Templates based on the String Lua module', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation/CS1'] = 'Templates based on the Citation/CS1 Lua module' } category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do if module ~= "WP:libraryUtil" then local moduleTitle = mw.title.new(module) local moduleProt = moduleTitle and moduleTitle.protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p eni2mgpiwp36o8i8kv9dhk6gv6h8qpn 10 12921 31967 2025-01-03T09:24:06Z en>Xover 0 use mbox, and allow explicit text param 31967 wikitext text/x-wiki {{mbox|text={{{text|{{{1|}}}}}}}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> h3muiiqzdl1c8doco8zggun8kp6df02 31968 31967 2026-04-22T01:45:35Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Notice]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31967 wikitext text/x-wiki {{mbox|text={{{text|{{{1|}}}}}}}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> h3muiiqzdl1c8doco8zggun8kp6df02 10 12922 31969 2025-08-27T03:36:05Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/15302781|15302781]] by [[Special:Contributions/CalendulaAsteraceae|CalendulaAsteraceae]] ([[User talk:CalendulaAsteraceae|talk]]) 31969 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|[[Mediawiki:Proofreadpage index template]]}} {{Lua|Module:Proofreadpage index template}} {{templatestyles|Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA --> === Usage === {{notice|You should not use this template manually on any page. It is used automatically by the Wikisource software.}} {{high use|36123}} This is the template used by the ProofreadPage extension to construct the index page from the data entered in the edit form. The parameters that are shown in the edit field and passed in are set up in [[Mediawiki:Proofreadpage index data config]] as JSON. === See also === * [[Mediawiki:Proofreadpage index data config]] <includeonly> <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA, THANKS --> [[Category:Index templates| ]] </includeonly> 9oaf2a9dtdpvf5rnsdj66abjum4jxjq 31970 31969 2026-04-22T01:45:36Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Proofreadpage_index_template/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31969 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|[[Mediawiki:Proofreadpage index template]]}} {{Lua|Module:Proofreadpage index template}} {{templatestyles|Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA --> === Usage === {{notice|You should not use this template manually on any page. It is used automatically by the Wikisource software.}} {{high use|36123}} This is the template used by the ProofreadPage extension to construct the index page from the data entered in the edit form. The parameters that are shown in the edit field and passed in are set up in [[Mediawiki:Proofreadpage index data config]] as JSON. === See also === * [[Mediawiki:Proofreadpage index data config]] <includeonly> <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA, THANKS --> [[Category:Index templates| ]] </includeonly> 9oaf2a9dtdpvf5rnsdj66abjum4jxjq 10 12923 31971 2024-06-10T02:26:41Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Redirected page to [[Template:High-use]] 31971 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:High-use]] d6wsjk1f917k4krnr2v7ss46ij30qjk 31972 31971 2026-04-22T01:45:36Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:High_use]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31971 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:High-use]] d6wsjk1f917k4krnr2v7ss46ij30qjk 828 12924 31973 2025-03-17T03:02:10Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 31973 sanitized-css text/css .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); box-sizing: border-box; color: var(--color-base, #202122); } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } /** T367463 */ body.skin--responsive table.ombox img { max-width: none !important; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } 5gv8lkpvzcasyypj8kwtvyoliam8iq0 31974 31973 2026-04-22T01:45:36Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Message_box/ombox.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31973 sanitized-css text/css .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); box-sizing: border-box; color: var(--color-base, #202122); } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } /** T367463 */ body.skin--responsive table.ombox img { max-width: none !important; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } 5gv8lkpvzcasyypj8kwtvyoliam8iq0 10 12925 31975 2023-01-22T10:27:50Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Redirected page to [[Template:Uses TemplateStyles]] 31975 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Uses TemplateStyles]] 8f0rgi2mtcp9knbw1fqytk72jlrxkks 31976 31975 2026-04-22T01:45:36Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Templatestyles]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31975 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Uses TemplateStyles]] 8f0rgi2mtcp9knbw1fqytk72jlrxkks 828 12926 31977 2025-01-31T02:16:52Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 simplify dark-mode friendliness by using existing variables 31977 sanitized-css text/css .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid var(--border-color-base, #a2a9b1); background-color: var(--background-color-success-subtle, #ecfcf4); color:inherit; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } k52i2u8oq2ylrdnu4uw0zkc3si0w87a 31978 31977 2026-04-22T01:45:36Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Documentation/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31977 sanitized-css text/css .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid var(--border-color-base, #a2a9b1); background-color: var(--background-color-success-subtle, #ecfcf4); color:inherit; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } k52i2u8oq2ylrdnu4uw0zkc3si0w87a 10 12927 31979 2024-03-19T03:37:19Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 fix link 31979 wikitext text/x-wiki {{deprecated|See the replacement: [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index template]]}}<includeonly><templatestyles src="Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css" /> {{#invoke:Proofreadpage index template|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage index template/doc}} </noinclude> 4ng3vgmuvshvb6wr9k83fhz4saj53kj 31980 31979 2026-04-22T01:47:49Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Proofreadpage_index_template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31979 wikitext text/x-wiki {{deprecated|See the replacement: [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index template]]}}<includeonly><templatestyles src="Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css" /> {{#invoke:Proofreadpage index template|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage index template/doc}} </noinclude> 4ng3vgmuvshvb6wr9k83fhz4saj53kj 828 12928 31981 2025-03-11T18:35:37Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add text colors 31981 sanitized-css text/css /* Styles for Index: namespace pages */ #ws-index-container { display: table; border-spacing: 1px 1px; box-sizing: border-box; width: 100%; } #ws-index-main-cell { padding: 0; vertical-align: top; } #ws-index-main-table { display: inline-table; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0 0; box-sizing: border-box; width: 100%; } #ws-index-cover-container { float: left; margin: .5em .25em .5em 0; } #ws-index-metadata { border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 2px 2px; box-sizing: border-box; empty-cells: show; } .ws-index-label { padding-right: .5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: top; } .ws-index-value { vertical-align: top; } #ws-index-pagelist-container { margin-right: .75em; } #ws-index-pagelist { text-align: justify; } #ws-index-pagelist-container em { font-weight: bold; font-style: normal; } #ws-index-pagelist-legend { font-size: 83%; white-space: nowrap; } #ws-index-remarks { padding: 0 .25em; vertical-align: top; width: 30%; } #ws-index-remarks-empty { display: none; padding: 0; vertical-align: top; } /* Experimental new-style index markup below this line. */ /* * Normal index styling mimicing the old layout. */ /* The main container */ .ws-index-container { display: grid; box-sizing: border-box; max-width: 100%; grid-template-areas: "cover metadata remarks" "pagelist pagelist remarks" ". . remarks"; grid-template-columns: 250px 1fr 30%; grid-gap: 1em; } .ws-index-cover-container { grid-area: cover; } .ws-index-metadata-container { grid-area: metadata; } .ws-index-pagelist-container { grid-area: pagelist; } .ws-index-pagelist-heading { padding-bottom: .5em; white-space: pre-wrap; font-weight: bold; } .ws-index-pagelist-heading-legend { font-size: 83%; font-weight: normal; } .ws-index-remarks-container { grid-area: remarks; } /* * Demo index styling demonstrating some possibilities. */ /* The main container */ .ws-tng.ws-index-container { display: grid; box-sizing: border-box; max-width: 100%; grid-template-areas: "cover" "metadata" "pagelist" "remarks"; grid-template-columns: 100%; grid-gap: 1em; background: #fafafa; color: #202122; } .ws-tng .ws-index-cover-container { grid-area: cover; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata-container { grid-area: metadata; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata { width: 100%; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-container { grid-area: pagelist; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-heading { padding-bottom: .5em; white-space: pre-wrap; font-weight: bold; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-heading-legend { font-size: 83%; font-weight: normal; } .ws-tng .ws-index-remarks-container { grid-area: remarks; background: white; color: #202122; } @media (min-width: 700px) { .ws-tng.ws-index-container { grid-template-areas: "metadata cover" "pagelist pagelist" "remarks remarks"; grid-template-columns: 1fr fit-content(250px); grid-gap: 2em; } } @media (min-width: 1000px) { .ws-tng.ws-index-container { grid-template-areas: "metadata cover remarks" "pagelist pagelist remarks" ". . remarks"; grid-template-columns: 1fr fit-content(250px) fit-content(30%); grid-gap: 3em; /* box-shadow: rgba(50, 50, 93, 0.25) 0 6px 12px -2px, rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3) 0 3px 7px -3px; */ /* filter: drop-shadow(0.6rem 0.6rem 1rem rgba(20, 20, 180, 0.8)); */ padding: 6em; background-image: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/eb/Pinckney_Marcius-Simons%2C_endleaf_1_verso--endleaf_2_recto%2C_extra-illustrated_copy_of_A_Midsummer_Night%27s_Dream.png); background-origin: border-box; background-size: 100% 100%; } .ws-tng .ws-index-remarks-container { box-shadow: inset rgba(50, 50, 93, 0.25) 0 10px 10px -5px; background-color: white; color: #202122; padding: .5em; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-container { background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9); color: #202122; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata { /* background-image: linear-gradient(180deg, white 3rem, #F0A4A4 calc(3rem), #F0A4A4 calc(3rem + 2px), transparent 1px), repeating-linear-gradient(0deg, transparent, transparent 1.5rem, #DDD 1px, #DDD calc(1.5rem + 1px)); */ /* box-shadow: 1px 1px 3px rgba(0, 0, 0, .25); */ border-collapse: collapse; } .ws-tng .ws-index-row { border-bottom: 1px solid #DDD; } .ws-tng .ws-index-row:first-child { border-bottom: 2px solid #F0A4A4; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata-container { height: fit-content(250px); width: fit-content(400px); justify-self: center; align-self: center; box-shadow: 10px 10px 5px 0px rgba(0,0,0,0.75); background: white; color: #202122; } .ws-tng .ws-index-cover-container { width: 300px; } .ws-tng .ws-index-cover-container img { margin: 0 auto; filter: drop-shadow(10px 10px 5px #000); } } 31aawm0ssryjl72e86lqnq21bip34qb 31982 31981 2026-04-22T01:48:36Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Proofreadpage_index_template/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31981 sanitized-css text/css /* Styles for Index: namespace pages */ #ws-index-container { display: table; border-spacing: 1px 1px; box-sizing: border-box; width: 100%; } #ws-index-main-cell { padding: 0; vertical-align: top; } #ws-index-main-table { display: inline-table; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0 0; box-sizing: border-box; width: 100%; } #ws-index-cover-container { float: left; margin: .5em .25em .5em 0; } #ws-index-metadata { border-collapse: separate; border-spacing: 2px 2px; box-sizing: border-box; empty-cells: show; } .ws-index-label { padding-right: .5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: top; } .ws-index-value { vertical-align: top; } #ws-index-pagelist-container { margin-right: .75em; } #ws-index-pagelist { text-align: justify; } #ws-index-pagelist-container em { font-weight: bold; font-style: normal; } #ws-index-pagelist-legend { font-size: 83%; white-space: nowrap; } #ws-index-remarks { padding: 0 .25em; vertical-align: top; width: 30%; } #ws-index-remarks-empty { display: none; padding: 0; vertical-align: top; } /* Experimental new-style index markup below this line. */ /* * Normal index styling mimicing the old layout. */ /* The main container */ .ws-index-container { display: grid; box-sizing: border-box; max-width: 100%; grid-template-areas: "cover metadata remarks" "pagelist pagelist remarks" ". . remarks"; grid-template-columns: 250px 1fr 30%; grid-gap: 1em; } .ws-index-cover-container { grid-area: cover; } .ws-index-metadata-container { grid-area: metadata; } .ws-index-pagelist-container { grid-area: pagelist; } .ws-index-pagelist-heading { padding-bottom: .5em; white-space: pre-wrap; font-weight: bold; } .ws-index-pagelist-heading-legend { font-size: 83%; font-weight: normal; } .ws-index-remarks-container { grid-area: remarks; } /* * Demo index styling demonstrating some possibilities. */ /* The main container */ .ws-tng.ws-index-container { display: grid; box-sizing: border-box; max-width: 100%; grid-template-areas: "cover" "metadata" "pagelist" "remarks"; grid-template-columns: 100%; grid-gap: 1em; background: #fafafa; color: #202122; } .ws-tng .ws-index-cover-container { grid-area: cover; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata-container { grid-area: metadata; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata { width: 100%; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-container { grid-area: pagelist; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-heading { padding-bottom: .5em; white-space: pre-wrap; font-weight: bold; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-heading-legend { font-size: 83%; font-weight: normal; } .ws-tng .ws-index-remarks-container { grid-area: remarks; background: white; color: #202122; } @media (min-width: 700px) { .ws-tng.ws-index-container { grid-template-areas: "metadata cover" "pagelist pagelist" "remarks remarks"; grid-template-columns: 1fr fit-content(250px); grid-gap: 2em; } } @media (min-width: 1000px) { .ws-tng.ws-index-container { grid-template-areas: "metadata cover remarks" "pagelist pagelist remarks" ". . remarks"; grid-template-columns: 1fr fit-content(250px) fit-content(30%); grid-gap: 3em; /* box-shadow: rgba(50, 50, 93, 0.25) 0 6px 12px -2px, rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.3) 0 3px 7px -3px; */ /* filter: drop-shadow(0.6rem 0.6rem 1rem rgba(20, 20, 180, 0.8)); */ padding: 6em; background-image: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/e/eb/Pinckney_Marcius-Simons%2C_endleaf_1_verso--endleaf_2_recto%2C_extra-illustrated_copy_of_A_Midsummer_Night%27s_Dream.png); background-origin: border-box; background-size: 100% 100%; } .ws-tng .ws-index-remarks-container { box-shadow: inset rgba(50, 50, 93, 0.25) 0 10px 10px -5px; background-color: white; color: #202122; padding: .5em; } .ws-tng .ws-index-pagelist-container { background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9); color: #202122; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata { /* background-image: linear-gradient(180deg, white 3rem, #F0A4A4 calc(3rem), #F0A4A4 calc(3rem + 2px), transparent 1px), repeating-linear-gradient(0deg, transparent, transparent 1.5rem, #DDD 1px, #DDD calc(1.5rem + 1px)); */ /* box-shadow: 1px 1px 3px rgba(0, 0, 0, .25); */ border-collapse: collapse; } .ws-tng .ws-index-row { border-bottom: 1px solid #DDD; } .ws-tng .ws-index-row:first-child { border-bottom: 2px solid #F0A4A4; } .ws-tng .ws-index-metadata-container { height: fit-content(250px); width: fit-content(400px); justify-self: center; align-self: center; box-shadow: 10px 10px 5px 0px rgba(0,0,0,0.75); background: white; color: #202122; } .ws-tng .ws-index-cover-container { width: 300px; } .ws-tng .ws-index-cover-container img { margin: 0 auto; filter: drop-shadow(10px 10px 5px #000); } } 31aawm0ssryjl72e86lqnq21bip34qb 828 12929 31984 2026-04-04T14:23:24Z en>Alien333 0 remove the (UTC)-cropping due to it putting just a question without answers in the talkremarks; consequently reduce the max-height from 9.5em to 5.5em due to more long stuff probably more appearing with this 31984 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This is a module to implement logic for [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index template]] ]=] local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') local ISO_639 = require('Module:ISO 639') local error_text = require('Module:Error')['error'] local category_handler = require('Module:Category handler')._main local p = {} -- p stands for package local cfg = require('Module:Proofreadpage index template/config') local attribution_data = require('Module:Header/attribution data') local function process_args(args) -- Set any defaults for k, v in pairs(cfg.defaults) do if args[k] == nil then args[k] = cfg.defaults[k] end end args.source_type = cfg['cover_cats']['file_types'][args['Source']] args.pageTitle = (args.pageTitle and mw.title.new(args.pageTitle)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() args.fileTitle = mw.title.makeTitle('File', args.pageTitle.rootText) args.talkPageTitle = args.pageTitle.talkPageTitle args.file_exists = args.fileTitle.file.exists -- Expensive, so only compute once return args end local function construct_cat(cat) return '[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]' end local function construct_cat_link(cat, text) return '[[:Category:' .. cat .. '|' .. (text or cat) .. ']]' end -- Construct a basic "field" row local function construct_field(id, content) if id == nil or content == nil then return nil elseif not cfg.headings[id] then error(cfg.missing_heading_id(id)) end local tr = mw.html.create('tr') :attr('id', 'ws-index-' .. id .. '-row') :addClass('ws-index-row') :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :attr('id', 'ws-index-' .. id .. '-label') :addClass('ws-index-label') :wikitext(cfg.headings[id]['txt']) :done() :tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-' .. id .. '-value') :addClass('ws-index-value') :wikitext(content) :allDone() return tr end local function construct_status_field(args, statusArgs) local key = statusArgs.key local lower_key = string.lower(key) local config_key = statusArgs.config_key or lower_key local index_status = args[key] or '_missing' local sd = cfg[config_key][index_status] or cfg[config_key]['_default'] local index_status_message = sd['txt'] if type(index_status_message) == 'function' then index_status_message = index_status_message(index_status) end if sd['error'] then index_status_message = error_text({['message'] = index_status_message, ['tag'] = 'span'}) else index_status_message = construct_cat_link(sd['cat'], index_status_message) end return {row = construct_field(lower_key, index_status_message), cat = construct_cat(sd['cat'])} end --[=[ Create indicator markup based on config Loads the config module and creates indicator extension tags after pattern <indicator name="foo">[[File:Foo.svg|20px|link=bar|caption|alt=Alt text.]]</indcator> ]=] local function construct_indicator(args, iArgs) if not (iArgs.include or cfg.indicator_defaults.include)(args) then return nil end local indicator_parts = { iArgs.image or cfg.indicator_defaults.image, iArgs.width or cfg.indicator_defaults.width } local alt = iArgs.alt or cfg.indicator_defaults.alt table.insert(indicator_parts, alt and 'alt=' .. alt) local link = iArgs.link or cfg.indicator_defaults.link if type(link) == 'function' then link = link(args) end table.insert(indicator_parts, link and 'link=' .. link) local caption = iArgs.caption or cfg.indicator_defaults.caption if type(caption) == 'function' then caption = caption(args) end table.insert(indicator_parts, caption) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ ['name'] = 'indicator', ['content'] = '[[' .. table.concat(indicator_parts, '|') .. ']]', ['args'] = { ['name'] = iArgs.name or cfg.indicator_defaults.name } } end local function _metadata(args) local metadatatable = mw.html.create('table') :attr('id', 'ws-index-metadata') local cats = {} local indicators = {} if args['Title'] then metadatatable:node(construct_field('title', table.concat({args['Title'], args['Volume']}, ', '))) else metadatatable:node(construct_field('title', args['Volume'] or '')) end local simple_args = {} for i, v in ipairs(attribution_data) do local noun = v.noun table.insert(simple_args, {string.upper(string.sub(noun, 1, 1)) .. string.sub(noun, 2)}) end table.insert(simple_args, {'Year'}) table.insert(simple_args, {'Publisher'}) table.insert(simple_args, {'Address', 'place'}) for i, v in ipairs(simple_args) do metadatatable:node(construct_field(v[2] or string.lower(v[1]), args[v[1]])) end -- Categorize image-based indexes if args.source_type and cfg['cover_cats'][args.source_type] then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['cover_cats'][args.source_type])) elseif not args.source_type then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['cover_cats']['unknown'])) end local source = args['Source'] if args.file_exists then source = '[[:' .. args.fileTitle.fullText .. '|' .. source .. ']]' else -- Add a tracking category table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg.cover_cats.missing)) end metadatatable:node(construct_field('source', source)) -- Progress local progress_data = construct_status_field(args, {['key'] = 'Progress', ['config_key'] = 'status'}) metadatatable:node(progress_data.row) table.insert(cats, progress_data.cat) -- Transclusion status local transclusion_data = construct_status_field(args, {['key'] = 'Transclusion'}) metadatatable:node(transclusion_data.row) table.insert(cats, transclusion_data.cat) local vdate = args['Validation_date'] if vdate then local vcat = cfg['validation_cats']['dated'](vdate) metadatatable:node(construct_field('validation_date', construct_cat_link(vcat, vdate))) table.insert(cats, construct_cat(vcat)) elseif args['Progress'] == 'T' then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['validation_cats']['undated'])) end local info_args = {'ISBN', 'OCLC', 'LCCN', 'ARK', --[=['National Archives',]=] 'DOI'} for i, v in ipairs(info_args) do local val = args[v] if val then local lower_key = string.lower(v) local link_fn = cfg.url_gens[lower_key] if link_fn then metadatatable:node(construct_field(lower_key, link_fn(val, val))) end end end metadatatable:node(construct_field('volumes', args['Volumes'])) -- Language categorisations if args.Language then local langs = mw.text.split(args.Language, ',%s*', false) for _, l in ipairs(langs) do local lang = mw.text.trim(l) if lang ~= '' then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['language_cats']['single'](ISO_639.language_name(lang)))) end end if #langs > 1 then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['language_cats']['multi'])) end end return {['table'] = metadatatable, cats = table.concat(cats), indicators = table.concat(indicators)} end --[=[ Get the image to use as the cover image for this index If the Image parameter contains an integer, it refers to a page in a DjVu/PDF and can be used directly Otherwise, it may be a full image specification that we can use directly, or just an image filename that we can construct an image specification for ]=] local function default_cover_image(link) return '[[' .. cfg.cover.image .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|link=' .. link .. '|class=ws-cover]]' end local function _cover(args) local image_number = tonumber(args['Image']) -- check for timestamps if args['Image'] and not image_number and args.source_type == 'audiovisual' and mw.ustring.match(args['Image'], '^%d+[%d:]*$') then image_number = args['Image'] end local image_spec local cats = {} if not image_number and args['Image'] and mw.ustring.find(args['Image'], '^%[%[') then -- Image param is not a (page) number and looks like a full image specification image_spec = args['Image'] if args.source_type ~= 'image' then -- Add a tracking category table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg.cover_cats.fullspec)) end elseif not image_number and args['Image'] and mw.ustring.find(args['Image'], '%.%w+$') then -- Image param is not a (page) number and is probably a filename with or without File: prefix image_spec = args['Image'] local image_prefixes = { mw.site.namespaces.File.name, mw.site.namespaces.File.canonicalName } for i, alias in ipairs(mw.site.namespaces.File.aliases) do table.insert(image_prefixes, alias) end for i, prefix in ipairs(image_prefixes) do image_spec = mw.ustring.gsub(image_spec, '^' .. prefix .. ':', '') image_spec = mw.ustring.gsub(image_spec, '^' .. string.lower(prefix) .. ':', '') end image_spec = '[[File:' .. image_spec .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|class=ws-cover]]' if args.source_type ~= 'image' then -- Add a tracking category table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg.cover_cats.fullspec)) end elseif args.source_type == 'multipage' and args.file_exists then -- It's a DjVu/PDF-backed index, so we fetch the cover image from a page in the (multipage) file image_spec = '[[' .. args.fileTitle.prefixedText .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|page=' .. (image_number or 1) .. '|class=ws-cover]]' elseif args.source_type == 'audiovisual' and args.file_exists then -- It's an audio/video-backed index, so we fetch the cover image from a thumbnail time image_spec = '[[' .. args.fileTitle.prefixedText .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|thumbtime=' .. (image_number or 0) .. '|class=ws-cover]]' elseif args.file_exists then -- It's either an image-based index or some unknown type, so we use the file image_spec = '[[' .. args.fileTitle.prefixedText .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|class=ws-cover]]' else -- Our associated file doesn't exist, so we use a placeholder local image_link = args.fileTitle.prefixedText if mw.ustring.find(args.fileTitle.rootText, '^.*%.%w+') == nil then image_link = 'Special:Upload' end image_spec = default_cover_image(image_link) end return image_spec .. table.concat(cats) end -- Also implements [[Template:Index talk remarks]] function p._index_talk_remarks(args) if not args.talkPageTitle then args.pageTitle = (args.pageTitle and mw.title.new(args.pageTitle)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() args.talkPageTitle = args.pageTitle.talkPageTitle end local text = cfg['talkremarks']['text'](args) local cat = category_handler({construct_cat(cfg['talkremarks']['cat'])}) or '' local notes = '' if args.notes then -- 5.5em is small enough, and has the convenience of probably showing the top of a line when there are too many notes = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('ombox-content') :css({ ['text-align'] = 'left', ['max-height'] = '5.5em', ['overflow'] = 'scroll', ['padding'] = '0.25em', ['margin'] = '0.25em', ['border-style'] = 'dashed' }) :newline() :wikitext(args.notes .. cat) :newline() :allDone() end return messageBox.main('ombox', { ['type'] = 'content', ['image'] = '[[File:Ambox important.svg|24px]]', ['style'] = 'box-sizing:border-box;margin:-0.93em auto 0.0em;text-align:center;width:100%;', ['textstyle'] = 'font-size:93%;text-decoration:none;', ['text'] = text .. tostring(notes) }) end function p.index_talk_remarks(frame) return p._index_talk_remarks(getArgs(frame)) end -- Main function local function _main(args) args = process_args(args) local talkremarks = '' local talk_page_exists = args.talkPageTitle.exists -- Expensive if talk_page_exists and not args.notes then local content = args.talkPageTitle.content for _, keyword in ipairs(cfg.talkremarks.keywords) do local pattern if keyword.alone then -- Only whitespace around pattern = '==( *' .. keyword.pattern .. ' *)==' else -- Allow for other content besides the keyword pattern = '==([^=%n]*' .. keyword.pattern .. '[^=%n]*)==' end -- Capture section header local section = mw.ustring.match(content, pattern) if section then -- Specifically transclude the section local section_text = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#lsth', args.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, mw.text.trim(section)) args.notes = section_text break end end end if talk_page_exists then talkremarks = p._index_talk_remarks(args) end local metadata_data = _metadata(args) local sortkey = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('DEFAULTSORT', {args['Key'] or args.pageTitle.text}) local is = {} for _, v in pairs(cfg.indicators) do table.insert(is, construct_indicator(args, v)) end table.insert(is, metadata_data.indicators) local indicators = table.concat(is) local outertable = mw.html.create('table') :attr('id', 'ws-index-container') local outertable_tr = outertable:tag('tr') outertable_tr :tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-main-cell') :tag('table') :attr('id', 'ws-index-main-table') :tag('tr'):tag('td') :tag('div') :attr('id', 'ws-index-cover-container') :wikitext(_cover(args)) :done() :node(metadata_data['table']) :done() :tag('tr'):tag('td'):tag('div') :attr('id', 'ws-index-pagelist-container') :addClass('mw-collapsible') :tag('em'):wikitext(cfg.pagelist.pages.txt):done() :wikitext(' ') :tag('span') :attr('id', 'ws-index-pagelist-legend') :wikitext(cfg.pagelist.legend.txt) :done() :tag('div') :attr('id', 'ws-index-pagelist') :addClass('index-pagelist mw-collapsible-content') :newline() :wikitext(args['Pages'] and mw.text.trim(args['Pages'])) :newline() if args['Remarks'] then outertable_tr:tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-remarks') :newline() :wikitext(mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess(args['Remarks'])) else outertable_tr:tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-remarks-empty') end return talkremarks .. indicators .. tostring(outertable) .. metadata_data.cats .. sortkey end function p.main(frame) return _main(getArgs(frame)) end return p qel72vrcalz8vdmdarq30y1kswrsckb 31985 31984 2026-04-22T01:49:19Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Proofreadpage_index_template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31984 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This is a module to implement logic for [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index template]] ]=] local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') local ISO_639 = require('Module:ISO 639') local error_text = require('Module:Error')['error'] local category_handler = require('Module:Category handler')._main local p = {} -- p stands for package local cfg = require('Module:Proofreadpage index template/config') local attribution_data = require('Module:Header/attribution data') local function process_args(args) -- Set any defaults for k, v in pairs(cfg.defaults) do if args[k] == nil then args[k] = cfg.defaults[k] end end args.source_type = cfg['cover_cats']['file_types'][args['Source']] args.pageTitle = (args.pageTitle and mw.title.new(args.pageTitle)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() args.fileTitle = mw.title.makeTitle('File', args.pageTitle.rootText) args.talkPageTitle = args.pageTitle.talkPageTitle args.file_exists = args.fileTitle.file.exists -- Expensive, so only compute once return args end local function construct_cat(cat) return '[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]' end local function construct_cat_link(cat, text) return '[[:Category:' .. cat .. '|' .. (text or cat) .. ']]' end -- Construct a basic "field" row local function construct_field(id, content) if id == nil or content == nil then return nil elseif not cfg.headings[id] then error(cfg.missing_heading_id(id)) end local tr = mw.html.create('tr') :attr('id', 'ws-index-' .. id .. '-row') :addClass('ws-index-row') :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :attr('id', 'ws-index-' .. id .. '-label') :addClass('ws-index-label') :wikitext(cfg.headings[id]['txt']) :done() :tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-' .. id .. '-value') :addClass('ws-index-value') :wikitext(content) :allDone() return tr end local function construct_status_field(args, statusArgs) local key = statusArgs.key local lower_key = string.lower(key) local config_key = statusArgs.config_key or lower_key local index_status = args[key] or '_missing' local sd = cfg[config_key][index_status] or cfg[config_key]['_default'] local index_status_message = sd['txt'] if type(index_status_message) == 'function' then index_status_message = index_status_message(index_status) end if sd['error'] then index_status_message = error_text({['message'] = index_status_message, ['tag'] = 'span'}) else index_status_message = construct_cat_link(sd['cat'], index_status_message) end return {row = construct_field(lower_key, index_status_message), cat = construct_cat(sd['cat'])} end --[=[ Create indicator markup based on config Loads the config module and creates indicator extension tags after pattern <indicator name="foo">[[File:Foo.svg|20px|link=bar|caption|alt=Alt text.]]</indcator> ]=] local function construct_indicator(args, iArgs) if not (iArgs.include or cfg.indicator_defaults.include)(args) then return nil end local indicator_parts = { iArgs.image or cfg.indicator_defaults.image, iArgs.width or cfg.indicator_defaults.width } local alt = iArgs.alt or cfg.indicator_defaults.alt table.insert(indicator_parts, alt and 'alt=' .. alt) local link = iArgs.link or cfg.indicator_defaults.link if type(link) == 'function' then link = link(args) end table.insert(indicator_parts, link and 'link=' .. link) local caption = iArgs.caption or cfg.indicator_defaults.caption if type(caption) == 'function' then caption = caption(args) end table.insert(indicator_parts, caption) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ ['name'] = 'indicator', ['content'] = '[[' .. table.concat(indicator_parts, '|') .. ']]', ['args'] = { ['name'] = iArgs.name or cfg.indicator_defaults.name } } end local function _metadata(args) local metadatatable = mw.html.create('table') :attr('id', 'ws-index-metadata') local cats = {} local indicators = {} if args['Title'] then metadatatable:node(construct_field('title', table.concat({args['Title'], args['Volume']}, ', '))) else metadatatable:node(construct_field('title', args['Volume'] or '')) end local simple_args = {} for i, v in ipairs(attribution_data) do local noun = v.noun table.insert(simple_args, {string.upper(string.sub(noun, 1, 1)) .. string.sub(noun, 2)}) end table.insert(simple_args, {'Year'}) table.insert(simple_args, {'Publisher'}) table.insert(simple_args, {'Address', 'place'}) for i, v in ipairs(simple_args) do metadatatable:node(construct_field(v[2] or string.lower(v[1]), args[v[1]])) end -- Categorize image-based indexes if args.source_type and cfg['cover_cats'][args.source_type] then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['cover_cats'][args.source_type])) elseif not args.source_type then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['cover_cats']['unknown'])) end local source = args['Source'] if args.file_exists then source = '[[:' .. args.fileTitle.fullText .. '|' .. source .. ']]' else -- Add a tracking category table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg.cover_cats.missing)) end metadatatable:node(construct_field('source', source)) -- Progress local progress_data = construct_status_field(args, {['key'] = 'Progress', ['config_key'] = 'status'}) metadatatable:node(progress_data.row) table.insert(cats, progress_data.cat) -- Transclusion status local transclusion_data = construct_status_field(args, {['key'] = 'Transclusion'}) metadatatable:node(transclusion_data.row) table.insert(cats, transclusion_data.cat) local vdate = args['Validation_date'] if vdate then local vcat = cfg['validation_cats']['dated'](vdate) metadatatable:node(construct_field('validation_date', construct_cat_link(vcat, vdate))) table.insert(cats, construct_cat(vcat)) elseif args['Progress'] == 'T' then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['validation_cats']['undated'])) end local info_args = {'ISBN', 'OCLC', 'LCCN', 'ARK', --[=['National Archives',]=] 'DOI'} for i, v in ipairs(info_args) do local val = args[v] if val then local lower_key = string.lower(v) local link_fn = cfg.url_gens[lower_key] if link_fn then metadatatable:node(construct_field(lower_key, link_fn(val, val))) end end end metadatatable:node(construct_field('volumes', args['Volumes'])) -- Language categorisations if args.Language then local langs = mw.text.split(args.Language, ',%s*', false) for _, l in ipairs(langs) do local lang = mw.text.trim(l) if lang ~= '' then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['language_cats']['single'](ISO_639.language_name(lang)))) end end if #langs > 1 then table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg['language_cats']['multi'])) end end return {['table'] = metadatatable, cats = table.concat(cats), indicators = table.concat(indicators)} end --[=[ Get the image to use as the cover image for this index If the Image parameter contains an integer, it refers to a page in a DjVu/PDF and can be used directly Otherwise, it may be a full image specification that we can use directly, or just an image filename that we can construct an image specification for ]=] local function default_cover_image(link) return '[[' .. cfg.cover.image .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|link=' .. link .. '|class=ws-cover]]' end local function _cover(args) local image_number = tonumber(args['Image']) -- check for timestamps if args['Image'] and not image_number and args.source_type == 'audiovisual' and mw.ustring.match(args['Image'], '^%d+[%d:]*$') then image_number = args['Image'] end local image_spec local cats = {} if not image_number and args['Image'] and mw.ustring.find(args['Image'], '^%[%[') then -- Image param is not a (page) number and looks like a full image specification image_spec = args['Image'] if args.source_type ~= 'image' then -- Add a tracking category table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg.cover_cats.fullspec)) end elseif not image_number and args['Image'] and mw.ustring.find(args['Image'], '%.%w+$') then -- Image param is not a (page) number and is probably a filename with or without File: prefix image_spec = args['Image'] local image_prefixes = { mw.site.namespaces.File.name, mw.site.namespaces.File.canonicalName } for i, alias in ipairs(mw.site.namespaces.File.aliases) do table.insert(image_prefixes, alias) end for i, prefix in ipairs(image_prefixes) do image_spec = mw.ustring.gsub(image_spec, '^' .. prefix .. ':', '') image_spec = mw.ustring.gsub(image_spec, '^' .. string.lower(prefix) .. ':', '') end image_spec = '[[File:' .. image_spec .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|class=ws-cover]]' if args.source_type ~= 'image' then -- Add a tracking category table.insert(cats, construct_cat(cfg.cover_cats.fullspec)) end elseif args.source_type == 'multipage' and args.file_exists then -- It's a DjVu/PDF-backed index, so we fetch the cover image from a page in the (multipage) file image_spec = '[[' .. args.fileTitle.prefixedText .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|page=' .. (image_number or 1) .. '|class=ws-cover]]' elseif args.source_type == 'audiovisual' and args.file_exists then -- It's an audio/video-backed index, so we fetch the cover image from a thumbnail time image_spec = '[[' .. args.fileTitle.prefixedText .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|thumbtime=' .. (image_number or 0) .. '|class=ws-cover]]' elseif args.file_exists then -- It's either an image-based index or some unknown type, so we use the file image_spec = '[[' .. args.fileTitle.prefixedText .. '|' .. cfg.cover.width .. '|class=ws-cover]]' else -- Our associated file doesn't exist, so we use a placeholder local image_link = args.fileTitle.prefixedText if mw.ustring.find(args.fileTitle.rootText, '^.*%.%w+') == nil then image_link = 'Special:Upload' end image_spec = default_cover_image(image_link) end return image_spec .. table.concat(cats) end -- Also implements [[Template:Index talk remarks]] function p._index_talk_remarks(args) if not args.talkPageTitle then args.pageTitle = (args.pageTitle and mw.title.new(args.pageTitle)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() args.talkPageTitle = args.pageTitle.talkPageTitle end local text = cfg['talkremarks']['text'](args) local cat = category_handler({construct_cat(cfg['talkremarks']['cat'])}) or '' local notes = '' if args.notes then -- 5.5em is small enough, and has the convenience of probably showing the top of a line when there are too many notes = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('ombox-content') :css({ ['text-align'] = 'left', ['max-height'] = '5.5em', ['overflow'] = 'scroll', ['padding'] = '0.25em', ['margin'] = '0.25em', ['border-style'] = 'dashed' }) :newline() :wikitext(args.notes .. cat) :newline() :allDone() end return messageBox.main('ombox', { ['type'] = 'content', ['image'] = '[[File:Ambox important.svg|24px]]', ['style'] = 'box-sizing:border-box;margin:-0.93em auto 0.0em;text-align:center;width:100%;', ['textstyle'] = 'font-size:93%;text-decoration:none;', ['text'] = text .. tostring(notes) }) end function p.index_talk_remarks(frame) return p._index_talk_remarks(getArgs(frame)) end -- Main function local function _main(args) args = process_args(args) local talkremarks = '' local talk_page_exists = args.talkPageTitle.exists -- Expensive if talk_page_exists and not args.notes then local content = args.talkPageTitle.content for _, keyword in ipairs(cfg.talkremarks.keywords) do local pattern if keyword.alone then -- Only whitespace around pattern = '==( *' .. keyword.pattern .. ' *)==' else -- Allow for other content besides the keyword pattern = '==([^=%n]*' .. keyword.pattern .. '[^=%n]*)==' end -- Capture section header local section = mw.ustring.match(content, pattern) if section then -- Specifically transclude the section local section_text = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#lsth', args.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, mw.text.trim(section)) args.notes = section_text break end end end if talk_page_exists then talkremarks = p._index_talk_remarks(args) end local metadata_data = _metadata(args) local sortkey = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('DEFAULTSORT', {args['Key'] or args.pageTitle.text}) local is = {} for _, v in pairs(cfg.indicators) do table.insert(is, construct_indicator(args, v)) end table.insert(is, metadata_data.indicators) local indicators = table.concat(is) local outertable = mw.html.create('table') :attr('id', 'ws-index-container') local outertable_tr = outertable:tag('tr') outertable_tr :tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-main-cell') :tag('table') :attr('id', 'ws-index-main-table') :tag('tr'):tag('td') :tag('div') :attr('id', 'ws-index-cover-container') :wikitext(_cover(args)) :done() :node(metadata_data['table']) :done() :tag('tr'):tag('td'):tag('div') :attr('id', 'ws-index-pagelist-container') :addClass('mw-collapsible') :tag('em'):wikitext(cfg.pagelist.pages.txt):done() :wikitext(' ') :tag('span') :attr('id', 'ws-index-pagelist-legend') :wikitext(cfg.pagelist.legend.txt) :done() :tag('div') :attr('id', 'ws-index-pagelist') :addClass('index-pagelist mw-collapsible-content') :newline() :wikitext(args['Pages'] and mw.text.trim(args['Pages'])) :newline() if args['Remarks'] then outertable_tr:tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-remarks') :newline() :wikitext(mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess(args['Remarks'])) else outertable_tr:tag('td') :attr('id', 'ws-index-remarks-empty') end return talkremarks .. indicators .. tostring(outertable) .. metadata_data.cats .. sortkey end function p.main(frame) return _main(getArgs(frame)) end return p qel72vrcalz8vdmdarq30y1kswrsckb 828 12930 31986 2024-03-25T03:04:12Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 simplify nil check 31986 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local warn = require('Module:Warning') local languageNameOverrides = mw.loadData('Module:ISO 639/overrides') --[=[ Get the language name, in English, for a given ISO 639 (-1, -2 or -3) code Returns nil if the language is not in the lookup tables. ]=] function p.language_name(code, failValue) -- Only continue if we get passed a non-empty string for the code param if code == nil or code == '' then warn('No ISO code provided to [[Module:ISO 639]]') return failValue elseif type(code) ~= 'string' then warn('ISO code \"' .. tostring(code) .. '\" is not a string') return failValue end -- If we have a local override, apply it local language = languageNameOverrides[code] -- Otherwise, ask MediaWiki for the language name in English for this code if language == nil or language == '' then language = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(code, 'en') end -- If we got no name from MediaWiki and have no override for this code, -- load the big honkin' local lookup table and check there. if language == nil or language == '' then local localLanguageNames = mw.loadData('Module:ISO 639/local') language = localLanguageNames[code] end -- If we found a non-empty lang name we return it. if language ~= nil and language ~= '' then return language end -- otherwise we return the failure value warn('ISO code \"' .. code .. '\" not recognized by [[Module:ISO 639]]') return failValue end --[=[ Implements [[Template:ISO 639 name]] ]=] function p.ISO_639_name(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.language_name(args[1] or args.code, '[[Category:' .. 'ISO 639 name template errors' .. ']]') end return p 3tr0b4bhq6112dvnq0at9vsygu80pd6 31987 31986 2026-04-22T01:49:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:ISO_639]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31986 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local warn = require('Module:Warning') local languageNameOverrides = mw.loadData('Module:ISO 639/overrides') --[=[ Get the language name, in English, for a given ISO 639 (-1, -2 or -3) code Returns nil if the language is not in the lookup tables. ]=] function p.language_name(code, failValue) -- Only continue if we get passed a non-empty string for the code param if code == nil or code == '' then warn('No ISO code provided to [[Module:ISO 639]]') return failValue elseif type(code) ~= 'string' then warn('ISO code \"' .. tostring(code) .. '\" is not a string') return failValue end -- If we have a local override, apply it local language = languageNameOverrides[code] -- Otherwise, ask MediaWiki for the language name in English for this code if language == nil or language == '' then language = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(code, 'en') end -- If we got no name from MediaWiki and have no override for this code, -- load the big honkin' local lookup table and check there. if language == nil or language == '' then local localLanguageNames = mw.loadData('Module:ISO 639/local') language = localLanguageNames[code] end -- If we found a non-empty lang name we return it. if language ~= nil and language ~= '' then return language end -- otherwise we return the failure value warn('ISO code \"' .. code .. '\" not recognized by [[Module:ISO 639]]') return failValue end --[=[ Implements [[Template:ISO 639 name]] ]=] function p.ISO_639_name(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.language_name(args[1] or args.code, '[[Category:' .. 'ISO 639 name template errors' .. ']]') end return p 3tr0b4bhq6112dvnq0at9vsygu80pd6 10 12931 31988 2024-01-11T01:58:58Z en>Stefán Örvar Sigmundsson 0 31988 wikitext text/x-wiki {{[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> to2ps0zqptfuck4l0vfbvm4g4odf2yg 31989 31988 2026-04-22T01:49:48Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Tl]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31988 wikitext text/x-wiki {{[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> to2ps0zqptfuck4l0vfbvm4g4odf2yg 10 12932 31990 2024-03-17T02:13:03Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 use [[Module:ISO 639]] 31990 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:ISO_639|ISO_639_name}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> gsfj5o9udpgv02z4ex5bwe05lb219yu 31991 31990 2026-04-22T01:49:48Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:ISO_639_name]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31990 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:ISO_639|ISO_639_name}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> gsfj5o9udpgv02z4ex5bwe05lb219yu 828 12933 31992 2021-02-17T14:02:09Z en>Billinghurst 0 Protected "[[Module:Effective protection expiry]]": High traffic page or template ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 31992 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p i1wms02y1w048cq6uttka18a5pjzp63 31993 31992 2026-04-22T01:49:48Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Effective_protection_expiry]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31992 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p i1wms02y1w048cq6uttka18a5pjzp63 828 12934 31994 2020-08-20T11:28:30Z en>Billinghurst 0 8 revisions imported from [[:w:Module:Effective_protection_level]] 31994 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p o3wd8v4s0af0nabjp4xwsgqxlffn3mz 31995 31994 2026-04-22T01:49:48Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Effective_protection_level]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31994 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p o3wd8v4s0af0nabjp4xwsgqxlffn3mz 828 12935 31996 2020-08-20T11:28:31Z en>Billinghurst 0 3 revisions imported from [[:w:Module:File_link]] 31996 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p bzc22v133v9z5yc4aisazripn6l94p8 31997 31996 2026-04-22T01:49:48Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:File_link]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31996 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p bzc22v133v9z5yc4aisazripn6l94p8 828 12936 31998 2022-10-21T09:38:27Z en>WOSlinker 0 use require('strict') instead of require('Module:No globals') 31998 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p hraihk42yzei1k32e7gw7rwjvn9igeg 31999 31998 2026-04-22T01:49:48Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Protection_banner]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 31998 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Exit if the page is not protected. if not self:isProtected() then return '' end -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:isProtected() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() } if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{ self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:isProtected() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p hraihk42yzei1k32e7gw7rwjvn9igeg 828 12937 32000 2023-06-08T06:24:58Z en>Beeswaxcandle 0 Protected "[[Module:Protection banner/config]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32000 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPIRY} - the protection expiry date in the format DD Month YYYY. If -- protection is indefinite or is not set, this is the blank string. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review', } } }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy.', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to Digital Millennium Copyright Act takedown requests.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[m:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes.', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]].', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[:w:Wiki:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation.', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[m:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version.', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[m:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[:w:WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[:w:WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]].', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikisource:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[:w:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules.', text = 'This is a permanently [[:w:Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[:w:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user.', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title.', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]].' } }, autoreview = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[:w:Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[:w:Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[:w:Help:Protection|disabled]]' }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[:w:Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[:w:Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[:w:Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[:w:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and proteciton level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#template', autoconfirmed = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#pc2' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikisource protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikisource Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikisource Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikisource Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Protected main page images', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected images', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected images', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikisource pending changes protected pages (level 1)', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'Wikisource pending changes protected pages (level 2)', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. The arguments cannot be overwritten by the -- user. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {expiry = 'indef', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikisource pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-expiry'] = 'Wikisource protected pages without expiry', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikisource template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock-red.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } dqytxu4xu9xz8tdzmug6wvbznb0cdlg 32001 32000 2026-04-22T01:49:48Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Protection_banner/config]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32000 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPIRY} - the protection expiry date in the format DD Month YYYY. If -- protection is indefinite or is not set, this is the blank string. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review', } } }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy.', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to Digital Millennium Copyright Act takedown requests.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[m:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes.', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]].', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[:w:Wiki:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation.', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[m:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version.', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[m:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[:w:WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[:w:WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]].', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikisource:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[:w:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules.', text = 'This is a permanently [[:w:Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[:w:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user.', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title.', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]].' } }, autoreview = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[:w:Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[:w:Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[:w:Help:Protection|disabled]]' }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[:w:Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[:w:Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[:w:Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[:w:Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[:w:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikisource:Administrators&#39; noticeboard' .. '#Page (un)protection requests' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and proteciton level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#template', autoconfirmed = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'Wikisource:Protection policy#pc2' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikisource protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikisource Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikisource Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikisource Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Protected main page images', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected images', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected images', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikisource protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikisource semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikisource move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikisource pending changes protected pages (level 1)', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'Wikisource pending changes protected pages (level 2)', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. The arguments cannot be overwritten by the -- user. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {expiry = 'indef', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikisource:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikisource pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-expiry'] = 'Wikisource protected pages without expiry', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikisource template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock-red.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } dqytxu4xu9xz8tdzmug6wvbznb0cdlg 828 12938 32002 2025-02-19T05:00:34Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 /* language_name */ 32002 wikitext text/x-wiki {{lua|Module:Arguments|Module:Warning|Module:ISO 639/overrides|Module:ISO 639/local}} Some general language code functions: === language_name === Gets the English language name for a code (ISO 639-1, -2 or -3). * <code>en</code> → {{ISO 639 name|en}} * <code>enm</code> → {{ISO 639 name|enm}} * <code>ang</code> → {{ISO 639 name|ang}} * <code>sco</code> → {{ISO 639 name|sco}} * <code>fr</code> → {{ISO 639 name|fr}} * <code>el</code> → {{ISO 639 name|el}} * <code>grc</code> → {{ISO 639 name|grc}} * <code>lzh</code> → {{ISO 639 name|lzh}} Usage: <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> local language_name = require('Module:ISO 639') language_name(code) </syntaxhighlight> === ISO_639_name === Wraps <code>language_name</code> for {{tl|ISO 639 name}} and provides error messages. Errors are tracked in [[:Category:ISO 639 name template errors]]. Usage: <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> local ISO_639_name = require('Module:ISO 639')._ISO_639_name ISO_639_name({code}) ISO_639_name({code = code}) </syntaxhighlight> <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{#invoke:ISO 639|ISO_639_name|code}}</syntaxhighlight> kuz62b0h6bbk7q8n85uq1hkbiinuh0l 32003 32002 2026-04-22T01:49:49Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:ISO_639/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32002 wikitext text/x-wiki {{lua|Module:Arguments|Module:Warning|Module:ISO 639/overrides|Module:ISO 639/local}} Some general language code functions: === language_name === Gets the English language name for a code (ISO 639-1, -2 or -3). * <code>en</code> → {{ISO 639 name|en}} * <code>enm</code> → {{ISO 639 name|enm}} * <code>ang</code> → {{ISO 639 name|ang}} * <code>sco</code> → {{ISO 639 name|sco}} * <code>fr</code> → {{ISO 639 name|fr}} * <code>el</code> → {{ISO 639 name|el}} * <code>grc</code> → {{ISO 639 name|grc}} * <code>lzh</code> → {{ISO 639 name|lzh}} Usage: <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> local language_name = require('Module:ISO 639') language_name(code) </syntaxhighlight> === ISO_639_name === Wraps <code>language_name</code> for {{tl|ISO 639 name}} and provides error messages. Errors are tracked in [[:Category:ISO 639 name template errors]]. Usage: <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> local ISO_639_name = require('Module:ISO 639')._ISO_639_name ISO_639_name({code}) ISO_639_name({code = code}) </syntaxhighlight> <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{#invoke:ISO 639|ISO_639_name|code}}</syntaxhighlight> kuz62b0h6bbk7q8n85uq1hkbiinuh0l 828 12939 32004 2024-03-31T19:53:38Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Module:Warning]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32004 Scribunto text/plain local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local wrapper = "%s" -- wikitext formatting local msg_loc = "Lua warning in %s at line %d: %s." local msg = "Lua warning: %s." return function (message, level) libraryUtil.checkType('warn', 2, level, 'number', true) level = level or 1 if level > 0 then local _, location = pcall(error, '', level+2) if location ~= '' then location = mw.text.split(location:sub(1,-3), ':%f[%d]') message = msg_loc:format(location[1], location[2], message) else message = msg:format(message) end else message = msg:format(message) end mw.addWarning(wrapper:format(message)) end 6n5nxfk4xtrlul0szoxeogpa9uj1ggn 32005 32004 2026-04-22T01:49:49Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Warning]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32004 Scribunto text/plain local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local wrapper = "%s" -- wikitext formatting local msg_loc = "Lua warning in %s at line %d: %s." local msg = "Lua warning: %s." return function (message, level) libraryUtil.checkType('warn', 2, level, 'number', true) level = level or 1 if level > 0 then local _, location = pcall(error, '', level+2) if location ~= '' then location = mw.text.split(location:sub(1,-3), ':%f[%d]') message = msg_loc:format(location[1], location[2], message) else message = msg:format(message) end else message = msg:format(message) end mw.addWarning(wrapper:format(message)) end 6n5nxfk4xtrlul0szoxeogpa9uj1ggn 828 12940 32006 2024-08-22T17:08:28Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add override 32006 Scribunto text/plain return { ["ab"] = "Abkhaz", ["acm"] = "Mesopotamian Arabic", ["als"] = "Tosk Albanian", ["bn"] = "Bengali", ["bpy"] = "Bishnupriya Manipuri", ["cdo"] = "Min Dong", ["cu"] = "Church Slavonic", ["dga"] = "Southern Dagaare", ["diq"] = "Dimli", ["dv"] = "Dhivehi", ["fiu-vro"] = "Võro", ["frp"] = "Franco-Provençal", ["gcr"] = "Guianese Creole", ["gur"] = "Farefare", ["ii"] = "Nuosu", ["kaa"] = "Karakalpak", ["kj"] = "Kwanyama", ["krj"] = "Karay-a", ["kus"] = "Kusaal", ["lad"] = "Judaeo-Spanish", ["lg"] = "Luganda", ["map-bms"] = "Banyumasan", ["nah"] = "Nahuatl", ["nan"] = "Southern Min", ["new"] = "Newar", ["nit"] = "Naiki", ["nqo"] = "N'Ko", ["nrm"] = "Narom", ["ny"] = "Chewa", ["nys"] = "Noongar", ["pi"] = "Pāli", ["pih"] = "Pitkern", ["rif"] = "Tmazight", ["rki"] = "Rakhine", ["st"] = "Sotho", ["tay"] = "Atayal", ["trv"] = "Seediq", ["vmf"] = "East Franconian", ["wal"] = "Wolaitta", ["zh-min-nan"] = "Southern Min" } thn706ro24wcxcx8wd6f0rlhfux9u0q 32007 32006 2026-04-22T01:49:49Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:ISO_639/overrides]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32006 Scribunto text/plain return { ["ab"] = "Abkhaz", ["acm"] = "Mesopotamian Arabic", ["als"] = "Tosk Albanian", ["bn"] = "Bengali", ["bpy"] = "Bishnupriya Manipuri", ["cdo"] = "Min Dong", ["cu"] = "Church Slavonic", ["dga"] = "Southern Dagaare", ["diq"] = "Dimli", ["dv"] = "Dhivehi", ["fiu-vro"] = "Võro", ["frp"] = "Franco-Provençal", ["gcr"] = "Guianese Creole", ["gur"] = "Farefare", ["ii"] = "Nuosu", ["kaa"] = "Karakalpak", ["kj"] = "Kwanyama", ["krj"] = "Karay-a", ["kus"] = "Kusaal", ["lad"] = "Judaeo-Spanish", ["lg"] = "Luganda", ["map-bms"] = "Banyumasan", ["nah"] = "Nahuatl", ["nan"] = "Southern Min", ["new"] = "Newar", ["nit"] = "Naiki", ["nqo"] = "N'Ko", ["nrm"] = "Narom", ["ny"] = "Chewa", ["nys"] = "Noongar", ["pi"] = "Pāli", ["pih"] = "Pitkern", ["rif"] = "Tmazight", ["rki"] = "Rakhine", ["st"] = "Sotho", ["tay"] = "Atayal", ["trv"] = "Seediq", ["vmf"] = "East Franconian", ["wal"] = "Wolaitta", ["zh-min-nan"] = "Southern Min" } thn706ro24wcxcx8wd6f0rlhfux9u0q 828 12941 32008 2024-03-31T19:59:21Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Module:Category handler]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32008 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p letwavu3yvlayfzew66uuwixmwebq5b 32009 32008 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Category_handler]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32008 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p letwavu3yvlayfzew66uuwixmwebq5b 828 12942 32012 2025-01-19T09:04:15Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 improve default value of tag 32012 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function _error(args) local tag = mw.ustring.lower(tostring(args.tag or 'strong')) -- Work out what html tag we should use. if not (tag == 'p' or tag == 'span' or tag == 'div') then tag = 'strong' end -- Generate the html. return tostring(mw.html.create(tag) :addClass('error') :wikitext(tostring(args.message or args[1] or error('no message specified', 2))) ) end function p.error(frame) local args if type(frame.args) == 'table' then --[=[ We're being called via #invoke. The args are passed through to the module from the template page, so use the args that were passed into the template. ]=] args = frame.args else --[=[ We're being called from another module or from the debug console, so assume the args are passed in directly. ]=] args = frame end --[=[ If the message parameter is present but blank, change it to nil. ]=] if args.message == '' then args.message = nil end return _error(args) end return p a1gea716qmg6nkngecd84mcx7lrtpgc 32013 32012 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Error]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32012 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function _error(args) local tag = mw.ustring.lower(tostring(args.tag or 'strong')) -- Work out what html tag we should use. if not (tag == 'p' or tag == 'span' or tag == 'div') then tag = 'strong' end -- Generate the html. return tostring(mw.html.create(tag) :addClass('error') :wikitext(tostring(args.message or args[1] or error('no message specified', 2))) ) end function p.error(frame) local args if type(frame.args) == 'table' then --[=[ We're being called via #invoke. The args are passed through to the module from the template page, so use the args that were passed into the template. ]=] args = frame.args else --[=[ We're being called from another module or from the debug console, so assume the args are passed in directly. ]=] args = frame end --[=[ If the message parameter is present but blank, change it to nil. ]=] if args.message == '' then args.message = nil end return _error(args) end return p a1gea716qmg6nkngecd84mcx7lrtpgc 828 12943 32016 2019-09-03T10:33:17Z en>Xover 0 58 revisions imported from [[:w:Template:Lua]]: importing from enwp 32016 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> pnmjp3f3fl321yf2jpg5syebi412n7b 32017 32016 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Lua]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32016 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> pnmjp3f3fl321yf2jpg5syebi412n7b 828 12944 32018 2025-08-28T21:42:10Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32018 wikitext text/x-wiki {{lua|Module:Arguments|Module:Message box|Module:ISO 639|Module:Index talk remarks|Module:Error|Module:Header/attribution data|Module:Category handler|Module:Proofreadpage index template/config}} {{templatestyles|Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css}} This is a module to implement logic for [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index template]]. See test cases at [[Template:Proofreadpage index template/testcases]]. <noinclude>[[Category:External links on protected pages]]</noinclude> r6e9cyqhselylr4lox62anfw2593ulq 32019 32018 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Proofreadpage_index_template/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32018 wikitext text/x-wiki {{lua|Module:Arguments|Module:Message box|Module:ISO 639|Module:Index talk remarks|Module:Error|Module:Header/attribution data|Module:Category handler|Module:Proofreadpage index template/config}} {{templatestyles|Module:Proofreadpage index template/styles.css}} This is a module to implement logic for [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index template]]. See test cases at [[Template:Proofreadpage index template/testcases]]. <noinclude>[[Category:External links on protected pages]]</noinclude> r6e9cyqhselylr4lox62anfw2593ulq 828 12945 32020 2026-02-10T16:56:46Z en>Alien333 0 32020 Scribunto text/plain local function any_case(str) return str:gsub('.', function (chr) if chr:match('%a') then -- letters return '[' .. chr:lower() .. chr:upper() .. ']' else return chr -- leave as-is end end) end return { ['defaults'] = { ['Source'] = '_empty_', }, ['pagelist'] = { ['pages'] = { ['txt'] = 'Pages' }, ['legend'] = { ['txt'] = '(key to [[Help:Page Status|Page Status]])' } }, ['cover'] = { ['width'] = '250px', ['image'] = 'File:Placeholder book.svg' }, ['missing_heading_id'] = function (id) return 'Can\'t find heading for ID: ' .. id end, ['headings'] = { ['title'] = { ['txt'] = 'Title' }, ['progress'] = { ['txt'] = 'Progress' }, ['transclusion'] = { ['txt'] = 'Transclusion' }, ['validation_date'] = { ['txt'] = 'Validated in' }, ['source'] = { ['txt'] = 'Source' }, ['place'] = { ['txt'] = 'Location' }, ['year'] = { ['txt'] = 'Year' }, ['publisher'] = { ['txt'] = 'Publisher' }, ['author'] = { ['txt'] = 'Author' }, ['editor'] = { ['txt'] = 'Editor' }, ['translator'] = { ['txt'] = 'Translator' }, ['illustrator'] = { ['txt'] = 'Illustrator' }, ['volumes'] = { ['txt'] = 'Volumes' }, ['isbn'] = { ['txt'] = 'ISBN' }, ['oclc'] = { ['txt'] = 'OCLC' }, ['lccn'] = { ['txt'] = 'LCCN' }, ['ark'] = { ['txt'] = 'ARK' }, --[=[ ['National Archives'] = { ['txt'] = 'National Archives' }, ]=] ['doi'] = { ['txt'] = 'DOI' } }, ['status'] = { ['T'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index Validated', ['txt'] = 'Done—All pages of the work proper are validated', }, ['V'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index Proofread', ['txt'] = 'Proofread—All pages of the work proper are proofread, but not all are validated', }, ['C'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index Not-Proofread', ['txt'] = 'To be proofread', }, ['MS'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Ready for Match and Split', ['txt'] = 'Ready for Match and Split', }, ['OCR'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Text Layer Requested', ['txt'] = 'Source file needs an OCR text layer', }, ['L'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - File to fix', ['txt'] = 'Source file must be fixed before proofreading', ['error'] = true, }, ['X'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - File to check', ['txt'] = 'Create a pagelist for the source file before commencing proofreading (to verify file is correct)', ['error'] = true }, ['_missing'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Unknown progress', ['txt'] = 'Missing progress (template error)', ['error'] = true, }, ['_default'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Unknown progress', ['txt'] = function (index_status) return 'Unknown progress: ' .. index_status .. ' (template error)' end, ['error'] = true, } }, ['transclusion'] = { ['yes'] = { ['cat'] = 'Fully transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Fully transcluded', ['help'] = 'The work is fully transcluded, including front and end matter and images' }, ['notimg'] = { ['cat'] = 'Images not fully transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Images not fully transcluded', ['help'] = 'The work is fully transcluded, but that some images are still missing or need improvement', }, ['notadv'] = { ['cat'] = 'Advertising not transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Advertising not transcluded', ['help'] = 'The main body of the work is properly transcluded, though front- or end-matter advertising material is not' }, ['held'] = { ['cat'] = 'Transclusion on hold', ['txt'] = 'Transclusion on hold', ['help'] = 'There is a problem with transcluding the work (which should be explained on the talk page)' }, ['check'] = { ['cat'] = 'Transclusion check required', ['txt'] = 'Transclusion check required', ['help'] = 'The transclusion of the work is incomplete or needs checking' }, ['no'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index not transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Index not transcluded or unreviewed', ['help'] = 'This work is not transcluded or has not been reviewed for transclusion' }, ['_missing'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index not transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Missing transclusion status (template error)', ['error'] = true, }, ['_default'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index not transcluded', ['txt'] = function (index_status) return 'Unknown transclusion status: ' .. index_status .. ' (template error)' end, ['error'] = true, } }, ['language_cats'] = { ['single'] = function(lang) return 'Index pages of works originally in ' .. (lang or 'an unknown language') end, ['multi'] = 'Index pages of works originally in multiple languages' }, ['cover_cats'] = { ['file_types'] = { ['jpg'] = 'image', ['png'] = 'image', ['gif'] = 'image', ['tif'] = 'image', ['ogg'] = 'audiovisual', ['ogv'] = 'audiovisual', ['webm'] = 'audiovisual', ['_empty_'] = 'unknown', ['pdf'] = 'multipage', ['djvu'] = 'multipage' }, ['image'] = 'Image based indexes', ['audiovisual'] = 'Audio-visual based indexes', ['unknown'] = 'Indexes of unknown type', ['missing'] = 'Indexes with missing files', ['fullspec'] = 'Non-image-based indexes with fully-specified cover image' }, ['validation_cats'] = { ['dated'] = function(vdate) return 'Indexes validated in ' .. vdate end, ['undated'] = 'Indexes validated with no date' }, ['indicators'] = { ['pagegame'] = { ['name'] = 'WS Page Game', ['image'] = 'File:OOjs UI icon page number.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('toolforge:ws-page-game', {['wikisource'] = 'en', ['index'] = mw.uri.encode(args.fileTitle.rootText), ['lang'] = 'en'})) end, ['caption'] = 'Wikisource Page Game (step-by-step pagelist builder)' }, ['purge'] = { ['name'] = 'purge file', ['image'] = 'File:OOjs UI icon reload.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('commons:File:' .. args.fileTitle.rootText, {['action'] = 'purge'})) end, ['caption'] = 'Purge file' }, ['book2scroll'] = { ['name'] = 'book2scroll', ['image'] = 'File:Library-logo.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('toolforge:book2scroll', {['lang'] = 'en', ['file'] = mw.uri.encode(args.fileTitle.rootText)})) end, ['caption'] = 'Open in Book2Scroll' }, ['bookreader'] = { ['name'] = 'bookreader', ['image'] = 'File:BookReader-favicon.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('toolforge:bookreader/en/' .. mw.uri.encode(args.fileTitle.rootText))) end, ['caption'] = 'Open file in BookReader' }, ['validated'] = { ['name'] = 'validated-index-date', ['image'] = 'File:Yes Check Circle.svg', ['link'] = function (args) local vdate = args['Validation_date'] return vdate and tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('Category:Indexes validated in ' .. vdate)) or '' end, ['caption'] = function (args) local vdate = args['Validation_date'] return vdate and 'Validated in ' .. vdate or nil end, ['alt'] = 'Validated index page.', ['width'] = '15px', ['include'] = function (args) return args['Validation_date'] ~= nil end } }, ['indicator_defaults'] = { ['width'] = '20px', ['include'] = function (args) return true end }, ['url_gens'] = { ['isbn'] = function(id, text) return require('Module:ISBN')._ISBN({id}) end, ['oclc'] = function(id, text) return '[https://www.worldcat.org/oclc/' .. mw.uri.encode(id, 'PATH') .. ' ' .. text .. ']' end, ['ark'] = function(id, text) return '[https://n2t.net/' .. mw.uri.encode(id, 'QUERY') .. ' ' .. text .. ']' end, ['doi'] = function(id, text) return '[https://doi.org/' .. mw.uri.encode(id, 'PATH') .. ' ' .. text .. ']' end }, ['talkremarks'] = { ['text'] = function(args) return 'Formatting guidelines specific to this work may have already been established. Please check this [[' .. args.talkPageTitle.prefixedText .. '|Index\'s discussion page]] and follow any such conventions.' end, ['cat'] = 'Pages using index talk remarks with notes parameter', ['keywords'] = { { ['pattern'] = any_case('notes?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('quick notes?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('proofr?e?a?d?ing notes?'), -- proofreading notes, proofing note, &c ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('style notes?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('layout notes?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('formatting conventions?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('formatt?i?n?g?'), -- formatting, format ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('conventions?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('layouts?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('quotes'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('quotation marks'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('typography'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('spelling'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('style guide'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('guidelines?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('missing pages?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('long[ %-]s'), -- of course ['alone'] = true }, }, ['timestamp'] = { ['pattern'] = '%(UTC%)', ['text'] = '(UTC)' } } } tl27c7dnpnsq1ju5yccb8dqwwywiug4 32021 32020 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Proofreadpage_index_template/config]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32020 Scribunto text/plain local function any_case(str) return str:gsub('.', function (chr) if chr:match('%a') then -- letters return '[' .. chr:lower() .. chr:upper() .. ']' else return chr -- leave as-is end end) end return { ['defaults'] = { ['Source'] = '_empty_', }, ['pagelist'] = { ['pages'] = { ['txt'] = 'Pages' }, ['legend'] = { ['txt'] = '(key to [[Help:Page Status|Page Status]])' } }, ['cover'] = { ['width'] = '250px', ['image'] = 'File:Placeholder book.svg' }, ['missing_heading_id'] = function (id) return 'Can\'t find heading for ID: ' .. id end, ['headings'] = { ['title'] = { ['txt'] = 'Title' }, ['progress'] = { ['txt'] = 'Progress' }, ['transclusion'] = { ['txt'] = 'Transclusion' }, ['validation_date'] = { ['txt'] = 'Validated in' }, ['source'] = { ['txt'] = 'Source' }, ['place'] = { ['txt'] = 'Location' }, ['year'] = { ['txt'] = 'Year' }, ['publisher'] = { ['txt'] = 'Publisher' }, ['author'] = { ['txt'] = 'Author' }, ['editor'] = { ['txt'] = 'Editor' }, ['translator'] = { ['txt'] = 'Translator' }, ['illustrator'] = { ['txt'] = 'Illustrator' }, ['volumes'] = { ['txt'] = 'Volumes' }, ['isbn'] = { ['txt'] = 'ISBN' }, ['oclc'] = { ['txt'] = 'OCLC' }, ['lccn'] = { ['txt'] = 'LCCN' }, ['ark'] = { ['txt'] = 'ARK' }, --[=[ ['National Archives'] = { ['txt'] = 'National Archives' }, ]=] ['doi'] = { ['txt'] = 'DOI' } }, ['status'] = { ['T'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index Validated', ['txt'] = 'Done—All pages of the work proper are validated', }, ['V'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index Proofread', ['txt'] = 'Proofread—All pages of the work proper are proofread, but not all are validated', }, ['C'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index Not-Proofread', ['txt'] = 'To be proofread', }, ['MS'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Ready for Match and Split', ['txt'] = 'Ready for Match and Split', }, ['OCR'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Text Layer Requested', ['txt'] = 'Source file needs an OCR text layer', }, ['L'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - File to fix', ['txt'] = 'Source file must be fixed before proofreading', ['error'] = true, }, ['X'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - File to check', ['txt'] = 'Create a pagelist for the source file before commencing proofreading (to verify file is correct)', ['error'] = true }, ['_missing'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Unknown progress', ['txt'] = 'Missing progress (template error)', ['error'] = true, }, ['_default'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index - Unknown progress', ['txt'] = function (index_status) return 'Unknown progress: ' .. index_status .. ' (template error)' end, ['error'] = true, } }, ['transclusion'] = { ['yes'] = { ['cat'] = 'Fully transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Fully transcluded', ['help'] = 'The work is fully transcluded, including front and end matter and images' }, ['notimg'] = { ['cat'] = 'Images not fully transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Images not fully transcluded', ['help'] = 'The work is fully transcluded, but that some images are still missing or need improvement', }, ['notadv'] = { ['cat'] = 'Advertising not transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Advertising not transcluded', ['help'] = 'The main body of the work is properly transcluded, though front- or end-matter advertising material is not' }, ['held'] = { ['cat'] = 'Transclusion on hold', ['txt'] = 'Transclusion on hold', ['help'] = 'There is a problem with transcluding the work (which should be explained on the talk page)' }, ['check'] = { ['cat'] = 'Transclusion check required', ['txt'] = 'Transclusion check required', ['help'] = 'The transclusion of the work is incomplete or needs checking' }, ['no'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index not transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Index not transcluded or unreviewed', ['help'] = 'This work is not transcluded or has not been reviewed for transclusion' }, ['_missing'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index not transcluded', ['txt'] = 'Missing transclusion status (template error)', ['error'] = true, }, ['_default'] = { ['cat'] = 'Index not transcluded', ['txt'] = function (index_status) return 'Unknown transclusion status: ' .. index_status .. ' (template error)' end, ['error'] = true, } }, ['language_cats'] = { ['single'] = function(lang) return 'Index pages of works originally in ' .. (lang or 'an unknown language') end, ['multi'] = 'Index pages of works originally in multiple languages' }, ['cover_cats'] = { ['file_types'] = { ['jpg'] = 'image', ['png'] = 'image', ['gif'] = 'image', ['tif'] = 'image', ['ogg'] = 'audiovisual', ['ogv'] = 'audiovisual', ['webm'] = 'audiovisual', ['_empty_'] = 'unknown', ['pdf'] = 'multipage', ['djvu'] = 'multipage' }, ['image'] = 'Image based indexes', ['audiovisual'] = 'Audio-visual based indexes', ['unknown'] = 'Indexes of unknown type', ['missing'] = 'Indexes with missing files', ['fullspec'] = 'Non-image-based indexes with fully-specified cover image' }, ['validation_cats'] = { ['dated'] = function(vdate) return 'Indexes validated in ' .. vdate end, ['undated'] = 'Indexes validated with no date' }, ['indicators'] = { ['pagegame'] = { ['name'] = 'WS Page Game', ['image'] = 'File:OOjs UI icon page number.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('toolforge:ws-page-game', {['wikisource'] = 'en', ['index'] = mw.uri.encode(args.fileTitle.rootText), ['lang'] = 'en'})) end, ['caption'] = 'Wikisource Page Game (step-by-step pagelist builder)' }, ['purge'] = { ['name'] = 'purge file', ['image'] = 'File:OOjs UI icon reload.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('commons:File:' .. args.fileTitle.rootText, {['action'] = 'purge'})) end, ['caption'] = 'Purge file' }, ['book2scroll'] = { ['name'] = 'book2scroll', ['image'] = 'File:Library-logo.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('toolforge:book2scroll', {['lang'] = 'en', ['file'] = mw.uri.encode(args.fileTitle.rootText)})) end, ['caption'] = 'Open in Book2Scroll' }, ['bookreader'] = { ['name'] = 'bookreader', ['image'] = 'File:BookReader-favicon.svg', ['link'] = function(args) return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('toolforge:bookreader/en/' .. mw.uri.encode(args.fileTitle.rootText))) end, ['caption'] = 'Open file in BookReader' }, ['validated'] = { ['name'] = 'validated-index-date', ['image'] = 'File:Yes Check Circle.svg', ['link'] = function (args) local vdate = args['Validation_date'] return vdate and tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('Category:Indexes validated in ' .. vdate)) or '' end, ['caption'] = function (args) local vdate = args['Validation_date'] return vdate and 'Validated in ' .. vdate or nil end, ['alt'] = 'Validated index page.', ['width'] = '15px', ['include'] = function (args) return args['Validation_date'] ~= nil end } }, ['indicator_defaults'] = { ['width'] = '20px', ['include'] = function (args) return true end }, ['url_gens'] = { ['isbn'] = function(id, text) return require('Module:ISBN')._ISBN({id}) end, ['oclc'] = function(id, text) return '[https://www.worldcat.org/oclc/' .. mw.uri.encode(id, 'PATH') .. ' ' .. text .. ']' end, ['ark'] = function(id, text) return '[https://n2t.net/' .. mw.uri.encode(id, 'QUERY') .. ' ' .. text .. ']' end, ['doi'] = function(id, text) return '[https://doi.org/' .. mw.uri.encode(id, 'PATH') .. ' ' .. text .. ']' end }, ['talkremarks'] = { ['text'] = function(args) return 'Formatting guidelines specific to this work may have already been established. Please check this [[' .. args.talkPageTitle.prefixedText .. '|Index\'s discussion page]] and follow any such conventions.' end, ['cat'] = 'Pages using index talk remarks with notes parameter', ['keywords'] = { { ['pattern'] = any_case('notes?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('quick notes?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('proofr?e?a?d?ing notes?'), -- proofreading notes, proofing note, &c ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('style notes?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('layout notes?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('formatting conventions?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('formatt?i?n?g?'), -- formatting, format ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('conventions?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('layouts?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('quotes'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('quotation marks'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('typography'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('spelling'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('style guide'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('guidelines?'), ['alone'] = false }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('missing pages?'), ['alone'] = true }, { ['pattern'] = any_case('long[ %-]s'), -- of course ['alone'] = true }, }, ['timestamp'] = { ['pattern'] = '%(UTC%)', ['text'] = '(UTC)' } } } tl27c7dnpnsq1ju5yccb8dqwwywiug4 828 12946 32022 2023-01-22T10:27:50Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Redirected page to [[Template:Uses TemplateStyles]] 32022 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Uses TemplateStyles]] 8f0rgi2mtcp9knbw1fqytk72jlrxkks 32023 32022 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Templatestyles]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32022 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Uses TemplateStyles]] 8f0rgi2mtcp9knbw1fqytk72jlrxkks 828 12947 32024 2025-09-30T05:59:19Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add language_prefix 32024 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local function anon(text) text = text or 'Anonymous' local cat = '' if mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(0, 114) then cat = '[[Category:' .. 'Works by unknown authors' .. ']]' end return '[[Portal:Anonymous texts|' .. text .. ']]' .. cat end local function anon_nocat(text) return '[[Portal:Anonymous texts|' .. (text or 'Anonymous') .. ']]' end local contrib_types = { {noun = 'author', prefix = 'by'}, {noun = 'attributed to', prefix = 'attributed to', special_cases = {}}, {noun = 'adapter', prefix = 'adapted by'}, {noun = 'abridger', prefix = 'abridged by'}, {noun = 'illustrator', prefix = 'illustrated by'}, {noun = 'director', prefix = 'directed by'}, {noun = 'lyricist', prefix = 'lyrics by'}, {noun = 'librettist', prefix = 'libretto by'}, { noun = 'book by', prefix = 'book by', special_cases = { ['?'] = 'unknown author', ['unknown'] = 'unknown author', ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown author', ['anon'] = anon, ['anonymous'] = anon, ['various'] = 'various authors' } }, {noun = 'composer', prefix = 'composed by'}, {noun = 'arranger', prefix = 'arranged by'}, { noun = 'translator', prefix = 'translated by', language_prefix = function(language_name) return 'translated from ' .. language_name .. ' by' end, special_cases = { ['?'] = 'unknown translator', ['unknown'] = 'unknown translator', ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown translator', ['anon'] = anon, ['anonymous'] = anon, ['various'] = 'various translators', ['wikisource'] = '[[Wikisource:Translations|Wikisource]]' } }, { noun = 'editor', prefix = 'edited by', special_cases = { ['?'] = 'unknown editor', ['unknown'] = 'unknown editor', ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown editor', ['anon'] = anon_nocat, ['anonymous'] = anon_nocat, ['various'] = 'various editors' } }, {noun = 'compiler', prefix = 'compiled by'} } for i = 1, #contrib_types do local noun = contrib_types[i]['noun'] contrib_types[i]['param_name'] = contrib_types[i]['param_name'] or string.gsub(noun, ' ', '-') contrib_types[i]['special_cases'] = contrib_types[i]['special_cases'] or { ['?'] = 'unknown ' .. noun, ['unknown'] = 'unknown ' .. noun, ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown ' .. noun, ['anon'] = anon, ['anonymous'] = anon, ['various'] = 'various ' .. noun .. 's' } contrib_types[i]['index'] = i end return contrib_types kzp83yz3wocvt12zr5er7cmq3w7ojlz 32025 32024 2026-04-22T01:50:23Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header/attribution_data]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32024 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local function anon(text) text = text or 'Anonymous' local cat = '' if mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(0, 114) then cat = '[[Category:' .. 'Works by unknown authors' .. ']]' end return '[[Portal:Anonymous texts|' .. text .. ']]' .. cat end local function anon_nocat(text) return '[[Portal:Anonymous texts|' .. (text or 'Anonymous') .. ']]' end local contrib_types = { {noun = 'author', prefix = 'by'}, {noun = 'attributed to', prefix = 'attributed to', special_cases = {}}, {noun = 'adapter', prefix = 'adapted by'}, {noun = 'abridger', prefix = 'abridged by'}, {noun = 'illustrator', prefix = 'illustrated by'}, {noun = 'director', prefix = 'directed by'}, {noun = 'lyricist', prefix = 'lyrics by'}, {noun = 'librettist', prefix = 'libretto by'}, { noun = 'book by', prefix = 'book by', special_cases = { ['?'] = 'unknown author', ['unknown'] = 'unknown author', ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown author', ['anon'] = anon, ['anonymous'] = anon, ['various'] = 'various authors' } }, {noun = 'composer', prefix = 'composed by'}, {noun = 'arranger', prefix = 'arranged by'}, { noun = 'translator', prefix = 'translated by', language_prefix = function(language_name) return 'translated from ' .. language_name .. ' by' end, special_cases = { ['?'] = 'unknown translator', ['unknown'] = 'unknown translator', ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown translator', ['anon'] = anon, ['anonymous'] = anon, ['various'] = 'various translators', ['wikisource'] = '[[Wikisource:Translations|Wikisource]]' } }, { noun = 'editor', prefix = 'edited by', special_cases = { ['?'] = 'unknown editor', ['unknown'] = 'unknown editor', ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown editor', ['anon'] = anon_nocat, ['anonymous'] = anon_nocat, ['various'] = 'various editors' } }, {noun = 'compiler', prefix = 'compiled by'} } for i = 1, #contrib_types do local noun = contrib_types[i]['noun'] contrib_types[i]['param_name'] = contrib_types[i]['param_name'] or string.gsub(noun, ' ', '-') contrib_types[i]['special_cases'] = contrib_types[i]['special_cases'] or { ['?'] = 'unknown ' .. noun, ['unknown'] = 'unknown ' .. noun, ['not mentioned'] = 'unknown ' .. noun, ['anon'] = anon, ['anonymous'] = anon, ['various'] = 'various ' .. noun .. 's' } contrib_types[i]['index'] = i end return contrib_types kzp83yz3wocvt12zr5er7cmq3w7ojlz 8 12948 32026 2025-10-02T00:41:56Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 try not passing language to header 32026 json application/json { "Type": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Type", "header": true, "values": { "book": "Book", "journal": "Journal", "collection": "Collection", "phdthesis": "Thesis", "dictionary": "Dictionary", "film": "Film" }, "help": "Type of the book", "data": "type" }, "Title": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Title", "header": true, "data": "title", "help": "The title of the work. Link to the top-level mainspace page (even if this is a sub-volume)" }, "Language": { "type": "langcode", "size": 1, "default": "en", "header": false, "data": "language", "help": "The original languages of the work, separated by commas. Use the ISO 639 codes for the languages. For example, en, fr, de, it, la. Middle English is enm, Old English is ang, Classical Greek is grc" }, "Volume": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Volume", "header": false, "help": "The volume of the book if this is part of a multi-volume series. Should link to the volume in mainspace." }, "Author": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Author", "header": true, "data": "author", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "Translator": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Translator", "header": true, "data": "translator", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "Editor": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Editor", "header": true, "data": "editor", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "Illustrator": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Illustrator", "header": true, "data": "illustrator", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "School": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "School", "header": false, "data": "school", "help": "" }, "Publisher": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Publisher", "header": true, "data": "publisher", "help": "The publisher of the book", "delimiter": [ ";", "asn" ] }, "Address": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Location", "header": true, "data": "place", "delimiter": ";", "help": "Location of the publisher, usually a city." }, "Year": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Year of publication", "header": true, "data": "year", "help": "The year of publication of THIS edition (not the first edition of the work in general)" }, "Key": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Sort key", "header": false, "help": "" }, "ISBN": { "type": "isbn", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "International Standard Book Number", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "OCLC": { "type": "oclc", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "OCLC", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "LCCN": { "type": "lccn", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "LCCN", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "BNF_ARK": { "type": "ark", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "ARK from BNF", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "naan": 12148, "help": "" }, "ARC": { "type": "arc", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "National Archives identifier", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "DOI": { "type": "doi", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "DOI", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "Digital Object Identifier" }, "Source": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Scans", "header": false, "help": "", "values": { "_empty_": "other", "djvu": "djvu", "pdf": "pdf", "jpg": "jpg", "png": "png", "gif": "gif", "tif": "tif", "ogg": "ogg", "ogv": "ogv", "webm": "webm" } }, "Image": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "1", "label": "Cover image", "header": false, "help": "The number of the page to use as the image on this page" }, "Progress": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "X", "label": "Progress", "header": false, "values": { "T": "Done (all validated)", "V": "To be validated", "C": "To be proofread", "MS": "Ready for Match \u0026 Split", "OCR": "Source file needs an OCR text layer", "L": "Source file is incorrect (missing pages, unordered pages, etc)", "X": "Pagelist needed (to verify file is complete and correct before commencing proofreading)" }, "data": "progress", "help": "The proofreading status of this book (this refers to the status within the Page namespace)", "js": true }, "Transclusion": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "no", "label": "Tranclusion status", "header": false, "values": { "no": "Not yet transcluded", "check": "Needs checking and/or fixing", "yes": "Fully transcluded", "notadv": "Advertising not transcluded", "notimg": "Images not fully transcluded", "held": "Transclusion on hold - explain on talk page" }, "js": true }, "Validation_date": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "label": "Validation date", "header": false, "help": "The date of final validation of this book, in the form \"January 2020\"" }, "Pages": { "type": "string/line", "size": 15, "default": "\u003Cpagelist /\u003E", "label": "Pages", "header": false, "help": "", "data": "pagelist" }, "Volumes": { "type": "string/line", "size": 5, "default": "", "label": "", "header": false, "help": "" }, "Remarks": { "type": "string/line", "size": 15, "default": "", "label": "Table of Contents", "header": true, "help": "" }, "Width": { "type": "number", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Scan resolution in edit mode", "header": false, "help": "" }, "Header": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Header", "header": true, "help": "", "js": true }, "Footer": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "\n", "label": "Footer", "header": true, "help": "", "js": true }, "Notes": { "type": "string/line", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikidata": { "type": "wikibase-itemid", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Wikidata ID", "help": "The ID of the edition entity at Wikidata matching this file", "header": true, "data": "wikibase-itemid", "hidden": true }, "wikipedia": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "commons": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "commonscat": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikiquote": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikinews": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wiktionary": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikibooks": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikiversity": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikispecies": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "meta": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "portal": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "tmplver": { "type": "string", "label": "Template version", "header": false, "help": "Technical switch used for migration. Do not use." }, "section-year": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "section-illustrator": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "section-translator": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "section-author": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true } } nl693wfnyzhx38xoyt13zagqi6rxsm8 32027 32026 2026-04-22T02:12:18Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_index_data_config.json]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32026 json application/json { "Type": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Type", "header": true, "values": { "book": "Book", "journal": "Journal", "collection": "Collection", "phdthesis": "Thesis", "dictionary": "Dictionary", "film": "Film" }, "help": "Type of the book", "data": "type" }, "Title": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Title", "header": true, "data": "title", "help": "The title of the work. Link to the top-level mainspace page (even if this is a sub-volume)" }, "Language": { "type": "langcode", "size": 1, "default": "en", "header": false, "data": "language", "help": "The original languages of the work, separated by commas. Use the ISO 639 codes for the languages. For example, en, fr, de, it, la. Middle English is enm, Old English is ang, Classical Greek is grc" }, "Volume": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Volume", "header": false, "help": "The volume of the book if this is part of a multi-volume series. Should link to the volume in mainspace." }, "Author": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Author", "header": true, "data": "author", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "Translator": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Translator", "header": true, "data": "translator", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "Editor": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Editor", "header": true, "data": "editor", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "Illustrator": { "type": "page", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Illustrator", "header": true, "data": "illustrator", "delimiter": ";", "help": "" }, "School": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "School", "header": false, "data": "school", "help": "" }, "Publisher": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Publisher", "header": true, "data": "publisher", "help": "The publisher of the book", "delimiter": [ ";", "asn" ] }, "Address": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Location", "header": true, "data": "place", "delimiter": ";", "help": "Location of the publisher, usually a city." }, "Year": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Year of publication", "header": true, "data": "year", "help": "The year of publication of THIS edition (not the first edition of the work in general)" }, "Key": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Sort key", "header": false, "help": "" }, "ISBN": { "type": "isbn", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "International Standard Book Number", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "OCLC": { "type": "oclc", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "OCLC", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "LCCN": { "type": "lccn", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "LCCN", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "BNF_ARK": { "type": "ark", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "ARK from BNF", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "naan": 12148, "help": "" }, "ARC": { "type": "arc", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "National Archives identifier", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "" }, "DOI": { "type": "doi", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "DOI", "header": false, "data": "identifier", "help": "Digital Object Identifier" }, "Source": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Scans", "header": false, "help": "", "values": { "_empty_": "other", "djvu": "djvu", "pdf": "pdf", "jpg": "jpg", "png": "png", "gif": "gif", "tif": "tif", "ogg": "ogg", "ogv": "ogv", "webm": "webm" } }, "Image": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "1", "label": "Cover image", "header": false, "help": "The number of the page to use as the image on this page" }, "Progress": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "X", "label": "Progress", "header": false, "values": { "T": "Done (all validated)", "V": "To be validated", "C": "To be proofread", "MS": "Ready for Match \u0026 Split", "OCR": "Source file needs an OCR text layer", "L": "Source file is incorrect (missing pages, unordered pages, etc)", "X": "Pagelist needed (to verify file is complete and correct before commencing proofreading)" }, "data": "progress", "help": "The proofreading status of this book (this refers to the status within the Page namespace)", "js": true }, "Transclusion": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "no", "label": "Tranclusion status", "header": false, "values": { "no": "Not yet transcluded", "check": "Needs checking and/or fixing", "yes": "Fully transcluded", "notadv": "Advertising not transcluded", "notimg": "Images not fully transcluded", "held": "Transclusion on hold - explain on talk page" }, "js": true }, "Validation_date": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "label": "Validation date", "header": false, "help": "The date of final validation of this book, in the form \"January 2020\"" }, "Pages": { "type": "string/line", "size": 15, "default": "\u003Cpagelist /\u003E", "label": "Pages", "header": false, "help": "", "data": "pagelist" }, "Volumes": { "type": "string/line", "size": 5, "default": "", "label": "", "header": false, "help": "" }, "Remarks": { "type": "string/line", "size": 15, "default": "", "label": "Table of Contents", "header": true, "help": "" }, "Width": { "type": "number", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Scan resolution in edit mode", "header": false, "help": "" }, "Header": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Header", "header": true, "help": "", "js": true }, "Footer": { "type": "string", "size": 1, "default": "\n", "label": "Footer", "header": true, "help": "", "js": true }, "Notes": { "type": "string/line", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikidata": { "type": "wikibase-itemid", "size": 1, "default": "", "label": "Wikidata ID", "help": "The ID of the edition entity at Wikidata matching this file", "header": true, "data": "wikibase-itemid", "hidden": true }, "wikipedia": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "commons": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "commonscat": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikiquote": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikinews": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wiktionary": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikibooks": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikiversity": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "wikispecies": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "meta": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "portal": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "tmplver": { "type": "string", "label": "Template version", "header": false, "help": "Technical switch used for migration. Do not use." }, "section-year": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "section-illustrator": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "section-translator": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true }, "section-author": { "type": "string", "hidden": true, "header": true } } nl693wfnyzhx38xoyt13zagqi6rxsm8 10 12949 32030 2024-04-28T12:10:30Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 32030 wikitext text/x-wiki {{nopt}} {{!}}{{optional style|width={{{width|}}}|text-align={{{align|}}}|vertical-align={{{valign|}}}|padding-left={{{gap|}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}{{!}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> clui28egxa0lrvapq1611dwdv6eym33 32031 32030 2026-04-22T02:14:12Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Col-break]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32030 wikitext text/x-wiki {{nopt}} {{!}}{{optional style|width={{{width|}}}|text-align={{{align|}}}|vertical-align={{{valign|}}}|padding-left={{{gap|}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}{{!}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> clui28egxa0lrvapq1611dwdv6eym33 10 12950 32032 2021-09-20T11:50:21Z en>Inductiveload 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Optional style]]": High traffic page or template/module: Used to produce front-page content ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32032 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Optional style|optional_style}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> aweo9tkpi8hnt98cye25kwjw4c3tjg8 32033 32032 2026-04-22T02:14:12Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Optional_style]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32032 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Optional style|optional_style}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> aweo9tkpi8hnt98cye25kwjw4c3tjg8 828 12951 32034 2025-01-08T06:48:12Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 remove unused variable 32034 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Simple module to construct a style attribute with an undefined number (including zero) of CSS properties ]=] local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs --[=[ Construct the string from the given table of property:values ]=] function p.make_style_string(properties) local out = '' for k, v in pairs(properties) do if k ~= 'style' and v~= '' then out = out .. k .. ':' .. v .. ';' end end if properties.style ~= nil and properties.style ~= '' then out = out .. properties.style end if out == '' then return '' end return 'style="' .. out .. '"' end --[=[ The main entry function from templates Arguments are taken from both frame and parent argument lists ]=] function p.optional_style(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.make_style_string(args) end return p bjc6zjm95k6ugtrdv4y75vmrnkw19gn 32035 32034 2026-04-22T02:14:12Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Optional_style]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32034 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Simple module to construct a style attribute with an undefined number (including zero) of CSS properties ]=] local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs --[=[ Construct the string from the given table of property:values ]=] function p.make_style_string(properties) local out = '' for k, v in pairs(properties) do if k ~= 'style' and v~= '' then out = out .. k .. ':' .. v .. ';' end end if properties.style ~= nil and properties.style ~= '' then out = out .. properties.style end if out == '' then return '' end return 'style="' .. out .. '"' end --[=[ The main entry function from templates Arguments are taken from both frame and parent argument lists ]=] function p.optional_style(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p.make_style_string(args) end return p bjc6zjm95k6ugtrdv4y75vmrnkw19gn 10 12952 32036 2022-03-08T11:56:49Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 Undo revision 12204104 by [[Special:Contributions/Theknightwho|Theknightwho]] ([[User talk:Theknightwho|talk]]) That doesn't work, it generates a huge number of Lint-erroris 32036 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><!-- {{nop}} action for a table --></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} axle6md4aljaevl5o0igdtfidpry7nk 32037 32036 2026-04-22T02:14:12Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Nopt]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32036 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><!-- {{nop}} action for a table --></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} axle6md4aljaevl5o0igdtfidpry7nk 10 12953 32042 2022-05-27T17:30:38Z en>Xover 0 /* See also */ rm obsoleted link 32042 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}} This [[Wikipedia:Template|template]] is a [[Wikipedia:Avoid self-references|self-reference]] and so is part of the Wikipedia project rather than the encyclopedic content. ==Usage== A border of 2px (1px width on each side) corresponds to a 5%. Therefore, with a 2px border — for example, as in [[Wikipedia:Tutorial (Wrap-up and more info)]] — the width needs to be 95% for the table to fit within the screen. Since it's possible that some tables might not have a border, correction on the individual page could be made after substitution. Another way to create a two column table is like this: {| | <pre> {{col-begin|width=95%}} |- | Left column | Right column |}</div><!-- because there is a DIV in the opening template. --> </pre> |} {{col-begin}} <!-- {{col-1-of-4}} {{tl|Col-begin}} {{tl|Col-2}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-2}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-2-of-4}} {{tl|Col-begin}} {{tl|Col-3}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-3}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-3}} Column 3 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-3-of-4}} {{tl|Col-begin}} {{tl|Col-4}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-4}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-4}} Column 3 here {{tl|Col-4}} Column 4 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-4-of-4}} and so on, up to {{tl|Col-7}} --> {{col-end}} {{col-begin}} <!-- {{col-1-of-4}} &#123;{[[Template:Col-begin|Col-begin]]|class=references-small}} {{tl|Col-break}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 3 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 4 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 5 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 6 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-2-of-4}} {{tl|Top}} Column 1 here {{tl|Mid}} Column 2 here {{tl|Bottom}} {{col-3-of-4}} &#123;{[[Template:Columns-start|Columns-start]]|num=3}} Column 1 here {{tl|Column}} Column 2 here {{tl|Column}} Column 3 here {{tl|Columns-end}} {{col-4-of-4}} --> {{tl|Multicol}} Column 1 here {{tl|Multicol-break}} Column 2 here {{tl|Multicol-break}} Column 3 here {{tl|Multicol-break}} Column 4 here {{tl|Multicol-end}} {{col-end}} ==Examples== See [[Template:Col-break/examples|Col-break/examples]] ==See also== * {{tl|Col-begin}} ({{tl|Col-start}}), {{tl|Col-begin-small}} <!--** {{tl|Col-2}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-2}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-2}})</small> ** {{tl|Col-3}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-3}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-3}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-3}})</small> ** {{tl|Col-4}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-4}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-4}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-4}}, {{tl|Col-4-of-4}})</small> ** {{tl|Col-5}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-4-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-5-of-5}})</small>--> ** {{tl|Col-6}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-6}}<!-- , {{tl|Col-2-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-4-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-5-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-6-of-6}}) --></small> <!--** {{tl|Col-7}}--> ** {{tl|Col-break}} * {{tl|Col-end}} <!--* {{tl|Top}}, {{tl|Mid}}, {{tl|Bottom}} * {{tl|Columns-start}}, {{tl|Column}}, {{tl|Columns-end}}--> * {{tl|Multicol}}, {{tl|Multicol-break}}, {{tl|Multicol-end}} <!--* {{tl|Div col}}, {{tl|Div col end}} * [[Wikipedia talk:Manual of Style/Archive 35#Columns in articles]]--> ==External links== * [http://www.htmlcodetutorial.com/_MULTICOL.html MULTICOL HTML tag] * [http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/CSS3_Columns CSS3 Columns], -moz-column-count <includeonly> <!-- ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE --> [[Category:Table and column templates|{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> <noinclude>[[Category:Template documentation|{{PAGENAME}}]] <includeonly> <!-- ADD INTERWIKIS BELOW THIS LINE --> [[zh:Template:Col-begin]] </includeonly> 7p2gn21koy59w6cv41q2gs9k3njm40p 32043 32042 2026-04-22T02:14:13Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Col-begin/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32042 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}} This [[Wikipedia:Template|template]] is a [[Wikipedia:Avoid self-references|self-reference]] and so is part of the Wikipedia project rather than the encyclopedic content. ==Usage== A border of 2px (1px width on each side) corresponds to a 5%. Therefore, with a 2px border — for example, as in [[Wikipedia:Tutorial (Wrap-up and more info)]] — the width needs to be 95% for the table to fit within the screen. Since it's possible that some tables might not have a border, correction on the individual page could be made after substitution. Another way to create a two column table is like this: {| | <pre> {{col-begin|width=95%}} |- | Left column | Right column |}</div><!-- because there is a DIV in the opening template. --> </pre> |} {{col-begin}} <!-- {{col-1-of-4}} {{tl|Col-begin}} {{tl|Col-2}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-2}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-2-of-4}} {{tl|Col-begin}} {{tl|Col-3}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-3}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-3}} Column 3 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-3-of-4}} {{tl|Col-begin}} {{tl|Col-4}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-4}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-4}} Column 3 here {{tl|Col-4}} Column 4 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-4-of-4}} and so on, up to {{tl|Col-7}} --> {{col-end}} {{col-begin}} <!-- {{col-1-of-4}} &#123;{[[Template:Col-begin|Col-begin]]|class=references-small}} {{tl|Col-break}} Column 1 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 2 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 3 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 4 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 5 here {{tl|Col-break}} Column 6 here {{tl|Col-end}} {{col-2-of-4}} {{tl|Top}} Column 1 here {{tl|Mid}} Column 2 here {{tl|Bottom}} {{col-3-of-4}} &#123;{[[Template:Columns-start|Columns-start]]|num=3}} Column 1 here {{tl|Column}} Column 2 here {{tl|Column}} Column 3 here {{tl|Columns-end}} {{col-4-of-4}} --> {{tl|Multicol}} Column 1 here {{tl|Multicol-break}} Column 2 here {{tl|Multicol-break}} Column 3 here {{tl|Multicol-break}} Column 4 here {{tl|Multicol-end}} {{col-end}} ==Examples== See [[Template:Col-break/examples|Col-break/examples]] ==See also== * {{tl|Col-begin}} ({{tl|Col-start}}), {{tl|Col-begin-small}} <!--** {{tl|Col-2}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-2}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-2}})</small> ** {{tl|Col-3}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-3}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-3}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-3}})</small> ** {{tl|Col-4}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-4}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-4}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-4}}, {{tl|Col-4-of-4}})</small> ** {{tl|Col-5}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-2-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-4-of-5}}, {{tl|Col-5-of-5}})</small>--> ** {{tl|Col-6}} <small>({{tl|Col-1-of-6}}<!-- , {{tl|Col-2-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-3-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-4-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-5-of-6}}, {{tl|Col-6-of-6}}) --></small> <!--** {{tl|Col-7}}--> ** {{tl|Col-break}} * {{tl|Col-end}} <!--* {{tl|Top}}, {{tl|Mid}}, {{tl|Bottom}} * {{tl|Columns-start}}, {{tl|Column}}, {{tl|Columns-end}}--> * {{tl|Multicol}}, {{tl|Multicol-break}}, {{tl|Multicol-end}} <!--* {{tl|Div col}}, {{tl|Div col end}} * [[Wikipedia talk:Manual of Style/Archive 35#Columns in articles]]--> ==External links== * [http://www.htmlcodetutorial.com/_MULTICOL.html MULTICOL HTML tag] * [http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/CSS3_Columns CSS3 Columns], -moz-column-count <includeonly> <!-- ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE --> [[Category:Table and column templates|{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> <noinclude>[[Category:Template documentation|{{PAGENAME}}]] <includeonly> <!-- ADD INTERWIKIS BELOW THIS LINE --> [[zh:Template:Col-begin]] </includeonly> 7p2gn21koy59w6cv41q2gs9k3njm40p 10 12954 32044 2019-01-10T01:22:05Z en>Great Brightstar 0 Redirected page to [[Template:Col-begin/doc]] 32044 wikitext text/x-wiki #Redirect [[Template:Col-begin/doc]] 50uwnytqwnhkpif63t44m1nknmjyzpi 32045 32044 2026-04-22T02:14:13Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Col-break/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32044 wikitext text/x-wiki #Redirect [[Template:Col-begin/doc]] 50uwnytqwnhkpif63t44m1nknmjyzpi 10 12955 32048 2025-07-10T11:29:52Z en>Alien333 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Header]]": used on nearly all mainspace pages; also now it's module-based there are no reasons for it to be edited ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32048 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Header|header}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 3c7xajt1xyvh97ikxcbuic0yozommxv 32049 32048 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Header]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32048 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Header|header}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 3c7xajt1xyvh97ikxcbuic0yozommxv 10 12956 32050 2024-11-07T13:21:42Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 32050 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Smallrefs/styles.css" /><!-- # classes: # * prp-pages-output is added to classes to allow the scoped Index-specific TemplateStyles to also apply to these references # * wst-smallrefs-ruled adds a "standard" top-rule # add a blank line before the div to prevent merging with ends of tables, etc --> <div class="prp-pages-output"><!-- This extra div is needed because Index Styles are over-specified with descendant selectors: .wst-smallrefs has to be a descendant, not sibling, of .prp-pages-output which in turn has to be a descendant of mw-parser-output. It's a bad design, but that's where we're at. --><div class="reflist wst-smallrefs {{#if:{{{rule|}}}|wst-smallrefs-ruled}} {{{class|}}}" style="{{#if:{{{fs|{{{1|}}}}}}|font-size:{{{fs|{{{1|83%}}}}}};}} {{#if:{{{lh|{{{2|}}}}}}|line-height:{{{lh|{{{2|1.25}}}}}};}} {{#if: {{{columns|}}}|column-count:{{{columns}}};}}"> {{#tag:references|{{{refs|{{{refx|}}}}}}|group={{{group|}}}}} </div> </div>{{#if:{{{fs|{{{1|}}}}}}|[[Category:Pages using smallrefs with font-size]]}}{{#if:{{{lh|{{{2|}}}}}}|[[Category:Pages using smallrefs with line-height]]}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 7qnvajtwo85yecoo2xogf67k2dh32qb 32051 32050 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Smallrefs]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32050 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Smallrefs/styles.css" /><!-- # classes: # * prp-pages-output is added to classes to allow the scoped Index-specific TemplateStyles to also apply to these references # * wst-smallrefs-ruled adds a "standard" top-rule # add a blank line before the div to prevent merging with ends of tables, etc --> <div class="prp-pages-output"><!-- This extra div is needed because Index Styles are over-specified with descendant selectors: .wst-smallrefs has to be a descendant, not sibling, of .prp-pages-output which in turn has to be a descendant of mw-parser-output. It's a bad design, but that's where we're at. --><div class="reflist wst-smallrefs {{#if:{{{rule|}}}|wst-smallrefs-ruled}} {{{class|}}}" style="{{#if:{{{fs|{{{1|}}}}}}|font-size:{{{fs|{{{1|83%}}}}}};}} {{#if:{{{lh|{{{2|}}}}}}|line-height:{{{lh|{{{2|1.25}}}}}};}} {{#if: {{{columns|}}}|column-count:{{{columns}}};}}"> {{#tag:references|{{{refs|{{{refx|}}}}}}|group={{{group|}}}}} </div> </div>{{#if:{{{fs|{{{1|}}}}}}|[[Category:Pages using smallrefs with font-size]]}}{{#if:{{{lh|{{{2|}}}}}}|[[Category:Pages using smallrefs with line-height]]}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 7qnvajtwo85yecoo2xogf67k2dh32qb 10 12957 32052 2025-03-09T14:42:42Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 Apologies for the interruption, but this page had appeared on a list of those containing a markup error - Dark mode border color 32052 sanitized-css text/css .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 83%; clear: both; line-height: 1.25; /* see below for what this is */ margin-top: 0.3em; } /* remove the top margin because it only works in the first column. * instead move to the parent container to affect all columns */ .wst-smallrefs ol.references { margin-top: 0; } .wst-smallrefs-ruled { border-top: 1px solid; padding-top: 0.3em; } .wst-smallrefs ol.references.uksi{ margin-top: 0; list-style-type:lower-alpha; } .wst-smallrefs ol.references.uksi li::marker{ font-weight:bold; } 373onpd47lhr6oku1mblilny7ho0pfb 32053 32052 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Smallrefs/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32052 sanitized-css text/css .wst-smallrefs { font-size: 83%; clear: both; line-height: 1.25; /* see below for what this is */ margin-top: 0.3em; } /* remove the top margin because it only works in the first column. * instead move to the parent container to affect all columns */ .wst-smallrefs ol.references { margin-top: 0; } .wst-smallrefs-ruled { border-top: 1px solid; padding-top: 0.3em; } .wst-smallrefs ol.references.uksi{ margin-top: 0; list-style-type:lower-alpha; } .wst-smallrefs ol.references.uksi li::marker{ font-weight:bold; } 373onpd47lhr6oku1mblilny7ho0pfb 10 12958 32054 2025-08-12T03:57:01Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32054 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=83%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> lsg4si0le8kkjxte0w09k16dd4703bn 32055 32054 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Smaller]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32054 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=83%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> lsg4si0le8kkjxte0w09k16dd4703bn 10 12959 32056 2019-12-14T16:48:57Z en>EncycloPetey 0 Protected "[[Template:Div end]]": High traffic page or template ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32056 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 4svdptpks693oo75dst5prxxduoz5on 32057 32056 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Div_end]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32056 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 4svdptpks693oo75dst5prxxduoz5on 828 12960 32058 2024-03-31T19:50:41Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Edition]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32058 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Organisation of this module: the exports are listed at the bottom; their -- direct functions are just above there, and supporting functions are higher -- up. -- -- Please add testcases before modifying anything. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- require('strict') local instanceOfProp = 'P31' local authorProp = 'P50' local editionOrTranslationOfProp = 'P629' local equivalentClassProp = 'P1709' local topicsMainWikimediaPortalProp = 'P1151'; -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Insert a value into a table, but not if it's already there. local function tableInsertUnique( theTable, value ) for _, item in pairs( theTable ) do if item == value then -- Already present return end end -- Otherwise, add the new value. table.insert( theTable, value ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- For the given author item, find the Wikisource sitelink. If there isn't one, -- check to see if there the author has a topicsMainWikimediaPortal statement, -- and then see if that portal has a sitelink instead. local function get_author_sitelink( authorItem ) local siteLink = authorItem:getSitelink( mw.language.getContentLanguage().code .. 'wikisource' ) if ( siteLink ~= nil ) then return siteLink end local portalStatements = authorItem:getBestStatements( topicsMainWikimediaPortalProp ) for _, mainPortal in pairs( portalStatements ) do local mainPortalId = mainPortal['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local mainPortalItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( mainPortalId ) siteLink = mainPortalItem:getSitelink( mw.language.getContentLanguage().code .. 'wikisource' ) end return siteLink end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get the schema.org URL for the itemtype of the given item. local function getSchemaorgItemtype( item ) local schemaPrefix = 'http://schema.org/' for _, instanceOf in pairs( item:getBestStatements( instanceOfProp ) ) do local instanceOfId = instanceOf['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local instanceOfItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( instanceOfId ) -- Now go through each of the instance-of item's class statements, -- seeing if we can find a matching schema.org URL. for _, equivClass in pairs( instanceOfItem:getBestStatements( equivalentClassProp ) ) do local val = equivClass['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'] if string.sub( val, 1, #schemaPrefix ) == schemaPrefix then -- This is a schema.org URL. return val end end end -- If we've not figured it out by now, give up with the default. return schemaPrefix .. 'Thing' end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Create the HTML (including wikitext link) for all provided authors, -- and add it to the given authorLinks table (for later concatenation). local function process_authors( authorLinks, authors ) if authors == nil or #authors == 0 then return end for _, author in pairs( authors ) do local authorId = author['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local authorItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( authorId ) local siteLink = get_author_sitelink( authorItem ) local authorName = authorItem:getLabel() if siteLink ~= nil then authorName = mw.title.new( siteLink ).text end local authorHtml = mw.html.create('span') :attr('itemprop', 'author') :attr('itemscope', '') :attr('itemtype', getSchemaorgItemtype( authorItem ) ) local authorNameHtml = authorHtml:tag( 'span' ) authorNameHtml:attr( 'itemprop', 'name' ) :wikitext( authorName ) local authorHtmlStr = tostring( authorHtml ) if siteLink == nil then tableInsertUnique( authorLinks, authorHtmlStr ) else tableInsertUnique( authorLinks, '[[' .. siteLink .. '|' .. authorHtmlStr .. ']]' ) end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get an Item based on what's passed in the 'wikidata' or 'page' parameters of -- the args, or the current page's ID otherwise. local function getItem( args ) local id = nil -- If args is a table with an appropriate element, use it. if type( args ) == 'table' then if args.wikidata ~= '' and args.wikidata ~= nil then id = args.wikidata elseif args.wikidata_id ~= '' and args.wikidata_id ~= nil then id = args.wikidata_id elseif args.page ~= '' and args.page ~= nil then local title = mw.title.new( args.page ) id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle( title.nsText .. title.text ) -- If no entity for this page, maybe it's a subpage and we should look for the root page's entity. if id == nil then id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle( title.nsText .. title.rootText ) end end end if type( args ) == 'string' and args ~= '' then id = args end return mw.wikibase.getEntity( id ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. -- local function author_list( args ) local item = getItem( args ) if item == nil then return '' end local authorLinks = {} -- Collect the authors of this item. local authors = item:getBestStatements( authorProp ) process_authors( authorLinks, authors ) -- Also collect the authors of the parent work. local works = item:getBestStatements( editionOrTranslationOfProp ) for _, work in pairs( works ) do local workId = work['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local workItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( workId ) authors = workItem:getBestStatements( authorProp ) if #authors > 0 then process_authors( authorLinks, authors ) end end -- Output the final list of links. local outHtml = mw.html.create() local separator = args.separator or ', ' local last_separator = args.last_separator or ', and ' local i = 1 for _, link in pairs( authorLinks ) do outHtml:wikitext( link ) if i == ( #authorLinks - 1 ) then outHtml:wikitext( last_separator ) elseif #authorLinks > 1 and i ~= #authorLinks then outHtml:wikitext( separator ) end i = i + 1 end return tostring( outHtml ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. -- local function inline( args ) local item = getItem( args ) local outHtml = mw.html.create() if ( item == nil ) then outHtml:wikitext( '<span class="error">Unable to determine the Wikidata item to use</span>' ) return tostring( outHtml ) end -- Make sure it's an edition. local editionOrTranslationOfStmts = item:getBestStatements( editionOrTranslationOfProp ) if #editionOrTranslationOfStmts == 0 then outHtml:wikitext( '<span class="error">' .. item.id .. ' is not an edition or translation of a work (missing P629)</span>' ) return tostring( outHtml ) end -- Title/label. local title = item:getSitelink( 'enwikisource' ) local label = item:getLabel( 'en' ) local hasWikisourcePage = false if title == nil or title == '' then title = label else hasWikisourcePage = true title = '[[' .. title .. '|' .. label .. ']]' end outHtml:wikitext( title .. ' ' ); -- Publication date local publicationDate = item:formatPropertyValues( 'P577' ) outHtml:wikitext( '(' .. publicationDate.value .. ') ' ) -- Authors if args.hideauthors == nil or args.hideauthors == '' then local authorList = author_list( args ) if authorList ~= '' then outHtml:wikitext( ' by ' .. authorList .. ' ' ) end end -- Scanned file on Wikimedia Commons. if not hasWikisourcePage then -- Add links to Index page or Commons file. local hasIndexOrCommonsLink = false local scannedFileOnWikimediaCommons = 'P996' local scannedFileOnWikimediaCommonsStmts = item:getBestStatements( scannedFileOnWikimediaCommons ) for _, stmt in pairs( scannedFileOnWikimediaCommonsStmts ) do local commonsFilename = stmt['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'] outHtml:wikitext( ' ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'Small scan link', args = { commonsFilename } } ) hasIndexOrCommonsLink = true; end -- Add link to the IA item if no links were added above. if not hasIndexOrCommonsLink then local internetArchiveIdProp = 'P724' local internetArchiveIdStmts = item:getBestStatements( internetArchiveIdProp ) for _, stmt in pairs( internetArchiveIdStmts ) do local internetArchiveId = stmt['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'] outHtml:wikitext( ' ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'IA small link', args = { internetArchiveId } } ) end end end -- Wikidata and Wikipedia links. local img = '[[File:Wikidata-books-task-force-logo.svg|20px|alt=Wikidata books task force logo|link=d:' .. item.id .. '|View on Wikidata]]' outHtml:wikitext( img ) return tostring( outHtml ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. Get wikitext for displaying an edition's badges from Wikidata. -- To get an indicator, pass args.indicator = true -- Testing: =p.badge({args={wikidata='Q75043199'}}) -- local function badge( args ) local item = getItem( args ) if not ( item and item.sitelinks and item.sitelinks.enwikisource and item.sitelinks.enwikisource.badges ) then return '' end local badges = item.sitelinks.enwikisource.badges local out = '' for _, badge in pairs( badges ) do local badgeOut = '' local badgeItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( badge ) local badgeName = '' local wikisourceBadgeClass = 'Q75042035' if badgeItem.claims.P31[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == wikisourceBadgeClass and badgeItem.claims.P18 ~= nil then local imageName = badgeItem.claims.P18[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value if mw.wikibase.getLabel( badge ) ~= nil then badgeName = mw.wikibase.getLabel( badge ) end badgeOut = '<span class="indicator-badge">[[File:' .. imageName .. '|16px|link=Help:Text status|' .. badgeName .. ']]</span>' if args.indicator ~= nil then badgeOut = '<indicator name="wikisource-badge-' .. badgeName .. '">' .. badgeOut .. '</indicator>' end if args.category ~= nil and badgeItem.claims.P910 ~= nil then local categoryQid = badgeItem.claims.P910[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local category = mw.wikibase.getEntity( categoryQid ) badgeOut = badgeOut .. '[[' .. category.sitelinks.enwikisource.title .. ']]' end out = out .. badgeOut end end return mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( out ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. local function authority_control( args ) local item = getItem( args ) -- Gather every 'external-id' statement. local out = mw.html.create( '' ) for propertyId,claims in pairs( item.claims) do local propItem = getItem( propertyId ) for _,claim in pairs( claims ) do if claim.mainsnak.datatype == 'external-id' then local propLabel = propItem:getLabel() if not propLabel then if propItem.aliases.en and propItem.aliases.en[1].value then propLabel = propItem.aliases.en[1].value else propLabel = propertyId end end out:wikitext( '* [[d:Special:EntityPage/'.. propertyId .. '|' .. propLabel .. ']]: ' .. claim.mainsnak.datavalue.value .. '\n' ) end end end return tostring( out ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Export all public functions. return { -- =p.author_list({args={wikidata='Q28913867'}}) author_list = function( frame ) return author_list( frame.args ) end; -- =p.inline({args={wikidata_id='Q28913867'}}) inline = function( frame ) return inline( frame.args ) end; -- =p.badge({args={wikidata='Q28020002'}}) badge = function( frame ) return badge( frame.args ) end; -- =p.authority_control({args={wikidata='Q19035838'}}) authority_control = function( frame ) return authority_control( frame.args ) end; } k1vza9jbs6j4dfxyxlxqbxi6ftyq0kt 32059 32058 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Edition]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32058 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Organisation of this module: the exports are listed at the bottom; their -- direct functions are just above there, and supporting functions are higher -- up. -- -- Please add testcases before modifying anything. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- require('strict') local instanceOfProp = 'P31' local authorProp = 'P50' local editionOrTranslationOfProp = 'P629' local equivalentClassProp = 'P1709' local topicsMainWikimediaPortalProp = 'P1151'; -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Insert a value into a table, but not if it's already there. local function tableInsertUnique( theTable, value ) for _, item in pairs( theTable ) do if item == value then -- Already present return end end -- Otherwise, add the new value. table.insert( theTable, value ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- For the given author item, find the Wikisource sitelink. If there isn't one, -- check to see if there the author has a topicsMainWikimediaPortal statement, -- and then see if that portal has a sitelink instead. local function get_author_sitelink( authorItem ) local siteLink = authorItem:getSitelink( mw.language.getContentLanguage().code .. 'wikisource' ) if ( siteLink ~= nil ) then return siteLink end local portalStatements = authorItem:getBestStatements( topicsMainWikimediaPortalProp ) for _, mainPortal in pairs( portalStatements ) do local mainPortalId = mainPortal['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local mainPortalItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( mainPortalId ) siteLink = mainPortalItem:getSitelink( mw.language.getContentLanguage().code .. 'wikisource' ) end return siteLink end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get the schema.org URL for the itemtype of the given item. local function getSchemaorgItemtype( item ) local schemaPrefix = 'http://schema.org/' for _, instanceOf in pairs( item:getBestStatements( instanceOfProp ) ) do local instanceOfId = instanceOf['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local instanceOfItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( instanceOfId ) -- Now go through each of the instance-of item's class statements, -- seeing if we can find a matching schema.org URL. for _, equivClass in pairs( instanceOfItem:getBestStatements( equivalentClassProp ) ) do local val = equivClass['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'] if string.sub( val, 1, #schemaPrefix ) == schemaPrefix then -- This is a schema.org URL. return val end end end -- If we've not figured it out by now, give up with the default. return schemaPrefix .. 'Thing' end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Create the HTML (including wikitext link) for all provided authors, -- and add it to the given authorLinks table (for later concatenation). local function process_authors( authorLinks, authors ) if authors == nil or #authors == 0 then return end for _, author in pairs( authors ) do local authorId = author['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local authorItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( authorId ) local siteLink = get_author_sitelink( authorItem ) local authorName = authorItem:getLabel() if siteLink ~= nil then authorName = mw.title.new( siteLink ).text end local authorHtml = mw.html.create('span') :attr('itemprop', 'author') :attr('itemscope', '') :attr('itemtype', getSchemaorgItemtype( authorItem ) ) local authorNameHtml = authorHtml:tag( 'span' ) authorNameHtml:attr( 'itemprop', 'name' ) :wikitext( authorName ) local authorHtmlStr = tostring( authorHtml ) if siteLink == nil then tableInsertUnique( authorLinks, authorHtmlStr ) else tableInsertUnique( authorLinks, '[[' .. siteLink .. '|' .. authorHtmlStr .. ']]' ) end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get an Item based on what's passed in the 'wikidata' or 'page' parameters of -- the args, or the current page's ID otherwise. local function getItem( args ) local id = nil -- If args is a table with an appropriate element, use it. if type( args ) == 'table' then if args.wikidata ~= '' and args.wikidata ~= nil then id = args.wikidata elseif args.wikidata_id ~= '' and args.wikidata_id ~= nil then id = args.wikidata_id elseif args.page ~= '' and args.page ~= nil then local title = mw.title.new( args.page ) id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle( title.nsText .. title.text ) -- If no entity for this page, maybe it's a subpage and we should look for the root page's entity. if id == nil then id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle( title.nsText .. title.rootText ) end end end if type( args ) == 'string' and args ~= '' then id = args end return mw.wikibase.getEntity( id ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. -- local function author_list( args ) local item = getItem( args ) if item == nil then return '' end local authorLinks = {} -- Collect the authors of this item. local authors = item:getBestStatements( authorProp ) process_authors( authorLinks, authors ) -- Also collect the authors of the parent work. local works = item:getBestStatements( editionOrTranslationOfProp ) for _, work in pairs( works ) do local workId = work['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local workItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( workId ) authors = workItem:getBestStatements( authorProp ) if #authors > 0 then process_authors( authorLinks, authors ) end end -- Output the final list of links. local outHtml = mw.html.create() local separator = args.separator or ', ' local last_separator = args.last_separator or ', and ' local i = 1 for _, link in pairs( authorLinks ) do outHtml:wikitext( link ) if i == ( #authorLinks - 1 ) then outHtml:wikitext( last_separator ) elseif #authorLinks > 1 and i ~= #authorLinks then outHtml:wikitext( separator ) end i = i + 1 end return tostring( outHtml ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. -- local function inline( args ) local item = getItem( args ) local outHtml = mw.html.create() if ( item == nil ) then outHtml:wikitext( '<span class="error">Unable to determine the Wikidata item to use</span>' ) return tostring( outHtml ) end -- Make sure it's an edition. local editionOrTranslationOfStmts = item:getBestStatements( editionOrTranslationOfProp ) if #editionOrTranslationOfStmts == 0 then outHtml:wikitext( '<span class="error">' .. item.id .. ' is not an edition or translation of a work (missing P629)</span>' ) return tostring( outHtml ) end -- Title/label. local title = item:getSitelink( 'enwikisource' ) local label = item:getLabel( 'en' ) local hasWikisourcePage = false if title == nil or title == '' then title = label else hasWikisourcePage = true title = '[[' .. title .. '|' .. label .. ']]' end outHtml:wikitext( title .. ' ' ); -- Publication date local publicationDate = item:formatPropertyValues( 'P577' ) outHtml:wikitext( '(' .. publicationDate.value .. ') ' ) -- Authors if args.hideauthors == nil or args.hideauthors == '' then local authorList = author_list( args ) if authorList ~= '' then outHtml:wikitext( ' by ' .. authorList .. ' ' ) end end -- Scanned file on Wikimedia Commons. if not hasWikisourcePage then -- Add links to Index page or Commons file. local hasIndexOrCommonsLink = false local scannedFileOnWikimediaCommons = 'P996' local scannedFileOnWikimediaCommonsStmts = item:getBestStatements( scannedFileOnWikimediaCommons ) for _, stmt in pairs( scannedFileOnWikimediaCommonsStmts ) do local commonsFilename = stmt['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'] outHtml:wikitext( ' ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'Small scan link', args = { commonsFilename } } ) hasIndexOrCommonsLink = true; end -- Add link to the IA item if no links were added above. if not hasIndexOrCommonsLink then local internetArchiveIdProp = 'P724' local internetArchiveIdStmts = item:getBestStatements( internetArchiveIdProp ) for _, stmt in pairs( internetArchiveIdStmts ) do local internetArchiveId = stmt['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value'] outHtml:wikitext( ' ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'IA small link', args = { internetArchiveId } } ) end end end -- Wikidata and Wikipedia links. local img = '[[File:Wikidata-books-task-force-logo.svg|20px|alt=Wikidata books task force logo|link=d:' .. item.id .. '|View on Wikidata]]' outHtml:wikitext( img ) return tostring( outHtml ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. Get wikitext for displaying an edition's badges from Wikidata. -- To get an indicator, pass args.indicator = true -- Testing: =p.badge({args={wikidata='Q75043199'}}) -- local function badge( args ) local item = getItem( args ) if not ( item and item.sitelinks and item.sitelinks.enwikisource and item.sitelinks.enwikisource.badges ) then return '' end local badges = item.sitelinks.enwikisource.badges local out = '' for _, badge in pairs( badges ) do local badgeOut = '' local badgeItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( badge ) local badgeName = '' local wikisourceBadgeClass = 'Q75042035' if badgeItem.claims.P31[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == wikisourceBadgeClass and badgeItem.claims.P18 ~= nil then local imageName = badgeItem.claims.P18[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value if mw.wikibase.getLabel( badge ) ~= nil then badgeName = mw.wikibase.getLabel( badge ) end badgeOut = '<span class="indicator-badge">[[File:' .. imageName .. '|16px|link=Help:Text status|' .. badgeName .. ']]</span>' if args.indicator ~= nil then badgeOut = '<indicator name="wikisource-badge-' .. badgeName .. '">' .. badgeOut .. '</indicator>' end if args.category ~= nil and badgeItem.claims.P910 ~= nil then local categoryQid = badgeItem.claims.P910[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local category = mw.wikibase.getEntity( categoryQid ) badgeOut = badgeOut .. '[[' .. category.sitelinks.enwikisource.title .. ']]' end out = out .. badgeOut end end return mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( out ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exported method. local function authority_control( args ) local item = getItem( args ) -- Gather every 'external-id' statement. local out = mw.html.create( '' ) for propertyId,claims in pairs( item.claims) do local propItem = getItem( propertyId ) for _,claim in pairs( claims ) do if claim.mainsnak.datatype == 'external-id' then local propLabel = propItem:getLabel() if not propLabel then if propItem.aliases.en and propItem.aliases.en[1].value then propLabel = propItem.aliases.en[1].value else propLabel = propertyId end end out:wikitext( '* [[d:Special:EntityPage/'.. propertyId .. '|' .. propLabel .. ']]: ' .. claim.mainsnak.datavalue.value .. '\n' ) end end end return tostring( out ) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Export all public functions. return { -- =p.author_list({args={wikidata='Q28913867'}}) author_list = function( frame ) return author_list( frame.args ) end; -- =p.inline({args={wikidata_id='Q28913867'}}) inline = function( frame ) return inline( frame.args ) end; -- =p.badge({args={wikidata='Q28020002'}}) badge = function( frame ) return badge( frame.args ) end; -- =p.authority_control({args={wikidata='Q19035838'}}) authority_control = function( frame ) return authority_control( frame.args ) end; } k1vza9jbs6j4dfxyxlxqbxi6ftyq0kt 828 12961 32060 2026-03-27T22:31:26Z en>Alien333 0 + 'Pages with translator' hidden cat for when translator= or override_translator= 32060 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This is a module to implement logic for [[Template:Header]] and [[Template:Translation header]] TODO: - centuries are defined as starting on XX01, but WS categorizes them as starting on XX00 -- check whether that's a considered policy choice ]=] require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local parent_links = require('Module:Auto parents')._parent_links local construct_header = require('Module:Header structure').construct_header local headerAttribution = require('Module:Header/attribution') local headerLang = require('Module:Header/lang') local construct_defaultsort = require('Module:Header/sort')._construct_defaultsort local construct_year = require('Module:Header/year').construct_year local current_title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() --[=[ Wrap stylesheet in noexport div ]=] local function get_noexport_stylesheet(template) return tostring(mw.html.create('div'):addClass('ws-noexport'):wikitext(mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = template .. '/styles.css'}))) end --[=[ Get badge if any ]=] local function badge() return require('Module:Edition').badge({args = {category = '1', indicator = '1'}}) end --[=[ Detect explicit formatting in fields like 'section' and 'title' ]=] local function explicit_formatting(str) return str and (string.match(str, "\'\'\'?") or string.match(str, '<%s*/?%s*[iIbB]%s*>')) -- add more cases here or come up with a less silly way to do things end local function check_non_existent_author_pages(args, categories, checkArgs) -- check for cases that aren't supposed to produce a valid link local param = checkArgs.param local tracking_cat = checkArgs.tracking_cat or 'Works with non-existent author pages' if not param or not args[param] or yesno(args[param .. '-nolink']) then return end local lower_arg = string.lower(args[param]) local attr_data = headerAttribution.attr_data[param] or headerAttribution.attr_data[string.gsub(param, 'section%-', '')] if attr_data and attr_data['special_cases'] and attr_data['special_cases'][lower_arg] then return end -- check if page exists local target = mw.title.makeTitle('Author', args[param]) -- expensive function! if not target or not target.exists then table.insert(categories, tracking_cat) end return end local function construct_categories(args, argsWithBlanks) local categories = {} -- categorize subpages local title = current_title local parent_exists = false while title.isSubpage and not parent_exists do title = mw.title.new(title.baseText, title.nsText) parent_exists = title.exists end if parent_exists and title:inNamespaces(0) then table.insert(categories, 'Subpages') elseif parent_exists then table.insert(categories, title.nsText .. ' subpages') end -- add categories from the categories parameter local manual_categories = (args.categories and mw.text.split(args.categories, '%s*/%s*', false)) or {} local using_cat = false for i, category in ipairs(manual_categories) do local cat = mw.text.trim(category) if cat ~= '' then table.insert(categories, cat) using_cat = true end end if using_cat then table.insert(categories, 'Works using categories parameter') end local known_override_types = { ['default'] = 'contributor type', ['author'] = 'author', ['translator'] = 'translator', ['section-author'] = 'contributor' } for k, v in pairs(argsWithBlanks) do -- Check for numerical parameters (which shouldn't be used) if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(categories, 'Headers with numerical arguments') -- Check for 'override-' parameters elseif string.match(k, '^override%-') then local contrib_type = string.gsub(k, '^override%-', '') contrib_type = string.gsub(contrib_type, '%d*$', '') table.insert(categories, 'Pages with override ' .. (known_override_types[contrib_type] or known_override_types['default'])) end end -- check contributor parameters if args['section-author'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with contributor') end local editor = args['override-editor'] or args['editor'] if editor and not args['nocat'] then editor = string.lower(editor) if editor == 'unknown' or editor == '?' then table.insert(categories, 'Works with unknown editors') elseif editor == 'not mentioned' then table.insert(categories, 'Works with unmentioned editors') end end local translator = args['override-translator'] or args['translator'] if translator and not args['nocat'] then translator = string.lower(translator) table.insert(categories, 'Pages with translator') if translator == 'unknown' or translator == 'not mentioned' or translator == '?' then table.insert(categories, 'Translations without translator information specified') end end local author = args['override-author'] or args['author'] if author and (string.lower(author) == 'unknown') and not args['nocat'] then if args.template_name == 'Translation header' then table.insert(categories, 'Translations of anonymous works') else table.insert(categories, 'Anonymous texts') end end -- check for non-existent contributor pages if current_title:inNamespaces(0, 114) or args.testing then local params_to_check = { {param = 'author'}, {param = 'editor'}, {param = 'translator'}, {param = 'composer', tracking_cat = 'Works with non-existent composer pages'}, {param = 'illustrator', tracking_cat = 'Works with non-existent illustrator pages'} } for k, v in pairs(params_to_check) do check_non_existent_author_pages(args, categories, v) check_non_existent_author_pages(args, categories, {param = 'section-' .. v.param, tracking_cat = v.tracking_cat}) end end if args['shortcut'] then if current_title:inNamespaces(0) then table.insert(categories, 'Mainspace pages with shortcuts') elseif current_title:inNamespaces(114) then table.insert(categories, 'Translation namespace pages with shortcuts') end end if args['noyear'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with noyear') end if args['noyearcat'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with noyearcat') end if args['nolanguagecat'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with nolanguagecat') end if args['cover'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with an export cover') end -- sanity/maintenance checks on various parameters -- allow-explicit-formatting parameter suppresses this check -- used by, for example, [[Template:Versions]] if not args['allow-explicit-formatting'] and (explicit_formatting(args['title']) or explicit_formatting(args['section'])) then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with explicit formatting in header fields') end -- translation header categories local isMainPage = ((current_title:inNamespaces(0, 114) and not current_title.isSubpage) or args['testing']) if not args['nocat'] and isMainPage then local cat_works_start = 'Works originally in' local cat_translations_start = 'Translations' if args.is_translation then cat_works_start = 'Wikisource translations of works in' cat_translations_start = 'Wikisource translations' end if not args['nolanguagecat'] then if args['languages'] then for i, lang in ipairs(args['languages']) do table.insert(categories, headerLang.language_category_name(cat_works_start, lang, args.is_translation)) end end if args['interwiki-prefix'] then local iw_prefix_parts = mw.text.split(args['interwiki-prefix'], ':', true) table.insert(categories, headerLang.language_category_name(cat_works_start, iw_prefix_parts[1], args.is_translation)) end end if not args['languages'] and args['language-required'] then table.insert(categories, cat_translations_start .. ' with no original language') end if args.template_name == 'Translation header' and not args.original then table.insert(categories, 'Wikisource translations with no original source') end end -- detect inappropriate template use --[=[ if (args['template-name'] ~= 'Translation header' and translator and string.lower(translator) == 'wikisource') or (current_title:inNamespaces(114) and args['template-name'] ~= 'Translation header') then -- tracking category for pages that should be using translation header? end if current_title:inNamespaces(0) and args['template-name'] == 'Translation header' then -- tracking category for translation header in mainspace? end ]=] categories = TableTools.removeDuplicates(categories) local category_links = {} for k, v in pairs(categories) do table.insert(category_links, '[[Category:' .. v .. ']]') end local category_link_text = table.concat(category_links) if args.testing then category_link_text = mw.text.nowiki(category_link_text) .. category_link_text end return category_link_text end --[=[ For debugging ]=] --[=[ function p.construct_categories(args) return construct_categories(args, args) end ]=] --[=[ Assemble the title ]=] local function header_title(args) local title = args.title or '' local titleSpan = tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('wst-header-title-text'):wikitext(title)) local year = construct_year(args) local attr = headerAttribution.construct_attributions(args) local section = headerAttribution.construct_section(args) if attr ~= '' and title ~= '' then attr = tostring(mw.html.create('br'):addClass('wst-header-title-break')) .. attr end return table.concat({titleSpan, year, attr, section}) end --[=[ [[Template:Header]] ]=] function p._header(args, argsWithBlanks) argsWithBlanks = argsWithBlanks or args -- aliases local dup_cat local newArgs = {} local aliases = { ['section-author'] = 'contributor', ['section-translator'] = 'contributing%-translator' } for k, v in pairs(args) do local newkey = string.lower(string.gsub(string.gsub(tostring(k), '_', '-'), ' ', '-')) for arg, alias in pairs(aliases) do newkey = string.gsub(newkey, alias, arg) end if newkey ~= tostring(k) then if argsWithBlanks[newkey] then dup_cat = 'Pages using duplicate arguments in template calls' end if not args[newkey] then newArgs[newkey] = newArgs[newkey] or v end end if newkey == 'testing' or newkey == 'nocat' or newkey == 'nolanguagecat' or newkey == 'language-required' or string.match(newkey, '%-nolink$') then newArgs[newkey] = newArgs[newkey] or yesno(v) end end for k, v in pairs(newArgs) do args[k] = v argsWithBlanks[k] = v end if dup_cat then table.insert(categories, dup_cat) end args.sortkey = args.defaultsort or args.sortkey -- default values args.template_name = args.template_name or 'Header' if args.testing == nil then args.testing = current_title.fullText == 'Template:Header/testcases' or current_title.fullText == 'Template:Translation header/testcases' end -- noyearcat has different behavior for nil and false args.noyearcat = args.noyearcat or args.nocat == true or nil local language_res = headerLang.get_languages(args) args.languages = language_res.languages args.language_name = language_res.language_name local section_language_res = headerLang.get_languages(args, 'section') args.section_languages = section_language_res.languages args.section_language_name = section_language_res.language_name if not args['interwiki-prefix'] and args['languages'] then if #(args['languages']) > 1 then args['interwiki-prefix'] = 'mul' else args['interwiki-prefix'] = args['languages'][1] end end if args['interwiki-prefix'] then args['interwiki-prefix'] = headerLang['interwiki_prefixes'][args['interwiki-prefix']] or args['interwiki-prefix'] end -- add values to argsWithBlanks for k, v in pairs(args) do if not argsWithBlanks[k] then argsWithBlanks[k] = v end end -- default values for title and section (allow override by setting to blank) if not argsWithBlanks['title'] then args['title'] = parent_links({}) argsWithBlanks['title'] = args['title'] end if not argsWithBlanks['section'] and current_title.isSubpage then args['section'] = current_title.subpageText argsWithBlanks['section'] = args['section'] end -- header args args.pre_container = badge() args.header_class = 'wst-header ws-header ws-noexport noprint dynlayout-exempt ' .. (args.header_class or '') args.main_class = 'headertemplate' -- title args.main_title = header_title(args) -- FIXME: just use Wikidata instead of interwiki links? local interwiki = '' if args.template_name == 'Translation header' and args['interwiki-prefix'] then interwiki = tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('interwiki-info'):attr('id', args['interwiki-prefix']):attr('title', '(original)')) if args.original then -- general interwiki link interwiki = interwiki .. '[[' .. args['interwiki-prefix'] .. ':' .. args.original .. ']]' end end -- set defaultsort tracking categories args.equalsortcat = '[[Category:' .. 'Headers with DefaultSort equal to page title' .. ']]' args.diffsortcat = '[[Category:' .. 'Headers applying DefaultSort key' .. ']]' args.post_notes = table.concat({ headerAttribution.construct_microformat(args), construct_categories(args, argsWithBlanks), construct_defaultsort(args), interwiki }) -- Check if page has copyvio div that needs closing local copyvio_close = '' local page_content = mw.title.getCurrentTitle():getContent() if page_content and page_content:find('<div id="copyvio"', 1, true) and not page_content:find('{{copyvio/e}}', 1, true) and not page_content:find('{{cv/e}}', 1, true) then copyvio_close = '{{copyvio/e}}' end return get_noexport_stylesheet('Header') .. construct_header(args) .. copyvio_close end function p.header(frame) return p._header( getArgs(frame), getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false}) ) end --[=[ [[Template:Translation header]] ]=] function p._translation_header(args, argsWithBlanks) argsWithBlanks = argsWithBlanks or args args.header_class = 'wst-translation-header' args.template_name = 'Translation header' args.is_translation = true args.notes_class = 'header-notes' args['language-required'] = true return get_noexport_stylesheet('Translation header') .. p._header(args, argsWithBlanks) end function p.translation_header(frame) return p._translation_header( getArgs(frame), getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false}) ) end return p kusvwguu1mw0wf0rny69kkfasihl1ja 32061 32060 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32060 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This is a module to implement logic for [[Template:Header]] and [[Template:Translation header]] TODO: - centuries are defined as starting on XX01, but WS categorizes them as starting on XX00 -- check whether that's a considered policy choice ]=] require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local parent_links = require('Module:Auto parents')._parent_links local construct_header = require('Module:Header structure').construct_header local headerAttribution = require('Module:Header/attribution') local headerLang = require('Module:Header/lang') local construct_defaultsort = require('Module:Header/sort')._construct_defaultsort local construct_year = require('Module:Header/year').construct_year local current_title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() --[=[ Wrap stylesheet in noexport div ]=] local function get_noexport_stylesheet(template) return tostring(mw.html.create('div'):addClass('ws-noexport'):wikitext(mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = template .. '/styles.css'}))) end --[=[ Get badge if any ]=] local function badge() return require('Module:Edition').badge({args = {category = '1', indicator = '1'}}) end --[=[ Detect explicit formatting in fields like 'section' and 'title' ]=] local function explicit_formatting(str) return str and (string.match(str, "\'\'\'?") or string.match(str, '<%s*/?%s*[iIbB]%s*>')) -- add more cases here or come up with a less silly way to do things end local function check_non_existent_author_pages(args, categories, checkArgs) -- check for cases that aren't supposed to produce a valid link local param = checkArgs.param local tracking_cat = checkArgs.tracking_cat or 'Works with non-existent author pages' if not param or not args[param] or yesno(args[param .. '-nolink']) then return end local lower_arg = string.lower(args[param]) local attr_data = headerAttribution.attr_data[param] or headerAttribution.attr_data[string.gsub(param, 'section%-', '')] if attr_data and attr_data['special_cases'] and attr_data['special_cases'][lower_arg] then return end -- check if page exists local target = mw.title.makeTitle('Author', args[param]) -- expensive function! if not target or not target.exists then table.insert(categories, tracking_cat) end return end local function construct_categories(args, argsWithBlanks) local categories = {} -- categorize subpages local title = current_title local parent_exists = false while title.isSubpage and not parent_exists do title = mw.title.new(title.baseText, title.nsText) parent_exists = title.exists end if parent_exists and title:inNamespaces(0) then table.insert(categories, 'Subpages') elseif parent_exists then table.insert(categories, title.nsText .. ' subpages') end -- add categories from the categories parameter local manual_categories = (args.categories and mw.text.split(args.categories, '%s*/%s*', false)) or {} local using_cat = false for i, category in ipairs(manual_categories) do local cat = mw.text.trim(category) if cat ~= '' then table.insert(categories, cat) using_cat = true end end if using_cat then table.insert(categories, 'Works using categories parameter') end local known_override_types = { ['default'] = 'contributor type', ['author'] = 'author', ['translator'] = 'translator', ['section-author'] = 'contributor' } for k, v in pairs(argsWithBlanks) do -- Check for numerical parameters (which shouldn't be used) if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(categories, 'Headers with numerical arguments') -- Check for 'override-' parameters elseif string.match(k, '^override%-') then local contrib_type = string.gsub(k, '^override%-', '') contrib_type = string.gsub(contrib_type, '%d*$', '') table.insert(categories, 'Pages with override ' .. (known_override_types[contrib_type] or known_override_types['default'])) end end -- check contributor parameters if args['section-author'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with contributor') end local editor = args['override-editor'] or args['editor'] if editor and not args['nocat'] then editor = string.lower(editor) if editor == 'unknown' or editor == '?' then table.insert(categories, 'Works with unknown editors') elseif editor == 'not mentioned' then table.insert(categories, 'Works with unmentioned editors') end end local translator = args['override-translator'] or args['translator'] if translator and not args['nocat'] then translator = string.lower(translator) table.insert(categories, 'Pages with translator') if translator == 'unknown' or translator == 'not mentioned' or translator == '?' then table.insert(categories, 'Translations without translator information specified') end end local author = args['override-author'] or args['author'] if author and (string.lower(author) == 'unknown') and not args['nocat'] then if args.template_name == 'Translation header' then table.insert(categories, 'Translations of anonymous works') else table.insert(categories, 'Anonymous texts') end end -- check for non-existent contributor pages if current_title:inNamespaces(0, 114) or args.testing then local params_to_check = { {param = 'author'}, {param = 'editor'}, {param = 'translator'}, {param = 'composer', tracking_cat = 'Works with non-existent composer pages'}, {param = 'illustrator', tracking_cat = 'Works with non-existent illustrator pages'} } for k, v in pairs(params_to_check) do check_non_existent_author_pages(args, categories, v) check_non_existent_author_pages(args, categories, {param = 'section-' .. v.param, tracking_cat = v.tracking_cat}) end end if args['shortcut'] then if current_title:inNamespaces(0) then table.insert(categories, 'Mainspace pages with shortcuts') elseif current_title:inNamespaces(114) then table.insert(categories, 'Translation namespace pages with shortcuts') end end if args['noyear'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with noyear') end if args['noyearcat'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with noyearcat') end if args['nolanguagecat'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with nolanguagecat') end if args['cover'] then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with an export cover') end -- sanity/maintenance checks on various parameters -- allow-explicit-formatting parameter suppresses this check -- used by, for example, [[Template:Versions]] if not args['allow-explicit-formatting'] and (explicit_formatting(args['title']) or explicit_formatting(args['section'])) then table.insert(categories, 'Pages with explicit formatting in header fields') end -- translation header categories local isMainPage = ((current_title:inNamespaces(0, 114) and not current_title.isSubpage) or args['testing']) if not args['nocat'] and isMainPage then local cat_works_start = 'Works originally in' local cat_translations_start = 'Translations' if args.is_translation then cat_works_start = 'Wikisource translations of works in' cat_translations_start = 'Wikisource translations' end if not args['nolanguagecat'] then if args['languages'] then for i, lang in ipairs(args['languages']) do table.insert(categories, headerLang.language_category_name(cat_works_start, lang, args.is_translation)) end end if args['interwiki-prefix'] then local iw_prefix_parts = mw.text.split(args['interwiki-prefix'], ':', true) table.insert(categories, headerLang.language_category_name(cat_works_start, iw_prefix_parts[1], args.is_translation)) end end if not args['languages'] and args['language-required'] then table.insert(categories, cat_translations_start .. ' with no original language') end if args.template_name == 'Translation header' and not args.original then table.insert(categories, 'Wikisource translations with no original source') end end -- detect inappropriate template use --[=[ if (args['template-name'] ~= 'Translation header' and translator and string.lower(translator) == 'wikisource') or (current_title:inNamespaces(114) and args['template-name'] ~= 'Translation header') then -- tracking category for pages that should be using translation header? end if current_title:inNamespaces(0) and args['template-name'] == 'Translation header' then -- tracking category for translation header in mainspace? end ]=] categories = TableTools.removeDuplicates(categories) local category_links = {} for k, v in pairs(categories) do table.insert(category_links, '[[Category:' .. v .. ']]') end local category_link_text = table.concat(category_links) if args.testing then category_link_text = mw.text.nowiki(category_link_text) .. category_link_text end return category_link_text end --[=[ For debugging ]=] --[=[ function p.construct_categories(args) return construct_categories(args, args) end ]=] --[=[ Assemble the title ]=] local function header_title(args) local title = args.title or '' local titleSpan = tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('wst-header-title-text'):wikitext(title)) local year = construct_year(args) local attr = headerAttribution.construct_attributions(args) local section = headerAttribution.construct_section(args) if attr ~= '' and title ~= '' then attr = tostring(mw.html.create('br'):addClass('wst-header-title-break')) .. attr end return table.concat({titleSpan, year, attr, section}) end --[=[ [[Template:Header]] ]=] function p._header(args, argsWithBlanks) argsWithBlanks = argsWithBlanks or args -- aliases local dup_cat local newArgs = {} local aliases = { ['section-author'] = 'contributor', ['section-translator'] = 'contributing%-translator' } for k, v in pairs(args) do local newkey = string.lower(string.gsub(string.gsub(tostring(k), '_', '-'), ' ', '-')) for arg, alias in pairs(aliases) do newkey = string.gsub(newkey, alias, arg) end if newkey ~= tostring(k) then if argsWithBlanks[newkey] then dup_cat = 'Pages using duplicate arguments in template calls' end if not args[newkey] then newArgs[newkey] = newArgs[newkey] or v end end if newkey == 'testing' or newkey == 'nocat' or newkey == 'nolanguagecat' or newkey == 'language-required' or string.match(newkey, '%-nolink$') then newArgs[newkey] = newArgs[newkey] or yesno(v) end end for k, v in pairs(newArgs) do args[k] = v argsWithBlanks[k] = v end if dup_cat then table.insert(categories, dup_cat) end args.sortkey = args.defaultsort or args.sortkey -- default values args.template_name = args.template_name or 'Header' if args.testing == nil then args.testing = current_title.fullText == 'Template:Header/testcases' or current_title.fullText == 'Template:Translation header/testcases' end -- noyearcat has different behavior for nil and false args.noyearcat = args.noyearcat or args.nocat == true or nil local language_res = headerLang.get_languages(args) args.languages = language_res.languages args.language_name = language_res.language_name local section_language_res = headerLang.get_languages(args, 'section') args.section_languages = section_language_res.languages args.section_language_name = section_language_res.language_name if not args['interwiki-prefix'] and args['languages'] then if #(args['languages']) > 1 then args['interwiki-prefix'] = 'mul' else args['interwiki-prefix'] = args['languages'][1] end end if args['interwiki-prefix'] then args['interwiki-prefix'] = headerLang['interwiki_prefixes'][args['interwiki-prefix']] or args['interwiki-prefix'] end -- add values to argsWithBlanks for k, v in pairs(args) do if not argsWithBlanks[k] then argsWithBlanks[k] = v end end -- default values for title and section (allow override by setting to blank) if not argsWithBlanks['title'] then args['title'] = parent_links({}) argsWithBlanks['title'] = args['title'] end if not argsWithBlanks['section'] and current_title.isSubpage then args['section'] = current_title.subpageText argsWithBlanks['section'] = args['section'] end -- header args args.pre_container = badge() args.header_class = 'wst-header ws-header ws-noexport noprint dynlayout-exempt ' .. (args.header_class or '') args.main_class = 'headertemplate' -- title args.main_title = header_title(args) -- FIXME: just use Wikidata instead of interwiki links? local interwiki = '' if args.template_name == 'Translation header' and args['interwiki-prefix'] then interwiki = tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('interwiki-info'):attr('id', args['interwiki-prefix']):attr('title', '(original)')) if args.original then -- general interwiki link interwiki = interwiki .. '[[' .. args['interwiki-prefix'] .. ':' .. args.original .. ']]' end end -- set defaultsort tracking categories args.equalsortcat = '[[Category:' .. 'Headers with DefaultSort equal to page title' .. ']]' args.diffsortcat = '[[Category:' .. 'Headers applying DefaultSort key' .. ']]' args.post_notes = table.concat({ headerAttribution.construct_microformat(args), construct_categories(args, argsWithBlanks), construct_defaultsort(args), interwiki }) -- Check if page has copyvio div that needs closing local copyvio_close = '' local page_content = mw.title.getCurrentTitle():getContent() if page_content and page_content:find('<div id="copyvio"', 1, true) and not page_content:find('{{copyvio/e}}', 1, true) and not page_content:find('{{cv/e}}', 1, true) then copyvio_close = '{{copyvio/e}}' end return get_noexport_stylesheet('Header') .. construct_header(args) .. copyvio_close end function p.header(frame) return p._header( getArgs(frame), getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false}) ) end --[=[ [[Template:Translation header]] ]=] function p._translation_header(args, argsWithBlanks) argsWithBlanks = argsWithBlanks or args args.header_class = 'wst-translation-header' args.template_name = 'Translation header' args.is_translation = true args.notes_class = 'header-notes' args['language-required'] = true return get_noexport_stylesheet('Translation header') .. p._header(args, argsWithBlanks) end function p.translation_header(frame) return p._translation_header( getArgs(frame), getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false}) ) end return p kusvwguu1mw0wf0rny69kkfasihl1ja 828 12962 32062 2026-03-29T21:17:57Z en>Alien333 0 rv, some disagree, discussing 32062 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local error_message = require('Module:Error')['error'] -- table of site data local sites = { -- interwiki prefix: parameter, label and site id (for Wikidata) ['w'] = {'wikipedia', 'Wikipedia article', 'enwiki'}, ['c'] = {'commons', 'Commons gallery', 'commonswiki'}, ['c:Category'] = {'commonscat', 'Commons category', 'commonswiki'}, ['q'] = {'wikiquote', 'quotes', 'enwikiquote'}, ['n'] = {'wikinews', 'news', 'enwikinews'}, ['wikt'] = {'wiktionary', 'definition', 'enwiktionary'}, ['b'] = {'wikibooks', 'textbook', 'enwikibooks'}, ['v'] = {'wikiversity', 'course', 'enwikiversity'}, ['wikispecies'] = {'wikispecies', 'taxonomy', 'specieswiki'}, ['voy'] = {'wikivoyage', 'travel guide', 'enwikivoyage'}, ['d'] = {'wikidata', 'Wikidata item', 'wikidatawiki'}, ['m'] = {'meta', 'Meta', 'metawiki'} } -- sites is display order (keyed as above) local sites_in_order = {'w', 'c', 'c:Category', 'q', 'n', 'wikt', 'b', 'v', 'wikispecies', 'voy', 'd', 'm'} -- some properties are not wanted from certain transitive links -- for example, the P921 (main topic) should not add the Commons category -- this is a map of WD property -> WD site ID keys local transitiveLinkBlacklist = { P921 = {'commonswiki', 'wikiquote', 'wikinews', 'wiktionary', 'wikiversity', 'wikivoyage', 'meta'}, } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get the item associated with the current page, or specified by the 'wikidata' -- parameter (of either the module invocation, or the parent template). -- @return mw.wikibase.entity local function getItem(args) local item = nil -- Firstly, see if the calling tempate or module has a 'wikidata' argument. if args.wikidata then item = mw.wikibase.getEntity(args.wikidata) end -- Failing that just use the current page's item. if item == nil then item = mw.wikibase.getEntity() end return item end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get the page title of the first sitelink found on the target item for the -- given property. -- @return string|nil local function getFirstSitelink(item, property, sitename) local statements = item:getBestStatements(property) if #statements > 0 then -- Go through each 'edition of' statement. for _, statement in pairs(statements) do -- datavalue is missing if set to 'unknown value' if statement['mainsnak']['datatype'] == 'wikibase-item' and statement['mainsnak']['datavalue'] then local otherItemId = statement['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(otherItemId, sitename) -- If the parent has the required sitelink, return it. if sitelink ~= '' and sitelink ~= nil then -- mw.log(sitename, property, sitelink) return sitelink end end -- if end end return nil end local function listContains(list, item) for _, v in pairs(list) do if v == item then return true end end return false end local function transitivePropertyBlacklisted(prop, wdSitelinkKey) -- reject prop/key pairs that we don't want local blacklisted = transitiveLinkBlacklist[prop] and listContains(transitiveLinkBlacklist[prop], wdSitelinkKey) return blacklisted end function p.getLinks(args) local item = getItem(args) local links = {} -- Build all the wikitext links. for prefix, site in pairs(sites) do local val = nil local wd_sitelink_key = site[3] local arg_name = site[1] -- Allow overriding of individual sitelinks. if args[arg_name] then val = args[arg_name] end if not val and wd_sitelink_key ~= '' and item then -- fetch it from wikidata val = item:getSitelink(wd_sitelink_key) if wd_sitelink_key == 'wikidatawiki' and item.id then val = item.id elseif wd_sitelink_key == 'commonswiki' and val then -- we have link to commons local catFlag = (#val>9 and string.sub(val, 1, 9) == 'Category:') if (arg_name == 'commonscat' and catFlag==false) or (arg_name=='commons' and catFlag==true) then val = nil -- link is to a wrong namespace so let's nuke it elseif (arg_name =='commonscat' and catFlag==true) then val = string.sub(val,10) -- trim 'Category:' from the front end end end -- Commons gallery. if not val and arg_name == 'commons' and item then local statements = item:getBestStatements('P935') -- get commons gallery page from P935 property if statements[1] and statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue then val = statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value end end -- Commons category. if not val and arg_name == 'commonscat' and item then local statements = item:getBestStatements('P373') -- get commons category page from P373 property if statements[1] and statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue then val = statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value end end -- edition or translation of (P629) -- category's main topic (P301) -- Wikimedia portal's main topic (P1204) -- main subject (P921) if item then for _,prop in pairs({ 'P629', 'P301', 'P1204', 'P921' }) do if not val and not transitivePropertyBlacklisted(prop, wd_sitelink_key) then local workSitelink = getFirstSitelink(item, prop, wd_sitelink_key) if workSitelink ~= nil then val = workSitelink break end end end end if val then links[prefix] = val end end -- tidy up redundancies in the WD data -- strip redundant commons category prefix if links['c:Category'] then links['c:Category'] = links['c:Category']:gsub('^Category:', '') end -- the gallery is exactly the same as the category, so just keep the category if links['c'] and links['c:Category'] and ('Category:' .. links['c:Category']) == links['c'] then links['c'] = nil end return links end -------- local function construct_sisicon_span(args) return mw.html.create('span') :addClass(args.class or 'sisicon') :wikitext('[[File:' .. args.image .. '|frameless|18px|link=' .. args.link .. '|alt=' .. args.alt .. ']]') end -- Get an HTML list of all links to all sister projects. function p._interprojectPart(args) local item = getItem(args) local link_data = p.getLinks(args) local links = {} -- iterate the links in the desired order and construct Wikitext links for k, v in pairs(sites_in_order) do if link_data[v] then local display = sites[v][2] local target = v .. ':' .. link_data[v] table.insert(links, '[[' .. target .. '|' .. display .. ']]') end end if #links == 0 then -- links table length is zero return nil end return mw.html.create('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Wikimedia-logo.svg', link = 'Special:sitematrix', alt = 'Sister Projects' })) :wikitext('[[Special:sitematrix|sister projects]]: ' .. table.concat(links, ', ')) end function p.interprojectPart(frame) return p._interprojectPart(getArgs(frame)) end local function construct_related_links(sourceArgs, linkArgs, sisiconArgs) local links = {} for k, v in pairs(sourceArgs) do local key = string.gsub(string.gsub(string.gsub(string.gsub(k, ' ', ''), '_', ''), '-', ''), 's(%d*)$', '%1') if string.match(key, '^' .. linkArgs.param .. '%d*$') then local n = string.gsub(key, '^' .. linkArgs.param .. '(%d*)$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 if not links[n] then local items = mw.text.split(v, '%s*/%s*', false) local itemLinks = {} for _, item in pairs(items) do if item ~= '' then table.insert(itemLinks, '[[' .. linkArgs.nsPrefix .. item .. '|' .. item .. ']]') end end links[n] = table.concat(itemLinks, ', ') end end end links = TableTools.compressSparseArray(links) if #links == 0 then return nil end return mw.html.create('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span(sisiconArgs)) :wikitext(linkArgs.linkPrefix .. table.concat(links, ', ')) end function p._plain_sister(args) local current_frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local current_title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local pagename = current_title.text local item = getItem(args) -- construct list local ul_list = mw.html.create('ul'):addClass('plainSister') if yesno(args.disambiguation) then local dabText = 'Search for titles ' .. tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('selfreference'):wikitext('[[Special:Search/intitle:"' .. pagename .. '"|containing]]')) .. ' or ' if current_title:inNamespaces(14) then dabText = dabText .. '[[Special:Categories/' .. pagename .. '|beginning]]' elseif current_title:inNamespaces(0) then dabText = dabText .. '[[Special:PrefixIndex/' .. current_title.fullText .. '|beginning]]' else dabText = dabText .. '[[Special:PrefixIndex/' .. current_title.fullText .. '|beginning (in ' .. current_title.nsText .. 's)]]' end dabText = dabText .. ' with: "' .. pagename .. '"' ul_list:tag('li') :addClass('dabitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Disambiguation.svg', link = 'WS:STYLE#Disambiguation, versions and translations pages', alt = 'Style Guide for disambiguation, version and translation pages', class = 'dabicon' })) :wikitext(dabText) end local edition_title = (args.textinfotitle and mw.title.new(args.textinfotitle)) or (yesno(args.textinfo or args.edition) and current_title) or nil local edition_title_talk = edition_title and edition_title.talkPageTitle local tracking_cats = {} if args.edition then table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Plain sisters using edition parameter' .. ']]') end local textinfo_display if edition_title_talk and edition_title_talk.exists then textinfo_display = '[[' .. edition_title_talk.fullText .. '|information about this edition]]' elseif edition_title and not edition_title.exists then textinfo_display = error_message({'Textinfo page \"' .. edition_title.fullText .. '\" does not exist'}) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Plain sisters with nonexistent textinfo page' .. ']]') end if textinfo_display then ul_list:tag('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Information icon.svg', link = 'Template:Textinfo', alt = 'Documentation for the TextInfo template', })) :wikitext(textinfo_display) end local portalLI = construct_related_links( args, { param = 'portal', nsPrefix = 'Portal:', linkPrefix = '[[Portal:Portals|related portals]]: ' }, { image = 'Wikisource-logo.svg', link = 'Portal:Portals', alt = 'Related Portals' } ) if portalLI then ul_list:node(portalLI) end local authorLI = construct_related_links( args, { param = 'relatedauthor', nsPrefix = 'Author:', linkPrefix = '[[Wikisource:Authors|related authors]]: ' }, { image = 'System-users.svg', link = 'Wikisource:Authors', alt = 'Related Authors' } ) if authorLI then ul_list:node(authorLI) end local workLI = construct_related_links( args, { param = 'relatedwork', nsPrefix = '', linkPrefix = '[[Wikisource:Works|related works]]: ' }, { image = 'Nuvola apps bookcase.svg', link = 'Wikisource:Works', alt = 'Related Works' } ) if workLI then ul_list:node(workLI) end local sisters = p._interprojectPart(args) if sisters then ul_list:node(sisters) end if yesno(args.wikidataswitch) and not item then ul_list:tag('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Wikidata-logo.svg', link = 'Wikisource:Wikidata', alt = 'Wikidata', })) :wikitext('[[d:Special:Search/' .. pagename .. '|Search Wikidata]]') end if not yesno(args.disambiguation) and not textinfo_display and not portalLI and not authorLI and not workLI and not sisters and not yesno(args.wikidataswitch) then return nil end return current_frame:extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Plain sister/styles.css'}) .. tostring(ul_list) .. table.concat(tracking_cats) end function p.plain_sister(frame) return p._plain_sister(getArgs(frame)) end return p -- Debug console testing: -- =p.interprojectPart(mw.getCurrentFrame():newChild{title='nop',args={wikidata='Q23308118'}}) nmzmtvufe79bnzmp0p4tixdhurib1nx 32063 32062 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Plain_sister]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32062 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local error_message = require('Module:Error')['error'] -- table of site data local sites = { -- interwiki prefix: parameter, label and site id (for Wikidata) ['w'] = {'wikipedia', 'Wikipedia article', 'enwiki'}, ['c'] = {'commons', 'Commons gallery', 'commonswiki'}, ['c:Category'] = {'commonscat', 'Commons category', 'commonswiki'}, ['q'] = {'wikiquote', 'quotes', 'enwikiquote'}, ['n'] = {'wikinews', 'news', 'enwikinews'}, ['wikt'] = {'wiktionary', 'definition', 'enwiktionary'}, ['b'] = {'wikibooks', 'textbook', 'enwikibooks'}, ['v'] = {'wikiversity', 'course', 'enwikiversity'}, ['wikispecies'] = {'wikispecies', 'taxonomy', 'specieswiki'}, ['voy'] = {'wikivoyage', 'travel guide', 'enwikivoyage'}, ['d'] = {'wikidata', 'Wikidata item', 'wikidatawiki'}, ['m'] = {'meta', 'Meta', 'metawiki'} } -- sites is display order (keyed as above) local sites_in_order = {'w', 'c', 'c:Category', 'q', 'n', 'wikt', 'b', 'v', 'wikispecies', 'voy', 'd', 'm'} -- some properties are not wanted from certain transitive links -- for example, the P921 (main topic) should not add the Commons category -- this is a map of WD property -> WD site ID keys local transitiveLinkBlacklist = { P921 = {'commonswiki', 'wikiquote', 'wikinews', 'wiktionary', 'wikiversity', 'wikivoyage', 'meta'}, } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get the item associated with the current page, or specified by the 'wikidata' -- parameter (of either the module invocation, or the parent template). -- @return mw.wikibase.entity local function getItem(args) local item = nil -- Firstly, see if the calling tempate or module has a 'wikidata' argument. if args.wikidata then item = mw.wikibase.getEntity(args.wikidata) end -- Failing that just use the current page's item. if item == nil then item = mw.wikibase.getEntity() end return item end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Get the page title of the first sitelink found on the target item for the -- given property. -- @return string|nil local function getFirstSitelink(item, property, sitename) local statements = item:getBestStatements(property) if #statements > 0 then -- Go through each 'edition of' statement. for _, statement in pairs(statements) do -- datavalue is missing if set to 'unknown value' if statement['mainsnak']['datatype'] == 'wikibase-item' and statement['mainsnak']['datavalue'] then local otherItemId = statement['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id'] local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(otherItemId, sitename) -- If the parent has the required sitelink, return it. if sitelink ~= '' and sitelink ~= nil then -- mw.log(sitename, property, sitelink) return sitelink end end -- if end end return nil end local function listContains(list, item) for _, v in pairs(list) do if v == item then return true end end return false end local function transitivePropertyBlacklisted(prop, wdSitelinkKey) -- reject prop/key pairs that we don't want local blacklisted = transitiveLinkBlacklist[prop] and listContains(transitiveLinkBlacklist[prop], wdSitelinkKey) return blacklisted end function p.getLinks(args) local item = getItem(args) local links = {} -- Build all the wikitext links. for prefix, site in pairs(sites) do local val = nil local wd_sitelink_key = site[3] local arg_name = site[1] -- Allow overriding of individual sitelinks. if args[arg_name] then val = args[arg_name] end if not val and wd_sitelink_key ~= '' and item then -- fetch it from wikidata val = item:getSitelink(wd_sitelink_key) if wd_sitelink_key == 'wikidatawiki' and item.id then val = item.id elseif wd_sitelink_key == 'commonswiki' and val then -- we have link to commons local catFlag = (#val>9 and string.sub(val, 1, 9) == 'Category:') if (arg_name == 'commonscat' and catFlag==false) or (arg_name=='commons' and catFlag==true) then val = nil -- link is to a wrong namespace so let's nuke it elseif (arg_name =='commonscat' and catFlag==true) then val = string.sub(val,10) -- trim 'Category:' from the front end end end -- Commons gallery. if not val and arg_name == 'commons' and item then local statements = item:getBestStatements('P935') -- get commons gallery page from P935 property if statements[1] and statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue then val = statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value end end -- Commons category. if not val and arg_name == 'commonscat' and item then local statements = item:getBestStatements('P373') -- get commons category page from P373 property if statements[1] and statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue then val = statements[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value end end -- edition or translation of (P629) -- category's main topic (P301) -- Wikimedia portal's main topic (P1204) -- main subject (P921) if item then for _,prop in pairs({ 'P629', 'P301', 'P1204', 'P921' }) do if not val and not transitivePropertyBlacklisted(prop, wd_sitelink_key) then local workSitelink = getFirstSitelink(item, prop, wd_sitelink_key) if workSitelink ~= nil then val = workSitelink break end end end end if val then links[prefix] = val end end -- tidy up redundancies in the WD data -- strip redundant commons category prefix if links['c:Category'] then links['c:Category'] = links['c:Category']:gsub('^Category:', '') end -- the gallery is exactly the same as the category, so just keep the category if links['c'] and links['c:Category'] and ('Category:' .. links['c:Category']) == links['c'] then links['c'] = nil end return links end -------- local function construct_sisicon_span(args) return mw.html.create('span') :addClass(args.class or 'sisicon') :wikitext('[[File:' .. args.image .. '|frameless|18px|link=' .. args.link .. '|alt=' .. args.alt .. ']]') end -- Get an HTML list of all links to all sister projects. function p._interprojectPart(args) local item = getItem(args) local link_data = p.getLinks(args) local links = {} -- iterate the links in the desired order and construct Wikitext links for k, v in pairs(sites_in_order) do if link_data[v] then local display = sites[v][2] local target = v .. ':' .. link_data[v] table.insert(links, '[[' .. target .. '|' .. display .. ']]') end end if #links == 0 then -- links table length is zero return nil end return mw.html.create('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Wikimedia-logo.svg', link = 'Special:sitematrix', alt = 'Sister Projects' })) :wikitext('[[Special:sitematrix|sister projects]]: ' .. table.concat(links, ', ')) end function p.interprojectPart(frame) return p._interprojectPart(getArgs(frame)) end local function construct_related_links(sourceArgs, linkArgs, sisiconArgs) local links = {} for k, v in pairs(sourceArgs) do local key = string.gsub(string.gsub(string.gsub(string.gsub(k, ' ', ''), '_', ''), '-', ''), 's(%d*)$', '%1') if string.match(key, '^' .. linkArgs.param .. '%d*$') then local n = string.gsub(key, '^' .. linkArgs.param .. '(%d*)$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 if not links[n] then local items = mw.text.split(v, '%s*/%s*', false) local itemLinks = {} for _, item in pairs(items) do if item ~= '' then table.insert(itemLinks, '[[' .. linkArgs.nsPrefix .. item .. '|' .. item .. ']]') end end links[n] = table.concat(itemLinks, ', ') end end end links = TableTools.compressSparseArray(links) if #links == 0 then return nil end return mw.html.create('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span(sisiconArgs)) :wikitext(linkArgs.linkPrefix .. table.concat(links, ', ')) end function p._plain_sister(args) local current_frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local current_title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local pagename = current_title.text local item = getItem(args) -- construct list local ul_list = mw.html.create('ul'):addClass('plainSister') if yesno(args.disambiguation) then local dabText = 'Search for titles ' .. tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('selfreference'):wikitext('[[Special:Search/intitle:"' .. pagename .. '"|containing]]')) .. ' or ' if current_title:inNamespaces(14) then dabText = dabText .. '[[Special:Categories/' .. pagename .. '|beginning]]' elseif current_title:inNamespaces(0) then dabText = dabText .. '[[Special:PrefixIndex/' .. current_title.fullText .. '|beginning]]' else dabText = dabText .. '[[Special:PrefixIndex/' .. current_title.fullText .. '|beginning (in ' .. current_title.nsText .. 's)]]' end dabText = dabText .. ' with: "' .. pagename .. '"' ul_list:tag('li') :addClass('dabitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Disambiguation.svg', link = 'WS:STYLE#Disambiguation, versions and translations pages', alt = 'Style Guide for disambiguation, version and translation pages', class = 'dabicon' })) :wikitext(dabText) end local edition_title = (args.textinfotitle and mw.title.new(args.textinfotitle)) or (yesno(args.textinfo or args.edition) and current_title) or nil local edition_title_talk = edition_title and edition_title.talkPageTitle local tracking_cats = {} if args.edition then table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Plain sisters using edition parameter' .. ']]') end local textinfo_display if edition_title_talk and edition_title_talk.exists then textinfo_display = '[[' .. edition_title_talk.fullText .. '|information about this edition]]' elseif edition_title and not edition_title.exists then textinfo_display = error_message({'Textinfo page \"' .. edition_title.fullText .. '\" does not exist'}) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Plain sisters with nonexistent textinfo page' .. ']]') end if textinfo_display then ul_list:tag('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Information icon.svg', link = 'Template:Textinfo', alt = 'Documentation for the TextInfo template', })) :wikitext(textinfo_display) end local portalLI = construct_related_links( args, { param = 'portal', nsPrefix = 'Portal:', linkPrefix = '[[Portal:Portals|related portals]]: ' }, { image = 'Wikisource-logo.svg', link = 'Portal:Portals', alt = 'Related Portals' } ) if portalLI then ul_list:node(portalLI) end local authorLI = construct_related_links( args, { param = 'relatedauthor', nsPrefix = 'Author:', linkPrefix = '[[Wikisource:Authors|related authors]]: ' }, { image = 'System-users.svg', link = 'Wikisource:Authors', alt = 'Related Authors' } ) if authorLI then ul_list:node(authorLI) end local workLI = construct_related_links( args, { param = 'relatedwork', nsPrefix = '', linkPrefix = '[[Wikisource:Works|related works]]: ' }, { image = 'Nuvola apps bookcase.svg', link = 'Wikisource:Works', alt = 'Related Works' } ) if workLI then ul_list:node(workLI) end local sisters = p._interprojectPart(args) if sisters then ul_list:node(sisters) end if yesno(args.wikidataswitch) and not item then ul_list:tag('li') :addClass('sisitem') :node(construct_sisicon_span({ image = 'Wikidata-logo.svg', link = 'Wikisource:Wikidata', alt = 'Wikidata', })) :wikitext('[[d:Special:Search/' .. pagename .. '|Search Wikidata]]') end if not yesno(args.disambiguation) and not textinfo_display and not portalLI and not authorLI and not workLI and not sisters and not yesno(args.wikidataswitch) then return nil end return current_frame:extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Plain sister/styles.css'}) .. tostring(ul_list) .. table.concat(tracking_cats) end function p.plain_sister(frame) return p._plain_sister(getArgs(frame)) end return p -- Debug console testing: -- =p.interprojectPart(mw.getCurrentFrame():newChild{title='nop',args={wikidata='Q23308118'}}) nmzmtvufe79bnzmp0p4tixdhurib1nx 10 12963 32064 2025-07-05T06:54:09Z en>Fish bowl 0 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/15181708|15181708]] by [[Special:Contributions/41.145.193.121|41.145.193.121]] ([[User talk:41.145.193.121|talk]]) 32064 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Anchor/styles.css" /><span {{makeid|{{{a|{{{1|}}}}}}|blank=.}} title="Anchor:{{anchorencode:{{{a|{{{1|}}}}}}}}" class="wst-anchor {{{class|}}}">{{{label|{{{2|{{{1|}}}}}}}}}</span>{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:Isdigit|_isdigit|{{{a|{{{1|}}}}}}}}|true|[[Category:Anchor which is numeric]]|}}</onlyinclude> {{documentation}} syibplbw9yzsy3tnq541117yc5f6729 32065 32064 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Anchor+]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32064 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Anchor/styles.css" /><span {{makeid|{{{a|{{{1|}}}}}}|blank=.}} title="Anchor:{{anchorencode:{{{a|{{{1|}}}}}}}}" class="wst-anchor {{{class|}}}">{{{label|{{{2|{{{1|}}}}}}}}}</span>{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:Isdigit|_isdigit|{{{a|{{{1|}}}}}}}}|true|[[Category:Anchor which is numeric]]|}}</onlyinclude> {{documentation}} syibplbw9yzsy3tnq541117yc5f6729 10 12964 32066 2024-06-14T16:49:44Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Template:Yesno]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32066 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> bioaq6x8oitfnx7oqmfhviol4hbp1nd 32067 32066 2026-04-22T02:14:41Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Yesno]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32066 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> bioaq6x8oitfnx7oqmfhviol4hbp1nd 10 12965 32068 2024-02-16T15:45:12Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 Replaced content with "{{#invoke:Anchor|anchor}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude>" 32068 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Anchor|anchor}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 91xjolh50h68e2zwwmanttvyozyjrqd 32069 32068 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Anchor]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32068 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Anchor|anchor}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 91xjolh50h68e2zwwmanttvyozyjrqd 10 12966 32070 2017-09-29T13:07:54Z en>Beleg Tâl 0 19 revisions imported from [[:commons:Template:Str_left]]: Contains material copyrighted in source country 32070 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{heavily used template}} {{documentation}} </noinclude> tqfq8u3hctmwbhh4pvher9gkphm721b 32071 32070 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Str_left]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32070 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{heavily used template}} {{documentation}} </noinclude> tqfq8u3hctmwbhh4pvher9gkphm721b 10 12967 32072 2024-09-26T20:37:52Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 Delint - Does anything actually use the ID on this? 32072 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Shortcut/styles.css" /><includeonly><div <!--id="shortcut"--> class="wst-shortcut noprint"><div><div><div> <span>[[Wikisource:Shortcut|Shortcut]]:&#32;</span><br>{{{1}}} </div></div></div></div></includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> a94qk2ipe5k7yerjm567nz7e8m1wsh8 32073 32072 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Shortcut]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32072 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Shortcut/styles.css" /><includeonly><div <!--id="shortcut"--> class="wst-shortcut noprint"><div><div><div> <span>[[Wikisource:Shortcut|Shortcut]]:&#32;</span><br>{{{1}}} </div></div></div></div></includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> a94qk2ipe5k7yerjm567nz7e8m1wsh8 828 12968 32074 2024-03-31T19:49:51Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Auto parents]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32074 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') --[=[ Return a formatted list of links referring to the parents of the current page Parameters: * page: the page title to use, if not the current page name * display: an override display title to use for the top level. * no_links: if yes, do not link page titles * existing_links: if yes, check whether pages exist before making them links Example: * page = A/B/C/D => [[A|A]], [[A/B|B]], [[A/B/C|C]] * page = A/B/C, display=Foo => [[A|Foo]], [[A/B|B]] ]=] function p._parent_links(args) args = args or {} local no_links = yesno(args.no_links or args['no links']) or false local existing_links = yesno(args.existing_links or args['existing links']) or false -- select override page name if given local title if args['page'] then title = mw.title.new(args['page']) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end local title_text = title.prefixedText -- the parts of the page title local parts = mw.text.split(title_text, '/', true) -- collected links for each parent -- at the top level, substitute the work display name if needed -- don't include namespace in link name local links = { args['display'] or title.rootText } if not no_links and (not existing_links or (existing_links and mw.title.new(parts[1]).exists)) then links[1] = '[[' .. parts[1] .. '|' .. links[1] .. ']]' end -- count forwards from the second-highest level to the second-lowest -- (the lowest level is the current page, not a parent) for level = 2, #parts - 1, 1 do local link_name = parts[level] local link_target = table.concat(parts, '/', 1, level) -- construct the link wikitext local link if no_links then link = link_name elseif existing_links then if mw.title.new(link_target).exists then link = '[[' .. link_target .. '|' .. link_name .. ']]' else link = link_name end else link = '[[' .. link_target .. '|' .. link_name .. ']]' end table.insert(links, link) end return table.concat(links, ', ') end function p.parent_links(frame) return p._parent_links(getArgs(frame)) end return p j7sn3m9vhy2mcu49o2fno3trbn54cc8 32075 32074 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Auto_parents]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32074 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') --[=[ Return a formatted list of links referring to the parents of the current page Parameters: * page: the page title to use, if not the current page name * display: an override display title to use for the top level. * no_links: if yes, do not link page titles * existing_links: if yes, check whether pages exist before making them links Example: * page = A/B/C/D => [[A|A]], [[A/B|B]], [[A/B/C|C]] * page = A/B/C, display=Foo => [[A|Foo]], [[A/B|B]] ]=] function p._parent_links(args) args = args or {} local no_links = yesno(args.no_links or args['no links']) or false local existing_links = yesno(args.existing_links or args['existing links']) or false -- select override page name if given local title if args['page'] then title = mw.title.new(args['page']) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end local title_text = title.prefixedText -- the parts of the page title local parts = mw.text.split(title_text, '/', true) -- collected links for each parent -- at the top level, substitute the work display name if needed -- don't include namespace in link name local links = { args['display'] or title.rootText } if not no_links and (not existing_links or (existing_links and mw.title.new(parts[1]).exists)) then links[1] = '[[' .. parts[1] .. '|' .. links[1] .. ']]' end -- count forwards from the second-highest level to the second-lowest -- (the lowest level is the current page, not a parent) for level = 2, #parts - 1, 1 do local link_name = parts[level] local link_target = table.concat(parts, '/', 1, level) -- construct the link wikitext local link if no_links then link = link_name elseif existing_links then if mw.title.new(link_target).exists then link = '[[' .. link_target .. '|' .. link_name .. ']]' else link = link_name end else link = '[[' .. link_target .. '|' .. link_name .. ']]' end table.insert(links, link) end return table.concat(links, ', ') end function p.parent_links(frame) return p._parent_links(getArgs(frame)) end return p j7sn3m9vhy2mcu49o2fno3trbn54cc8 10 12969 32076 2022-09-03T06:54:12Z en>Xover 0 use max-width instead of width to allow it to shrink with shorter headings 32076 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:TOC_right/styles.css" />{{#if:{{{limit|}}}|<templatestyles src="Template:TOC limit/styles.css" />}}<!-- --><div class="tocright {{#if:{{{clear|}}}|tocright-clear-{{{clear|}}}}} {{#if:{{{limit|}}}|toclimit-{{{limit}}}}}" style="{{#if:{{{width|{{{1|}}}}}}|max-width: {{{width|{{{1}}}}}};}}">__TOC__</div><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> nqoxgl5w46pu5z80k5tlxnw1z730mul 32077 32076 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:TOC_right]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32076 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:TOC_right/styles.css" />{{#if:{{{limit|}}}|<templatestyles src="Template:TOC limit/styles.css" />}}<!-- --><div class="tocright {{#if:{{{clear|}}}|tocright-clear-{{{clear|}}}}} {{#if:{{{limit|}}}|toclimit-{{{limit}}}}}" style="{{#if:{{{width|{{{1|}}}}}}|max-width: {{{width|{{{1}}}}}};}}">__TOC__</div><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> nqoxgl5w46pu5z80k5tlxnw1z730mul 10 12970 32078 2024-08-04T20:19:05Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32078 sanitized-css text/css .tocright { float: right; clear: right; width: auto; background: none; padding: .5em 0 .8em 1.4em; margin-bottom: .5em; } .tocright-clear-left { clear: left; } .tocright-clear-both { clear: both; } .tocright-clear-none { clear: none; } /* on very small screens, don't allow a content "sliver" up the left side */ @media screen and ( max-width: 720px ) { .tocright { width: 100%; } } 8pdldcabbl3mdi2wgpqvne1s73zq9o4 32079 32078 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:TOC_right/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32078 sanitized-css text/css .tocright { float: right; clear: right; width: auto; background: none; padding: .5em 0 .8em 1.4em; margin-bottom: .5em; } .tocright-clear-left { clear: left; } .tocright-clear-both { clear: both; } .tocright-clear-none { clear: none; } /* on very small screens, don't allow a content "sliver" up the left side */ @media screen and ( max-width: 720px ) { .tocright { width: 100%; } } 8pdldcabbl3mdi2wgpqvne1s73zq9o4 10 12971 32080 2020-08-11T11:49:56Z en>Xover 0 convert to redirect to updated version imported from enwp 32080 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:TOC right]] tfpobd5x8b68zq6g7n1kinn14h0dhry 32081 32080 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:TOCright]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32080 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:TOC right]] tfpobd5x8b68zq6g7n1kinn14h0dhry 10 12972 32082 2025-07-05T06:54:06Z en>Fish bowl 0 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/15181714|15181714]] by [[Special:Contributions/41.145.193.121|41.145.193.121]] ([[User talk:41.145.193.121|talk]]) 32082 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Template:Parameter/styles.css" /><span class="wst-doc-parameter">{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> ovxxduap402ls1tuoyi5ofg7zulpmbi 32083 32082 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Parameter]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32082 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Template:Parameter/styles.css" /><span class="wst-doc-parameter">{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> ovxxduap402ls1tuoyi5ofg7zulpmbi 10 12973 32084 2025-07-19T17:18:22Z en>Alien333 0 update use counts 32084 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|{{high-use|4214}}<!--https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?psid=27045436-->|{{high-use|453170}}<!--https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?psid=26937518-->}} {{lua|Module:Header}} {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|{{uses TemplateStyles|Template:Header/styles.css|Template:Translation header/styles.css|Template:Header structure/styles.css}}|{{uses TemplateStyles|Template:Header/styles.css|Template:Header structure/styles.css}}}} <!-- PLEASE ADD TEMPLATE CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA -->{{TOCright}} This template can be preloaded via the [[Special:Preferences|Gadgets]], alternatively, one can preload [[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}/preload]]. <section begin="Usage" />{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" copy> {{translation header | title = | author = | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | language = | original = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" copy> {{header | title = | author = | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->}}<section end="Usage" /> This template is meant to be used at the top of a work<ref group=notes>Certain projects have customised versions of {{tl|header}} that are used to present these works, eg. {{tl|DNB00}} is used for the project involved with [[Dictionary of National Biography]]. For these works it is permissible and recommended that these variations are used. New alternatives to {{tl|header}} should be discussed on the talk page, and consequentially listed on each project's pages.</ref> in the {{#switch:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header='''Translation:'''|#default=main}} [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] and its subsections. Fill in any relevant information, and leave unknown or inapplicable parameters empty. For easy use, see also the ''[[Help:Header preloading script gadget|header preloading script gadget]]'' in your preferences. ==Documentation== ===Parameters=== ==== Standard ==== * {{parameter|title}} = title of the work, for subpage use [[#Relative links|relative links]] (mandatory) * {{parameter|author}} = name of author (automatically wikilinks) ** use [[#author-display|{{parameter|author-display}}]] to change how {{parameter|author}} displays ** where control of linking is required use [[#author-nolink|{{parameter|author-nolink}}]], and leave the field empty * {{parameter|section}} = name of subdivision of work, usually used on subpages, typically text without additional formatting * {{parameter|previous}} = name of previous part of work; relative links on subpages, full links otherwise * {{parameter|next}} = name of next part of work, relative links on subpages, full links otherwise * {{parameter|notes}} = notes to explain the work, to add context, or to impart concise information that adds value to the reader; for example, use of {{tl|listen}} ====Optional==== * Parameters modifying {{parameter|author}} ** {{anchor|author-display}}{{parameter|author-display}}, used to change how {{parameter|author}} displays. **: By default, <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill</syntaxhighlight> will produce the link [[Author:Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill|Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill]], and <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = Winston Churchill (1871-1947)</syntaxhighlight> will produce the link [[Author:Winston Churchill (1871-1947)|Winston Churchill]], but <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill | author-display = Winston Churchill</syntaxhighlight> will produce the link [[Author:Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill|Winston Churchill]]. ** {{anchor+|author-nolink|{{parameter|author-nolink}}}}, which disables automatic linking of the author parameter if true. **: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = the [[Portal:United States Congress|United States Congress]] | author-nolink = true</syntaxhighlight> will display the author as "the [[Portal:United States Congress|United States Congress]]". ** {{parameter|section-author}} = name of the author of this section, if not the same as author the overall work; or synonym {{parameter|contributor}}. ** {{parameter|author2}}, {{parameter|author2-display}}, {{parameter|section-author2}}, {{parameter|section-author2-display}}, etc. for additional authors. For example, <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author1 = Winston Churchill (1871-1947) | author2 = Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill | author2-display = Winston Churchill</syntaxhighlight> will display as "[[Author:Winston Churchill (1871-1947)|Winston Churchill]] and [[Author:Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill|Winston Churchill]]". ** {{anchor|override-author}}{{parameter|override-author}} = legacy parameter for unusual cases. When using this, please leave the author field empty. It is not possible to have more than one {{parameter|override-author}} parameter. * All attribution parameters have the same behavior as author w.r.t. <code>-display</code>, <code>-nolink</code>, <code>section-</code> and additional values. {{#invoke:Header/docdata|attrParamList}} * {{parameter|year}} = year of publication, adds work to the category for the year, see [[:Category:Works by year]]. *:Enter "?" for a work with no known publication year, and leave blank if you simply don't have this information. *:Do not use AD or CE for any Anno Domini/Current Era works (year 1 to the present). Use BCE (do not use BC) for all years before year 1; leave a space between the number and the letters (''e.g.'' <code>150 BCE</code>). *:Approximate dates can be entered in one of the following ways: *:#Decades, centuries or periods can be used instead of a year (''e.g.'' <code>1060s</code>, <code>11th century</code> or <code>Medieval</code>). *:#To use a year in the circa format, enter it as "c/Y" (''e.g.'' <code>c/1066</code> or <code>c/150 BCE</code>). (The use of "ca" or "circa" instead of "c" will also be recognised.) This will display as, for example, "c. 1066". *:#To use a approximate choice of two years, enter it as "Y/Y" (''e.g.'' <code>1066/1067</code>). This will display as it is written. *: The behaviour of this parameter can be further modified by: *:* {{parameter|noyear}} = will prevent the year being displayed in the header but will still add the work to the category for the year. For use in cases where the year is already included in the title of the work. Any use of this parameter, even without text, will work. Example: <code>| noyear = yes</code>. All pages with this parameter will be added to [[:Category:Pages with noyear]] for tracking its usage. *:* {{parameter|noyearcat}} = will display the year but in the header but will not add the work to the category for the year. For use in cases where a specific subcategory exists for the type of work to avoid flooding the main category for the year. As above, any use of the parameter will trigger this action. Pages will be added to the tracking category [[:Category:Pages with noyearcat]]. *:* {{parameter|nolanguagecat}} = will prevent the header from categorizing by language. Pages will be added to the tracking category [[:Category:Pages with nolanguagecat]]. * {{parameter|textinfo}} <code>= yes</code> to refer to further information on the work's talk page. * {{parameter|textinfotitle}} <code>= {{var|title}}</code> to refer to further information on another work's talk page. <!-- * {{parameter|categories}} = Forward-slash-separated list of categories; deprecated --> * {{parameter|shortcut}} = The shortcut to this page, if it exists. This is normally reserved for very large reference works (''e.g.'' [[EB11]]) * {{parameter|cover}} = The image used as a cover for the book when exported. Do not include the "File:" prefix, e.g. <code>Foobar.jpg</code>. You can use a page of a multi-page file using <code>Foobar.djvu/7</code>. * {{anchor+|defaultsort|{{parameter|sortkey}}, {{parameter|defaultsort}}}}: For sorting purposes the template will move the articles "a", "an" and "the" to the end of the title, on the root page and all its subpages; for example, [[The Times/1854/News/The Charge of the Light Brigade]] will be sorted as "Times, The/1854/News/Charge of the Light Brigade, The". To override this, set {{parameter|sortkey}} to the desired sort key, e.g. <code>sortkey = Charge of the Light Brigade, The</code>. * {{parameter|language}} = ISO code of the language in which the work was originally written ([[Template:ISO 639 name/doc|find the ISO code here]]—be sure to use the first one listed); adds work to the category for the original language; see [[:Category:Translations]]. Use with {{tl|translation header}} and {{tl|translations}}.<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header| * '''{{tl|Translation header}} only:''' ** {{parameter|original}} = name of the page that hosts the original language work (or chapter) on the [[:mul:|appropriate language Wikisource]]. A standard [[Help:Interlanguage links|interlanguage link]] to the original language work (or chapter) should also be present, though.<!-- -->}} * {{parameter|nocat}} <code>= true</code> to turn off automatic categorization (except for tracking categories) * See [[#Sister, related author, and portal wiki links|Sister, related author, and portal wiki links]] ** {{parameter|portal}} ** {{parameter|related-author}} * Sister wiki links are now typically now provided through Wikidata linking, which manages link rot issues. So while the parameters are shown here for fullness of scope, such usage would be used to override automated linking rather than as a primary use. ====All parameters==== <section begin="Full" />{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" highlight="9,20,23,25,28"> {{translation header | title = | author = | author-display = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = <!-- optional from here --> | year = | textinfo = | textinfotitle = | translator = | translator-display = | related-author = | portal = | contributor = | editor = | cover = | shortcut = <!-- modifying "year" behaviour; use one of --> | noyear = | noyearcat = <!-- modifying sorting behaviour --> | sortkey = <!-- translation header --> | language = | original = <!-- provided through wikidata, can be used to override wikidata --> | wikipedia = | commons = | commonscat = | wikiquote = | wikinews = | wiktionary = | wikibooks = | wikiversity = | wikispecies = | wikivoyage = | meta = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" highlight="9,20,23,25"> {{header | title = | author = | author-display = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = <!-- optional from here --> | year = | textinfo = | textinfotitle = | translator = | translator-display = | related-author = | portal = | contributor = | editor = | cover = | shortcut = <!-- modifying "year" behaviour; use one of --> | noyear = | noyearcat = <!-- modifying sorting behaviour --> | sortkey = <!-- provided through wikidata, can be used to override wikidata --> | wikipedia = | commons = | commonscat = | wikiquote = | wikinews = | wiktionary = | wikibooks = | wikiversity = | wikispecies = | wikivoyage = | meta = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->}}<section end="Full" /> ===Relative links=== With lengthy, multi-page works, using [[m:Help:Link#Subpage feature|relative links]] is highly recommended. This shortens the code and ensures that a work remains linked together even if it is moved or reorganised. The three formats are <nowiki>[[/subpage]]</nowiki> (subpage), <nowiki>[[../]]</nowiki> (parent), and <nowiki>[[../sibling]]</nowiki> (sibling)<ref>The specific form <nowiki>[[../sibling/]]</nowiki> can be used on a sibling to provide both a relative link, and the link label to a sibling page.</ref>; see the example usage below. Note that <nowiki>[[../]]</nowiki> will expand to the title of the parent page, which is ideal if the work is renamed at a later time. This depends on a page conforming to the page title standards in the [[WS:STYLE|Style guide]], with works in the form <nowiki>[[Work title]]</nowiki> and <nowiki>[[Work title/Subpage]]</nowiki>. {{smallrefs}} ===Chapter titles=== In general, include chapter titles in the "section" field, but avoid including them in the "previous" and "next" fields. For example: {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = [[../|Aurora de Chile]] | author = Camilo Henríquez | translator = | section = Issue 28. Thursday, August 20, 1812. Volume 1. | previous = [[../27|Issue 27]] | next = [[../29|Issue 29]] | language = es | original = | year = 1812 | notes = Click on the section headers to go to each article's individual page. }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = [[Translation:Aurora de Chile|Aurora de Chile]] | author = Camilo Henríquez | translator = | section = Issue 28. Thursday, August 20, 1812. Volume 1. | previous = [[Translation:Aurora de Chile/27|Issue 27]] | next = [[Translation:Aurora de Chile/29|Issue 29]] | language = es | original = | year = 1812 | notes = Click on the section headers to go to each article's individual page. }}<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = [[../|The Book of Scottish Song]] | author = | editor = Alexander Whitelaw | translator = | section = Jock o' Hazeldean | contributor = Walter Scott | previous = [[../Sing on, sing on/]] | next = [[../The Laird o' Cockpen/]] | year = 1843 | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = [[The Book of Scottish Song|The Book of Scottish Song]] | author = | editor = Alexander Whitelaw | translator = | section = Jock o' Hazeldean | contributor = Walter Scott | previous = [[The Book of Scottish Song/Sing on, sing on|Sing on, sing on]] | next = [[The Book of Scottish Song/The Laird o' Cockpen|The Laird o' Cockpen]] | year = 1843 | notes = }} }} }} ==Usage examples== ===Normal=== {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = [[../]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[../Chapter 2/]] | next = [[../Chapter 4/]] | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)|Alice's Adventures in Wonderland]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 2|Chapter 2]] | next = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 4|Chapter 4]] | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[../Chapter 2/]] | next = [[../Chapter 4/]] | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)|Alice's Adventures in Wonderland]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 2|Chapter 2]] | next = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 4|Chapter 4]] | notes = }} }} }} ===No author link=== {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} }} }} ===Translation=== {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = | previous = | next = | translator = Hammurabi | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = | previous = | next = | translator = Hammurabi | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = | previous = | next = | translator = Hammurabi | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Fables | author = Jean de La Fontaine | translator = Elizur Wright | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Fables | author = Jean de La Fontaine | translator = Elizur Wright | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} }} }} {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = Example | previous = | next = | translator1 = Robert Burns (1759-1796) | translator1-display = Robert Burns | translator2 = Federico García Lorca | section-translator = unknown | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = Example | previous = | next = | translator1 = Robert Burns (1759-1796) | translator1-display = Robert Burns | translator2 = Federico García Lorca | section-translator = unknown | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Pantagruel | author = François Rabelais | translator1 = Thomas Urquhart | translator2 = Peter Antony Motteux | section-translator = unknown | section = Example | previous = | next = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Pantagruel | author = François Rabelais | translator1 = Thomas Urquhart | translator2 = Peter Antony Motteux | section-translator = unknown | section = Example | previous = | next = | notes = }} }} }} ==Categories== <pre> | categories = 1st category / 2nd category </pre> '''Note:''' that use of this methodology excludes further editing by use of the ''HotCat'' tool, so this form should only be used where the categories are unlikely to need to be altered ==Sister, related author, and portal wiki links== You can link to Wikisource portals and other WMF projects using the optional wiki links parameters '''where required to override the data''' provided from Wikidata. These are: *{{parameter|portal}}, {{parameter|related-author}} * {{parameter|wikipedia}}, {{parameter|wikispecies}}, {{parameter|commons}}, {{parameter|commonscat}}, {{parameter|wikiquote}}, {{parameter|wikinews}}, {{parameter|wiktionary}}, {{parameter|wikibooks}}, {{parameter|wikiversity}}, {{parameter|meta}} are typically applied from Wikidata data through interwiki links, or through linking of {{property|P921}} so should only be used to override the default For portal this would generally be added to the root page of a work, rather than added repeatedly for each subpage. Usage on a subpage would be useful where the subpage alone has a relationship with the specified portal, whereas the parent work does not have that relationship. {{smaller|These links are generated using {{tl|plain sister}}}} {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} }} }} ;List * {{parameter|wikipedia}} * {{parameter|commons}} * {{parameter|commonscat}} * {{parameter|wikiquote}} * {{parameter|wikinews}} * {{parameter|wiktionary}} * {{parameter|wikibooks}} * {{parameter|wikiversity}} * {{parameter|wikispecies}} * {{parameter|wikivoyage}} * {{parameter|wikidata}} * {{parameter|meta}} ==Shortcuts== If a work has a shortcut, you can add it using the {{parameter|shortcut}} field. This should be in accordance with the [[WS:SHORT|shortcut guidelines]], and shortcuts should ''not'' be used for every work. {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} }} }} ==Advanced manipulation== ===Alternative headers=== <references group=notes /> ===JavaScript extraction=== The header values can be extracted using [[w:JavaScript|JavaScript]] by accessing the text values of their span wrappers: {| class="wikitable" ! value ! wrapper id |- | title | header-title-text |- | author | header-author-text |- | translator | header-translator-text |- | previous | headerprevious |- | next | headernext |- | notes | ''none'' |} == Microformat == {{UF-hcard-person}} == Technical == This template delegates some logic to Lua modules and uses sub templates to divide up the structural code: * [[Module:Header]] the main logic for parameter handling == Tracking categories == This template uses categories to track maintenance tasks, errors, and feature usage, which are grouped in [[:Category:Header tracking categories]]. ==See also== * [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template]] for the auto-generated header available with <code><nowiki><pages header=1/></nowiki></code> * {{tl|textinfo}} for recording information on work's talk page * {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|{{tl|header}} for template header used in mainspace|{{tl|translation header}} for template header used in '''Translation:''' namespace}} * {{tl|versions}} and {{tl|translations}} which also use {{ml|Header|header}} * {{tl|author}} for template header used in Author: namespace * {{tl|process header}} for template header used in Wikisource: namespace * {{tl|portal header}} for template header used in Portal: namespace * {{tl|RunningHeader}} for the headers to be used in source texts * <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere|target=Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}&namespace=10}} Derived templates leveraging Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}]</span> Templates called by this template: * {{tl|plain sister}} * {{tl|shortcut}} <!-- categories --> <includeonly> [[Category:Header templates]] [[Category:Templates emitting hCard microformats]] [[Category:Exclude in print]] {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|[[Category:Translation templates]]}} </includeonly> qh7x7ia2465yc35a4tb4tmzockyl835 32085 32084 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Header/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32084 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|{{high-use|4214}}<!--https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?psid=27045436-->|{{high-use|453170}}<!--https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?psid=26937518-->}} {{lua|Module:Header}} {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|{{uses TemplateStyles|Template:Header/styles.css|Template:Translation header/styles.css|Template:Header structure/styles.css}}|{{uses TemplateStyles|Template:Header/styles.css|Template:Header structure/styles.css}}}} <!-- PLEASE ADD TEMPLATE CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA -->{{TOCright}} This template can be preloaded via the [[Special:Preferences|Gadgets]], alternatively, one can preload [[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}/preload]]. <section begin="Usage" />{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" copy> {{translation header | title = | author = | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | language = | original = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" copy> {{header | title = | author = | translator = | section = | previous = | next = | year = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->}}<section end="Usage" /> This template is meant to be used at the top of a work<ref group=notes>Certain projects have customised versions of {{tl|header}} that are used to present these works, eg. {{tl|DNB00}} is used for the project involved with [[Dictionary of National Biography]]. For these works it is permissible and recommended that these variations are used. New alternatives to {{tl|header}} should be discussed on the talk page, and consequentially listed on each project's pages.</ref> in the {{#switch:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header='''Translation:'''|#default=main}} [[Help:Namespaces|namespace]] and its subsections. Fill in any relevant information, and leave unknown or inapplicable parameters empty. For easy use, see also the ''[[Help:Header preloading script gadget|header preloading script gadget]]'' in your preferences. ==Documentation== ===Parameters=== ==== Standard ==== * {{parameter|title}} = title of the work, for subpage use [[#Relative links|relative links]] (mandatory) * {{parameter|author}} = name of author (automatically wikilinks) ** use [[#author-display|{{parameter|author-display}}]] to change how {{parameter|author}} displays ** where control of linking is required use [[#author-nolink|{{parameter|author-nolink}}]], and leave the field empty * {{parameter|section}} = name of subdivision of work, usually used on subpages, typically text without additional formatting * {{parameter|previous}} = name of previous part of work; relative links on subpages, full links otherwise * {{parameter|next}} = name of next part of work, relative links on subpages, full links otherwise * {{parameter|notes}} = notes to explain the work, to add context, or to impart concise information that adds value to the reader; for example, use of {{tl|listen}} ====Optional==== * Parameters modifying {{parameter|author}} ** {{anchor|author-display}}{{parameter|author-display}}, used to change how {{parameter|author}} displays. **: By default, <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill</syntaxhighlight> will produce the link [[Author:Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill|Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill]], and <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = Winston Churchill (1871-1947)</syntaxhighlight> will produce the link [[Author:Winston Churchill (1871-1947)|Winston Churchill]], but <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill | author-display = Winston Churchill</syntaxhighlight> will produce the link [[Author:Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill|Winston Churchill]]. ** {{anchor+|author-nolink|{{parameter|author-nolink}}}}, which disables automatic linking of the author parameter if true. **: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author = the [[Portal:United States Congress|United States Congress]] | author-nolink = true</syntaxhighlight> will display the author as "the [[Portal:United States Congress|United States Congress]]". ** {{parameter|section-author}} = name of the author of this section, if not the same as author the overall work; or synonym {{parameter|contributor}}. ** {{parameter|author2}}, {{parameter|author2-display}}, {{parameter|section-author2}}, {{parameter|section-author2-display}}, etc. for additional authors. For example, <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline>| author1 = Winston Churchill (1871-1947) | author2 = Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill | author2-display = Winston Churchill</syntaxhighlight> will display as "[[Author:Winston Churchill (1871-1947)|Winston Churchill]] and [[Author:Winston Leonard Spencer Churchill|Winston Churchill]]". ** {{anchor|override-author}}{{parameter|override-author}} = legacy parameter for unusual cases. When using this, please leave the author field empty. It is not possible to have more than one {{parameter|override-author}} parameter. * All attribution parameters have the same behavior as author w.r.t. <code>-display</code>, <code>-nolink</code>, <code>section-</code> and additional values. {{#invoke:Header/docdata|attrParamList}} * {{parameter|year}} = year of publication, adds work to the category for the year, see [[:Category:Works by year]]. *:Enter "?" for a work with no known publication year, and leave blank if you simply don't have this information. *:Do not use AD or CE for any Anno Domini/Current Era works (year 1 to the present). Use BCE (do not use BC) for all years before year 1; leave a space between the number and the letters (''e.g.'' <code>150 BCE</code>). *:Approximate dates can be entered in one of the following ways: *:#Decades, centuries or periods can be used instead of a year (''e.g.'' <code>1060s</code>, <code>11th century</code> or <code>Medieval</code>). *:#To use a year in the circa format, enter it as "c/Y" (''e.g.'' <code>c/1066</code> or <code>c/150 BCE</code>). (The use of "ca" or "circa" instead of "c" will also be recognised.) This will display as, for example, "c. 1066". *:#To use a approximate choice of two years, enter it as "Y/Y" (''e.g.'' <code>1066/1067</code>). This will display as it is written. *: The behaviour of this parameter can be further modified by: *:* {{parameter|noyear}} = will prevent the year being displayed in the header but will still add the work to the category for the year. For use in cases where the year is already included in the title of the work. Any use of this parameter, even without text, will work. Example: <code>| noyear = yes</code>. All pages with this parameter will be added to [[:Category:Pages with noyear]] for tracking its usage. *:* {{parameter|noyearcat}} = will display the year but in the header but will not add the work to the category for the year. For use in cases where a specific subcategory exists for the type of work to avoid flooding the main category for the year. As above, any use of the parameter will trigger this action. Pages will be added to the tracking category [[:Category:Pages with noyearcat]]. *:* {{parameter|nolanguagecat}} = will prevent the header from categorizing by language. Pages will be added to the tracking category [[:Category:Pages with nolanguagecat]]. * {{parameter|textinfo}} <code>= yes</code> to refer to further information on the work's talk page. * {{parameter|textinfotitle}} <code>= {{var|title}}</code> to refer to further information on another work's talk page. <!-- * {{parameter|categories}} = Forward-slash-separated list of categories; deprecated --> * {{parameter|shortcut}} = The shortcut to this page, if it exists. This is normally reserved for very large reference works (''e.g.'' [[EB11]]) * {{parameter|cover}} = The image used as a cover for the book when exported. Do not include the "File:" prefix, e.g. <code>Foobar.jpg</code>. You can use a page of a multi-page file using <code>Foobar.djvu/7</code>. * {{anchor+|defaultsort|{{parameter|sortkey}}, {{parameter|defaultsort}}}}: For sorting purposes the template will move the articles "a", "an" and "the" to the end of the title, on the root page and all its subpages; for example, [[The Times/1854/News/The Charge of the Light Brigade]] will be sorted as "Times, The/1854/News/Charge of the Light Brigade, The". To override this, set {{parameter|sortkey}} to the desired sort key, e.g. <code>sortkey = Charge of the Light Brigade, The</code>. * {{parameter|language}} = ISO code of the language in which the work was originally written ([[Template:ISO 639 name/doc|find the ISO code here]]—be sure to use the first one listed); adds work to the category for the original language; see [[:Category:Translations]]. Use with {{tl|translation header}} and {{tl|translations}}.<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header| * '''{{tl|Translation header}} only:''' ** {{parameter|original}} = name of the page that hosts the original language work (or chapter) on the [[:mul:|appropriate language Wikisource]]. A standard [[Help:Interlanguage links|interlanguage link]] to the original language work (or chapter) should also be present, though.<!-- -->}} * {{parameter|nocat}} <code>= true</code> to turn off automatic categorization (except for tracking categories) * See [[#Sister, related author, and portal wiki links|Sister, related author, and portal wiki links]] ** {{parameter|portal}} ** {{parameter|related-author}} * Sister wiki links are now typically now provided through Wikidata linking, which manages link rot issues. So while the parameters are shown here for fullness of scope, such usage would be used to override automated linking rather than as a primary use. ====All parameters==== <section begin="Full" />{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" highlight="9,20,23,25,28"> {{translation header | title = | author = | author-display = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = <!-- optional from here --> | year = | textinfo = | textinfotitle = | translator = | translator-display = | related-author = | portal = | contributor = | editor = | cover = | shortcut = <!-- modifying "year" behaviour; use one of --> | noyear = | noyearcat = <!-- modifying sorting behaviour --> | sortkey = <!-- translation header --> | language = | original = <!-- provided through wikidata, can be used to override wikidata --> | wikipedia = | commons = | commonscat = | wikiquote = | wikinews = | wiktionary = | wikibooks = | wikiversity = | wikispecies = | wikivoyage = | meta = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" highlight="9,20,23,25"> {{header | title = | author = | author-display = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = <!-- optional from here --> | year = | textinfo = | textinfotitle = | translator = | translator-display = | related-author = | portal = | contributor = | editor = | cover = | shortcut = <!-- modifying "year" behaviour; use one of --> | noyear = | noyearcat = <!-- modifying sorting behaviour --> | sortkey = <!-- provided through wikidata, can be used to override wikidata --> | wikipedia = | commons = | commonscat = | wikiquote = | wikinews = | wiktionary = | wikibooks = | wikiversity = | wikispecies = | wikivoyage = | meta = }} </syntaxhighlight><!-- -->}}<section end="Full" /> ===Relative links=== With lengthy, multi-page works, using [[m:Help:Link#Subpage feature|relative links]] is highly recommended. This shortens the code and ensures that a work remains linked together even if it is moved or reorganised. The three formats are <nowiki>[[/subpage]]</nowiki> (subpage), <nowiki>[[../]]</nowiki> (parent), and <nowiki>[[../sibling]]</nowiki> (sibling)<ref>The specific form <nowiki>[[../sibling/]]</nowiki> can be used on a sibling to provide both a relative link, and the link label to a sibling page.</ref>; see the example usage below. Note that <nowiki>[[../]]</nowiki> will expand to the title of the parent page, which is ideal if the work is renamed at a later time. This depends on a page conforming to the page title standards in the [[WS:STYLE|Style guide]], with works in the form <nowiki>[[Work title]]</nowiki> and <nowiki>[[Work title/Subpage]]</nowiki>. {{smallrefs}} ===Chapter titles=== In general, include chapter titles in the "section" field, but avoid including them in the "previous" and "next" fields. For example: {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = [[../|Aurora de Chile]] | author = Camilo Henríquez | translator = | section = Issue 28. Thursday, August 20, 1812. Volume 1. | previous = [[../27|Issue 27]] | next = [[../29|Issue 29]] | language = es | original = | year = 1812 | notes = Click on the section headers to go to each article's individual page. }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = [[Translation:Aurora de Chile|Aurora de Chile]] | author = Camilo Henríquez | translator = | section = Issue 28. Thursday, August 20, 1812. Volume 1. | previous = [[Translation:Aurora de Chile/27|Issue 27]] | next = [[Translation:Aurora de Chile/29|Issue 29]] | language = es | original = | year = 1812 | notes = Click on the section headers to go to each article's individual page. }}<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = [[../|The Book of Scottish Song]] | author = | editor = Alexander Whitelaw | translator = | section = Jock o' Hazeldean | contributor = Walter Scott | previous = [[../Sing on, sing on/]] | next = [[../The Laird o' Cockpen/]] | year = 1843 | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = [[The Book of Scottish Song|The Book of Scottish Song]] | author = | editor = Alexander Whitelaw | translator = | section = Jock o' Hazeldean | contributor = Walter Scott | previous = [[The Book of Scottish Song/Sing on, sing on|Sing on, sing on]] | next = [[The Book of Scottish Song/The Laird o' Cockpen|The Laird o' Cockpen]] | year = 1843 | notes = }} }} }} ==Usage examples== ===Normal=== {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = [[../]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[../Chapter 2/]] | next = [[../Chapter 4/]] | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)|Alice's Adventures in Wonderland]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 2|Chapter 2]] | next = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 4|Chapter 4]] | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = [[../]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[../Chapter 2/]] | next = [[../Chapter 4/]] | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)|Alice's Adventures in Wonderland]] | author = Lewis Carroll | section = Chapter 3: A Caucus-Race and a Long Tale | previous = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 2|Chapter 2]] | next = [[Alice's Adventures in Wonderland (1866)/Chapter 4|Chapter 4]] | notes = }} }} }} ===No author link=== {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Peerage Act 1963 | author = the [[Portal:Parliament of the United Kingdom|Parliament of the United Kingdom]] | author-nolink = true | section = | previous = | next = | year = 1963 | noyear = true | notes = }} }} }} ===Translation=== {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = | previous = | next = | translator = Hammurabi | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = | previous = | next = | translator = Hammurabi | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = | previous = | next = | translator = Hammurabi | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Fables | author = Jean de La Fontaine | translator = Elizur Wright | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Fables | author = Jean de La Fontaine | translator = Elizur Wright | section = | previous = | next = | notes = }} }} }} {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = Example | previous = | next = | translator1 = Robert Burns (1759-1796) | translator1-display = Robert Burns | translator2 = Federico García Lorca | section-translator = unknown | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Sleeping Beauty | author = | section = Example | previous = | next = | translator1 = Robert Burns (1759-1796) | translator1-display = Robert Burns | translator2 = Federico García Lorca | section-translator = unknown | year = 1900 | language = es | original = La bella durmiente del bosque | commonscat = La bella durmiente del bosque | notes = }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Pantagruel | author = François Rabelais | translator1 = Thomas Urquhart | translator2 = Peter Antony Motteux | section-translator = unknown | section = Example | previous = | next = | notes = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Pantagruel | author = François Rabelais | translator1 = Thomas Urquhart | translator2 = Peter Antony Motteux | section-translator = unknown | section = Example | previous = | next = | notes = }} }} }} ==Categories== <pre> | categories = 1st category / 2nd category </pre> '''Note:''' that use of this methodology excludes further editing by use of the ''HotCat'' tool, so this form should only be used where the categories are unlikely to need to be altered ==Sister, related author, and portal wiki links== You can link to Wikisource portals and other WMF projects using the optional wiki links parameters '''where required to override the data''' provided from Wikidata. These are: *{{parameter|portal}}, {{parameter|related-author}} * {{parameter|wikipedia}}, {{parameter|wikispecies}}, {{parameter|commons}}, {{parameter|commonscat}}, {{parameter|wikiquote}}, {{parameter|wikinews}}, {{parameter|wiktionary}}, {{parameter|wikibooks}}, {{parameter|wikiversity}}, {{parameter|meta}} are typically applied from Wikidata data through interwiki links, or through linking of {{property|P921}} so should only be used to override the default For portal this would generally be added to the root page of a work, rather than added repeatedly for each subpage. Usage on a subpage would be useful where the subpage alone has a relationship with the specified portal, whereas the parent work does not have that relationship. {{smaller|These links are generated using {{tl|plain sister}}}} {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = Kinematics of Machinery | author = Franz Reuleaux | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | portal1 = Technology | portal2 = Germany | wikipedia = Kinematics of Machinery | related-author = Albert Einstein }} }} }} ;List * {{parameter|wikipedia}} * {{parameter|commons}} * {{parameter|commonscat}} * {{parameter|wikiquote}} * {{parameter|wikinews}} * {{parameter|wiktionary}} * {{parameter|wikibooks}} * {{parameter|wikiversity}} * {{parameter|wikispecies}} * {{parameter|wikivoyage}} * {{parameter|wikidata}} * {{parameter|meta}} ==Shortcuts== If a work has a shortcut, you can add it using the {{parameter|shortcut}} field. This should be in accordance with the [[WS:SHORT|shortcut guidelines]], and shortcuts should ''not'' be used for every work. {{doc example| {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header<!-- -->|<!--TODO: replace with translation header example--><syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{translation header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} </syntaxhighlight> {{translation header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} |<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} </syntaxhighlight> {{header | title = 1911 Encyclopædia Britannica | author = | section = | previous = | next = | notes = | shortcut = [[EB1911]] }} }} }} ==Advanced manipulation== ===Alternative headers=== <references group=notes /> ===JavaScript extraction=== The header values can be extracted using [[w:JavaScript|JavaScript]] by accessing the text values of their span wrappers: {| class="wikitable" ! value ! wrapper id |- | title | header-title-text |- | author | header-author-text |- | translator | header-translator-text |- | previous | headerprevious |- | next | headernext |- | notes | ''none'' |} == Microformat == {{UF-hcard-person}} == Technical == This template delegates some logic to Lua modules and uses sub templates to divide up the structural code: * [[Module:Header]] the main logic for parameter handling == Tracking categories == This template uses categories to track maintenance tasks, errors, and feature usage, which are grouped in [[:Category:Header tracking categories]]. ==See also== * [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template]] for the auto-generated header available with <code><nowiki><pages header=1/></nowiki></code> * {{tl|textinfo}} for recording information on work's talk page * {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|{{tl|header}} for template header used in mainspace|{{tl|translation header}} for template header used in '''Translation:''' namespace}} * {{tl|versions}} and {{tl|translations}} which also use {{ml|Header|header}} * {{tl|author}} for template header used in Author: namespace * {{tl|process header}} for template header used in Wikisource: namespace * {{tl|portal header}} for template header used in Portal: namespace * {{tl|RunningHeader}} for the headers to be used in source texts * <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere|target=Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}&namespace=10}} Derived templates leveraging Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}]</span> Templates called by this template: * {{tl|plain sister}} * {{tl|shortcut}} <!-- categories --> <includeonly> [[Category:Header templates]] [[Category:Templates emitting hCard microformats]] [[Category:Exclude in print]] {{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Translation header|[[Category:Translation templates]]}} </includeonly> qh7x7ia2465yc35a4tb4tmzockyl835 10 12974 32086 2020-11-21T01:33:39Z en>Uzume 0 sync from [[d:Template:Label]] 32086 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{item|{{{1|}}} }}}| {{#invoke:Wikidata label|getLabel |item={{{item|{{{1|}}} }}} |lang={{{lang|{{{2|}}} }}} |link={{{link|-}}} |capitalization={{{capitalization|none}}} |show_id={{{show_id|}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> 3n5b146mlbpr2piyuavzxrctzu75y5c 32087 32086 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Label]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32086 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{item|{{{1|}}} }}}| {{#invoke:Wikidata label|getLabel |item={{{item|{{{1|}}} }}} |lang={{{lang|{{{2|}}} }}} |link={{{link|-}}} |capitalization={{{capitalization|none}}} |show_id={{{show_id|}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> 3n5b146mlbpr2piyuavzxrctzu75y5c 10 12975 32088 2025-07-05T06:54:06Z en>Fish bowl 0 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/15181713|15181713]] by [[Special:Contributions/41.145.193.121|41.145.193.121]] ([[User talk:41.145.193.121|talk]]) 32088 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Wikidata property link]] hnd6qym6gp623hmrowx5b3lbsghmzbj 32089 32088 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Property]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32088 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Wikidata property link]] hnd6qym6gp623hmrowx5b3lbsghmzbj 10 12976 32090 2025-07-05T06:54:07Z en>Fish bowl 0 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/15181712|15181712]] by [[Special:Contributions/41.145.193.121|41.145.193.121]] ([[User talk:41.145.193.121|talk]]) 32090 wikitext text/x-wiki The HTML markup produced by this template includes an [[:w:HCard|hCard microformat]], which makes the person's details [[:w:Parsing|parsable]] by computers, either acting automatically to catalogue articles across Wikipedia or via a browser tool operated by a reader, to (for example) add the subject to an address book or database. For more information about the use of [[:w:microformat|microformats]] on Wikimedia projects, please see [[:w:Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats|Wikipedia's microformat project]]. === Sub-templates === <!--Date-of-birth ("bday") information will only be included in the microformat if {{tl|Birth date}} or {{tl|Birth date and age}}, are used in the infobox. ([[:w:Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats/dates|but do not use these if the date is before 1583]]).--> To include a URL, use {{Tl|URL}}. '''Please do not remove instances of these sub-templates.''' === Classes === hCard uses HTML classes including: *adr *agent *bday *birthplace *category *country-name *deathdate *deathplace *extended-address *family-name *fn (required) *given-name *honorific-prefix *honorific-suffix *label *locality *n *nickname *note *org *role *url *vcard '''Please do not rename or remove these classes; nor collapse nested elements which use them.'''<includeonly>{{#ifeq: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc||{{#ifeq: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox||[[Category:Templates generating hCards|{{PAGENAME}}]]}}}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}} </noinclude> e52z6047eyioixtro4f127xjmliyksi 32091 32090 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:UF-hcard-person]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32090 wikitext text/x-wiki The HTML markup produced by this template includes an [[:w:HCard|hCard microformat]], which makes the person's details [[:w:Parsing|parsable]] by computers, either acting automatically to catalogue articles across Wikipedia or via a browser tool operated by a reader, to (for example) add the subject to an address book or database. For more information about the use of [[:w:microformat|microformats]] on Wikimedia projects, please see [[:w:Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats|Wikipedia's microformat project]]. === Sub-templates === <!--Date-of-birth ("bday") information will only be included in the microformat if {{tl|Birth date}} or {{tl|Birth date and age}}, are used in the infobox. ([[:w:Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats/dates|but do not use these if the date is before 1583]]).--> To include a URL, use {{Tl|URL}}. '''Please do not remove instances of these sub-templates.''' === Classes === hCard uses HTML classes including: *adr *agent *bday *birthplace *category *country-name *deathdate *deathplace *extended-address *family-name *fn (required) *given-name *honorific-prefix *honorific-suffix *label *locality *n *nickname *note *org *role *url *vcard '''Please do not rename or remove these classes; nor collapse nested elements which use them.'''<includeonly>{{#ifeq: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc||{{#ifeq: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox||[[Category:Templates generating hCards|{{PAGENAME}}]]}}}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}} </noinclude> e52z6047eyioixtro4f127xjmliyksi 10 12977 32092 2019-10-20T07:22:16Z en>Xover 0 5 revisions imported from [[:w:Template:Wikidata_property_link]]: Importing template from enwp 32092 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{id|}}}|1}}}} | N <!--none--> = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}]] | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}]] }} | O <!--only--> = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]] | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]] }} | F <!--first--> = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]]{{#if:{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}|&#58; <small>{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}</small>}} | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]]{{#if:{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}|&#58; <small>{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}</small>}} }} | #default = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}} <small>({{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}})</small>]] | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}} <small>(P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}})</small>]] }} }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> h2vf8h846bjwkg7ijv7x7856ifr5wim 32093 32092 2026-04-22T02:14:42Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Wikidata_property_link]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32092 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{id|}}}|1}}}} | N <!--none--> = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}]] | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}]] }} | O <!--only--> = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]] | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]] }} | F <!--first--> = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]]{{#if:{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}|&#58; <small>{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}</small>}} | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}]]{{#if:{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}|&#58; <small>{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}}</small>}} }} | #default = {{#switch: {{uc:{{Str left|{{{1|}}}|1}}}} | P = [[d:Property:{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}} <small>({{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}})</small>]] | [[d:Property:P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}|{{Label|P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}}}} <small>(P{{#if:1|{{{1|}}}}})</small>]] }} }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> h2vf8h846bjwkg7ijv7x7856ifr5wim 828 12978 32094 2025-03-13T08:33:26Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 sync from [[commons:Module:Wikidata label]] 32094 Scribunto text/plain --[[ __ __ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | \/ | ___ __| |_ _| | ___ \ \ / (_) | _(_) __| | __ _| |_ __ _ | | __ _| |__ ___| | | |\/| |/ _ \ / _` | | | | |/ _ (_) \ /\ / /| | |/ / |/ _` |/ _` | __/ _` | | |/ _` | '_ \ / _ \ | | | | | (_) | (_| | |_| | | __/_ \ V V / | | <| | (_| | (_| | || (_| | | | (_| | |_) | __/ | |_| |_|\___/ \__,_|\__,_|_|\___(_) \_/\_/ |_|_|\_\_|\__,_|\__,_|\__\__,_| |_|\__,_|_.__/ \___|_| This module is intended to be the engine behind "Template:Label". This module was copied from Commons please ask for changes there. Please do not modify this code without applying the changes first at "Module:Wikidata label/sandbox" and testing at "Module:Wikidata label/testcases". Authors and maintainers: * User:Jarekt - original version ]] require('strict') -- used for debugging purposes as it detects cases of unintended global variables --============================================= --=== Internal functions ====================== --============================================= --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Normalize input arguments by converting them all to lower case and -- replacing space with "_" in the argument name. Also empty strings are -- converted to nils. Arguments are collected from arguments passed to the -- module and if missing from the template that calls the module local function getArgs(frame) local function normalize_input_args(input_args, output_args) for name, value in pairs( input_args ) do value = mw.text.trim(value) -- trim whitespaces from the beggining and the end of the string if value ~= '' then -- nuke empty strings if type(name)=='string' then name = string.gsub( string.lower(name), ' ', '_') end output_args[name] = value end end return output_args end local args = {} args = normalize_input_args(frame:getParent().args, args) args = normalize_input_args(frame.args, args) return args end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to Module:Yesno but does not assume val is a string local function yesno(val, default) if type(val) == 'boolean' then return val elseif type(val) == 'number' then if val == 1 then return true elseif val == 0 then return false end elseif type(val) == 'string' then val = mw.ustring.lower(val) -- put in lower case if val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == '0' then return false elseif val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == '1' then return true end end return default end ------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- get message in a given language -- INPUTS: -- * msg - name of a message. For it to work [[MediaWiki:msg]] page need to be set up -- * lang - translate message to language "lang" -- * default - string to return in case this module is moved to a project where this message is not set -- OUTPUT: -- * translated message local function getMessage(msg, lang, default) msg = mw.message.new(msg):inLanguage(lang):plain() return (msg == nil and default) or msg end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- use different sitelink call depending if you already have an entity or not -- INPUTS: -- * item and entity - entity id and entity: if full entity already uploded than use that -- otherwise use entity id to look up sitelink -- * lang - language of the project -- OUTPUT: -- * sitelink local function getSitelink(item, entity, lang) if entity and entity.getSitelink then -- if we have entity then use it return entity:getSitelink(lang .. 'wiki') else -- if no entity then use different function return mw.wikibase.getSitelink(item, lang .. 'wiki') end end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- use different sitelink call depending if you already have an entity or not -- INPUTS: -- * item and entity - entity id and entity: if full entity already uploded than use that -- otherwise use entity id to look up sitelink -- * prop - property for which to return the best statment -- OUTPUT: -- * value of the best statment (only from the first one) local function getBestStatementsValue(item, entity, prop) local statments if entity then statments = entity:getBestStatements(prop) else statments = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(item, prop) end for _, statment in ipairs(statments) do if statment and statment.mainsnak.datavalue.value then return statment.mainsnak.datavalue.value end end end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- change capitalization of the label -- INPUTS: -- * label - label string -- * capitalization - capitalization to be applied: allowed values are "tc", "lc", -- "uc", "lcfirst", and "ucfirst". Any other value will return original string -- * lang - language of the label -- OUTPUT: -- * value of the best statment (only from the first one) local function apply_capitalization(label, capitalization, lang) capitalization = string.lower(capitalization or 'none') if capitalization == 'none' then return label elseif capitalization == 'uc' then return mw.language.new(lang):uc(label) elseif capitalization == 'lc' then return mw.language.new(lang):lc(label) elseif capitalization == 'tc' then -- title case local new_label = {} for _, word in ipairs(mw.text.split(label, ' ')) do table.insert(new_label, mw.language.new(lang):ucfirst(word)) end return table.concat(new_label, ' ') elseif capitalization == 'ucfirst' then return mw.language.new(lang):ucfirst(label) elseif capitalization == 'lcfirst' then return mw.language.new(lang):lcfirst(label) end return label end --[[------------------------------------------------------------------------- get link based on user preference INPUTS: * link_type - can be : * "wikidata" - link to wikidata * "wikipedia" - link to wikipedia (language dependent) * "wikidata talk" - link to wikidata talk page * "commons" - link to commons (try sitelink then commons category then commons gallery) * "commonscat" - link to commons (try commons category then commons gallery) * "-" - means no link * item - entity ID (always provided) * entity - whole entity. It can be nil if whole entity is not loaded * langList - language fallback list for preferred language (required) OUTPUT: * link - link to the wikimedia page ]] local function getLink(link_type, item, entity, langList) local link, eLink link_type = mw.ustring.lower(link_type or '') local item_type = mw.ustring.sub(item, 1, 1) -- first letter prefix of item entity ID: 'Q', 'P' or 'M' if item_type == 'M' then eLink='c:Special:EntityPage/'..item elseif item_type == 'Q' then eLink='d:'..item -- wikibase entity page link elseif item_type == 'P' then eLink='d:Property:'..item -- wikibase entity page link else eLink='d:Special:EntityPage/'..item end if link_type == '-' then -- allow different link formats link = '' -- no link elseif link_type == 'wikidata' or item_type == 'M' then link = eLink -- link to wikibase entity page elseif link_type == 'wikidata talk' and item_type == 'P' then link = 'd:Property talk:'.. item -- link to wikidata property talk page elseif link_type == 'wikidata talk' then link = 'd:Talk:'..item -- link to wikidata talk page elseif link_type == 'commons' or link_type == 'commonscat' then --[[ When link_type == 'commons' we try the following links (in specified order): 1) commons sitelink 2) P373 "Commons Category" claims 3) P935 "Commons Gallery" claims Since most items have a commons sitelink we never have to look for claims When link_type == 'commonscat' we try to maximize chances of commons link being a category, so we try the following links (in specified order): 1) commons sitelink, which is kept if it points to a category 2) P373 "Commons Category" claims 3) commons sitelink (which does not point to a category) 4) P935 "Commons Gallery" claims Since most pages have a commons sitelink we never have to look for claims ]] local sLink = getSitelink(item, entity, 'commons') -- look for sitelink to commons if sLink then sLink = 'c:'..sLink if (link_type == 'commons') or (link_type == 'commonscat' and mw.ustring.find(sLink, 'Category:')) then link = sLink end end if not link then -- try linking to P373 "Commons Category" local cat = getBestStatementsValue(item, entity, 'P373') link = (cat ~= nil and 'c:Category:' .. cat) or nil end link = link or sLink if not link then -- try linking to P935 "Commons Gallery" link = getBestStatementsValue(item, entity, 'P935') end end if not link then -- apply default "Wikipedia" link type for _, language in ipairs(langList) do local sitelink = getSitelink(item, entity, language) if sitelink then link = 'w:'.. language ..':'.. sitelink break end end end return link or eLink -- no wiki sitelink, so link to wikidata end --============================================= --=== External functions ====================== --============================================= local p = {} --====================================================================== --=== API functions for use from other Scribunto modules =============== --====================================================================== --[[ _getLabel This function returns a label translated to desired language, created based on wikidata Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: lang - desired language of the label 3: link_type - link style. Possible values (case-insensitive): "wikipedia", "wikidata", "Commons", or "-" (no link) 4: capitalization - can be "uc" (upper case), "lc" (lower case), "ucfirst" (upper case for the first letter), "lcfirst" (lower case for the first letter), or 'none' (default) Error Handling: Bad q-id will result in displayed error ]] function p._getLabel(item, lang, link_type, capitalization, show_id) local entity, s, link, label, language, desc -- clean up the input parameters if type(item) ~= 'string' then -- "item" is not a q-id entity = item -- "item" must be the entity item = entity.id -- look-up q-id elseif tonumber(item) then -- if it is just the number then add "Q" in front item = 'Q'..item end item = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.upper(item), 'PROPERTY:P', 'P') -- make all the properties the same and capitalize if link_type == 'no' then link_type = '-' end if not lang then label, lang = mw.wikibase.getLabelWithLang(item) end if not lang then -- if still no language lang = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction("int","lang") -- get user's chosen language label = nil end -- build language fallback list lang = mw.ustring.lower(lang) local langList = mw.language.getFallbacksFor(lang) table.insert(langList, 1, lang) table.insert(langList, 'mul') -- add "default for all languages" -- get label (visible part of the link) if not label then for _, language in ipairs(langList) do -- loop over language fallback list looking for label in the specific language if entity then label = entity:getLabel(language) else label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(item, language) end if label then break end -- label found and we are done end end if label then -- wikitext-escape the label if we have one label = mw.text.nowiki(label) end if not label then -- no labels found, so just show the q-id label = item elseif show_id then -- add id show_id = yesno(show_id,false) if show_id then local wordsep = getMessage('Word-separator', lang, ' ') local id = mw.message.new('parentheses', item):inLanguage(lang):plain() id = (id~=nil and id) or ('('..item..')') -- in case this module is moved to a project where {{int:parenthesis}} is not set label = label .. wordsep .. "<small>" .. id .. "</small>" end end label = apply_capitalization(label, capitalization, lang) -- look for description if entity and entity.descriptions and lang then for _, language in ipairs(langList) do if entity.descriptions[language] then desc = entity.descriptions[language].value break end end else desc = mw.wikibase.getDescription(item) end if desc and link_type ~= '-' then -- wikitext-escape the description if we have one desc = mw.text.nowiki(desc) -- add description as hover text label = '<span title="' .. desc .. '">' .. label .. '</span>' end -- return the results if link_type == '-' then return label -- return just the label else link = getLink(link_type, item, entity, langList) return '[[' .. link .. '|' .. label .. ']]' -- return link end end --[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _sitelinks This function returns a table of sitelinks for a single project organized by language Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: project - (case-insensitive) one of: "wikipedia", "wikisource", "wikiquote", "wikibooks", "wikinews", "wikiversity", "wikivoyage", "wiktionary", "commons", "mediawiki", "wikispecies", "wikidata", etc. Output: Table of sitelinks with language fields Output: Table of sitelinks with language fields See also * [https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SiteMatrix] for the full list of supported interwikis. * [https://dumps.wikimedia.org/backup-index.html] for the full list of sitecodes (used in database dumps). ]] function p._sitelinks(item, project) local entity, sitelink -- get entity if type(item) == 'string' then -- "item" is a q-id entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item) else entity = item -- "item" is the entity end -- convert from english project name to proproject code local projLUT = { wikipedia = 'wiki', commons = 'commonswiki', foundation = 'foundationwiki', mediawiki = 'mediawikiwiki', wikispecies = 'specieswiki', wikidata = 'wikidatawiki', incubator = 'incubatorwiki', oldwikisource = 'sourceswiki', } local langLUT = { -- These are not language codes before the 'wiki' or 'wikiversity' suffix in a sitecode: foundation = '~', commons = '~', -- they will be skipped incubator = '~', meta = '~', mediawiki = '~', sources = '~', species = '~', beta = '~', -- Legacy language codes used in sitecodes, remapped to standard Wikimedia language codes: -- See https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special_language_codes for details als = 'gsw', bat_smg = 'sgs', fiu_vro = 'vro', be_x_old = 'be-tarask', roa_rup = 'rup', zh_classical = 'lzh', zh_yue = 'yue', zh_min_nan = 'nan', zh_wuu = 'wuu', no = 'nb', } project = project:lower() project = projLUT[project] or project -- correct the project name local n = project:len() local linkTable = {} if entity and entity.sitelinks then -- See if entity exists, and that it has sitelinks for _, sitelink in pairs(entity.sitelinks) do -- loop over all sitelinks local site = sitelink.site local m = site:len() - n local proj = site:sub(m +1) -- project part of the siteID if proj == project then -- proj matches desired "project" local lang = site:sub(1, m) -- language part of the siteID lang = langLUT[lang] or lang:gsub('_','-') if lang ~= '~' then -- proj matches desired "project" linkTable[lang] = sitelink.title end end end end return linkTable end --[[---------------------------------------------------------------- _aliases This function returns a table of aliases for a single language Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: lang - language code, like 'en' or 'de' Output: Table of aliases with language fields ]] function p._aliases(item, lang) local entity if type(item) == 'string' then -- "item" is a q-id entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item) else entity = item -- "item" is the entity end local aliasTable = {} if entity and entity.aliases then -- See if there is an entity and that is has aliases if entity.aliases[lang] then -- See if it has English Aliases for _, alias in pairs(entity.aliases[lang]) do -- Make a loop around the English aliases table.insert(aliasTable, alias.value) -- Create a table of English aliases end end end return aliasTable end --====================================================================== --=== Invoke functions for use from wikitext, e.g., templates ========== ---===================================================================== --[[ getLabel This function returns a label translated to desired language, created based on wikidata Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata label|getLabel|item=Q...|lang=..|link_style=..|capitalization=..}} Parameters 1: wikidata's item's q-id (required) 2: language (optional; default {{int:lang}}) 3: link_style: "wikipedia" (default), "Wikidata", "Commons", or "-" (no link) 4: capitalization - can be "uc", "lc", "tc", "ucfirst", "lcfirst" Error Handling: Bad q-id will result in displayed error ]] function p.getLabel(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._getLabel(args.item, args.lang, args.link, args.capitalization, args.show_id) end --[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sitelinks This function returns a comma separated list of sitelinks for a single project organized by language Its main purpose is to help with testing of _sitelinks function. Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata label|sitelinks|item=Q...|project=..}} Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: project - "wikipedia" (or "wiki"), "wikisource", "wikiquote", "wikibooks", "wikinews", "wikiversity", "wikivoyage", "wiktionary", etc. Output: comma separated list ]] function p.sitelinks(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local sitelinks = p._sitelinks(args.item, args.project) local sitelinkList = {} for lang, sitelink in pairs(sitelinks) do table.insert(sitelinkList, (lang=='' and sitelink) or (lang .. ':' .. sitelink)) end return table.concat(sitelinkList, ', ') end --[[---------------------------------------------------------------------------- aliases This function returns a comma separated list of aliases for a single language Its main purpose is to help with testing of _aliases function. Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata label|aliases|item=Q...|lang=..}} Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: lang - language code, like 'en' or 'de' Output: Comma separated list of aliases ]] function p.aliases(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return table.concat(p._aliases(args.item, args.lang), ', ') end return p 7b3k45meuo4sbudososz6gy9dx3nxzm 32095 32094 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Wikidata_label]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32094 Scribunto text/plain --[[ __ __ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | \/ | ___ __| |_ _| | ___ \ \ / (_) | _(_) __| | __ _| |_ __ _ | | __ _| |__ ___| | | |\/| |/ _ \ / _` | | | | |/ _ (_) \ /\ / /| | |/ / |/ _` |/ _` | __/ _` | | |/ _` | '_ \ / _ \ | | | | | (_) | (_| | |_| | | __/_ \ V V / | | <| | (_| | (_| | || (_| | | | (_| | |_) | __/ | |_| |_|\___/ \__,_|\__,_|_|\___(_) \_/\_/ |_|_|\_\_|\__,_|\__,_|\__\__,_| |_|\__,_|_.__/ \___|_| This module is intended to be the engine behind "Template:Label". This module was copied from Commons please ask for changes there. Please do not modify this code without applying the changes first at "Module:Wikidata label/sandbox" and testing at "Module:Wikidata label/testcases". Authors and maintainers: * User:Jarekt - original version ]] require('strict') -- used for debugging purposes as it detects cases of unintended global variables --============================================= --=== Internal functions ====================== --============================================= --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Normalize input arguments by converting them all to lower case and -- replacing space with "_" in the argument name. Also empty strings are -- converted to nils. Arguments are collected from arguments passed to the -- module and if missing from the template that calls the module local function getArgs(frame) local function normalize_input_args(input_args, output_args) for name, value in pairs( input_args ) do value = mw.text.trim(value) -- trim whitespaces from the beggining and the end of the string if value ~= '' then -- nuke empty strings if type(name)=='string' then name = string.gsub( string.lower(name), ' ', '_') end output_args[name] = value end end return output_args end local args = {} args = normalize_input_args(frame:getParent().args, args) args = normalize_input_args(frame.args, args) return args end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to Module:Yesno but does not assume val is a string local function yesno(val, default) if type(val) == 'boolean' then return val elseif type(val) == 'number' then if val == 1 then return true elseif val == 0 then return false end elseif type(val) == 'string' then val = mw.ustring.lower(val) -- put in lower case if val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == '0' then return false elseif val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == '1' then return true end end return default end ------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- get message in a given language -- INPUTS: -- * msg - name of a message. For it to work [[MediaWiki:msg]] page need to be set up -- * lang - translate message to language "lang" -- * default - string to return in case this module is moved to a project where this message is not set -- OUTPUT: -- * translated message local function getMessage(msg, lang, default) msg = mw.message.new(msg):inLanguage(lang):plain() return (msg == nil and default) or msg end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- use different sitelink call depending if you already have an entity or not -- INPUTS: -- * item and entity - entity id and entity: if full entity already uploded than use that -- otherwise use entity id to look up sitelink -- * lang - language of the project -- OUTPUT: -- * sitelink local function getSitelink(item, entity, lang) if entity and entity.getSitelink then -- if we have entity then use it return entity:getSitelink(lang .. 'wiki') else -- if no entity then use different function return mw.wikibase.getSitelink(item, lang .. 'wiki') end end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- use different sitelink call depending if you already have an entity or not -- INPUTS: -- * item and entity - entity id and entity: if full entity already uploded than use that -- otherwise use entity id to look up sitelink -- * prop - property for which to return the best statment -- OUTPUT: -- * value of the best statment (only from the first one) local function getBestStatementsValue(item, entity, prop) local statments if entity then statments = entity:getBestStatements(prop) else statments = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(item, prop) end for _, statment in ipairs(statments) do if statment and statment.mainsnak.datavalue.value then return statment.mainsnak.datavalue.value end end end --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- change capitalization of the label -- INPUTS: -- * label - label string -- * capitalization - capitalization to be applied: allowed values are "tc", "lc", -- "uc", "lcfirst", and "ucfirst". Any other value will return original string -- * lang - language of the label -- OUTPUT: -- * value of the best statment (only from the first one) local function apply_capitalization(label, capitalization, lang) capitalization = string.lower(capitalization or 'none') if capitalization == 'none' then return label elseif capitalization == 'uc' then return mw.language.new(lang):uc(label) elseif capitalization == 'lc' then return mw.language.new(lang):lc(label) elseif capitalization == 'tc' then -- title case local new_label = {} for _, word in ipairs(mw.text.split(label, ' ')) do table.insert(new_label, mw.language.new(lang):ucfirst(word)) end return table.concat(new_label, ' ') elseif capitalization == 'ucfirst' then return mw.language.new(lang):ucfirst(label) elseif capitalization == 'lcfirst' then return mw.language.new(lang):lcfirst(label) end return label end --[[------------------------------------------------------------------------- get link based on user preference INPUTS: * link_type - can be : * "wikidata" - link to wikidata * "wikipedia" - link to wikipedia (language dependent) * "wikidata talk" - link to wikidata talk page * "commons" - link to commons (try sitelink then commons category then commons gallery) * "commonscat" - link to commons (try commons category then commons gallery) * "-" - means no link * item - entity ID (always provided) * entity - whole entity. It can be nil if whole entity is not loaded * langList - language fallback list for preferred language (required) OUTPUT: * link - link to the wikimedia page ]] local function getLink(link_type, item, entity, langList) local link, eLink link_type = mw.ustring.lower(link_type or '') local item_type = mw.ustring.sub(item, 1, 1) -- first letter prefix of item entity ID: 'Q', 'P' or 'M' if item_type == 'M' then eLink='c:Special:EntityPage/'..item elseif item_type == 'Q' then eLink='d:'..item -- wikibase entity page link elseif item_type == 'P' then eLink='d:Property:'..item -- wikibase entity page link else eLink='d:Special:EntityPage/'..item end if link_type == '-' then -- allow different link formats link = '' -- no link elseif link_type == 'wikidata' or item_type == 'M' then link = eLink -- link to wikibase entity page elseif link_type == 'wikidata talk' and item_type == 'P' then link = 'd:Property talk:'.. item -- link to wikidata property talk page elseif link_type == 'wikidata talk' then link = 'd:Talk:'..item -- link to wikidata talk page elseif link_type == 'commons' or link_type == 'commonscat' then --[[ When link_type == 'commons' we try the following links (in specified order): 1) commons sitelink 2) P373 "Commons Category" claims 3) P935 "Commons Gallery" claims Since most items have a commons sitelink we never have to look for claims When link_type == 'commonscat' we try to maximize chances of commons link being a category, so we try the following links (in specified order): 1) commons sitelink, which is kept if it points to a category 2) P373 "Commons Category" claims 3) commons sitelink (which does not point to a category) 4) P935 "Commons Gallery" claims Since most pages have a commons sitelink we never have to look for claims ]] local sLink = getSitelink(item, entity, 'commons') -- look for sitelink to commons if sLink then sLink = 'c:'..sLink if (link_type == 'commons') or (link_type == 'commonscat' and mw.ustring.find(sLink, 'Category:')) then link = sLink end end if not link then -- try linking to P373 "Commons Category" local cat = getBestStatementsValue(item, entity, 'P373') link = (cat ~= nil and 'c:Category:' .. cat) or nil end link = link or sLink if not link then -- try linking to P935 "Commons Gallery" link = getBestStatementsValue(item, entity, 'P935') end end if not link then -- apply default "Wikipedia" link type for _, language in ipairs(langList) do local sitelink = getSitelink(item, entity, language) if sitelink then link = 'w:'.. language ..':'.. sitelink break end end end return link or eLink -- no wiki sitelink, so link to wikidata end --============================================= --=== External functions ====================== --============================================= local p = {} --====================================================================== --=== API functions for use from other Scribunto modules =============== --====================================================================== --[[ _getLabel This function returns a label translated to desired language, created based on wikidata Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: lang - desired language of the label 3: link_type - link style. Possible values (case-insensitive): "wikipedia", "wikidata", "Commons", or "-" (no link) 4: capitalization - can be "uc" (upper case), "lc" (lower case), "ucfirst" (upper case for the first letter), "lcfirst" (lower case for the first letter), or 'none' (default) Error Handling: Bad q-id will result in displayed error ]] function p._getLabel(item, lang, link_type, capitalization, show_id) local entity, s, link, label, language, desc -- clean up the input parameters if type(item) ~= 'string' then -- "item" is not a q-id entity = item -- "item" must be the entity item = entity.id -- look-up q-id elseif tonumber(item) then -- if it is just the number then add "Q" in front item = 'Q'..item end item = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.upper(item), 'PROPERTY:P', 'P') -- make all the properties the same and capitalize if link_type == 'no' then link_type = '-' end if not lang then label, lang = mw.wikibase.getLabelWithLang(item) end if not lang then -- if still no language lang = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction("int","lang") -- get user's chosen language label = nil end -- build language fallback list lang = mw.ustring.lower(lang) local langList = mw.language.getFallbacksFor(lang) table.insert(langList, 1, lang) table.insert(langList, 'mul') -- add "default for all languages" -- get label (visible part of the link) if not label then for _, language in ipairs(langList) do -- loop over language fallback list looking for label in the specific language if entity then label = entity:getLabel(language) else label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(item, language) end if label then break end -- label found and we are done end end if label then -- wikitext-escape the label if we have one label = mw.text.nowiki(label) end if not label then -- no labels found, so just show the q-id label = item elseif show_id then -- add id show_id = yesno(show_id,false) if show_id then local wordsep = getMessage('Word-separator', lang, ' ') local id = mw.message.new('parentheses', item):inLanguage(lang):plain() id = (id~=nil and id) or ('('..item..')') -- in case this module is moved to a project where {{int:parenthesis}} is not set label = label .. wordsep .. "<small>" .. id .. "</small>" end end label = apply_capitalization(label, capitalization, lang) -- look for description if entity and entity.descriptions and lang then for _, language in ipairs(langList) do if entity.descriptions[language] then desc = entity.descriptions[language].value break end end else desc = mw.wikibase.getDescription(item) end if desc and link_type ~= '-' then -- wikitext-escape the description if we have one desc = mw.text.nowiki(desc) -- add description as hover text label = '<span title="' .. desc .. '">' .. label .. '</span>' end -- return the results if link_type == '-' then return label -- return just the label else link = getLink(link_type, item, entity, langList) return '[[' .. link .. '|' .. label .. ']]' -- return link end end --[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _sitelinks This function returns a table of sitelinks for a single project organized by language Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: project - (case-insensitive) one of: "wikipedia", "wikisource", "wikiquote", "wikibooks", "wikinews", "wikiversity", "wikivoyage", "wiktionary", "commons", "mediawiki", "wikispecies", "wikidata", etc. Output: Table of sitelinks with language fields Output: Table of sitelinks with language fields See also * [https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SiteMatrix] for the full list of supported interwikis. * [https://dumps.wikimedia.org/backup-index.html] for the full list of sitecodes (used in database dumps). ]] function p._sitelinks(item, project) local entity, sitelink -- get entity if type(item) == 'string' then -- "item" is a q-id entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item) else entity = item -- "item" is the entity end -- convert from english project name to proproject code local projLUT = { wikipedia = 'wiki', commons = 'commonswiki', foundation = 'foundationwiki', mediawiki = 'mediawikiwiki', wikispecies = 'specieswiki', wikidata = 'wikidatawiki', incubator = 'incubatorwiki', oldwikisource = 'sourceswiki', } local langLUT = { -- These are not language codes before the 'wiki' or 'wikiversity' suffix in a sitecode: foundation = '~', commons = '~', -- they will be skipped incubator = '~', meta = '~', mediawiki = '~', sources = '~', species = '~', beta = '~', -- Legacy language codes used in sitecodes, remapped to standard Wikimedia language codes: -- See https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special_language_codes for details als = 'gsw', bat_smg = 'sgs', fiu_vro = 'vro', be_x_old = 'be-tarask', roa_rup = 'rup', zh_classical = 'lzh', zh_yue = 'yue', zh_min_nan = 'nan', zh_wuu = 'wuu', no = 'nb', } project = project:lower() project = projLUT[project] or project -- correct the project name local n = project:len() local linkTable = {} if entity and entity.sitelinks then -- See if entity exists, and that it has sitelinks for _, sitelink in pairs(entity.sitelinks) do -- loop over all sitelinks local site = sitelink.site local m = site:len() - n local proj = site:sub(m +1) -- project part of the siteID if proj == project then -- proj matches desired "project" local lang = site:sub(1, m) -- language part of the siteID lang = langLUT[lang] or lang:gsub('_','-') if lang ~= '~' then -- proj matches desired "project" linkTable[lang] = sitelink.title end end end end return linkTable end --[[---------------------------------------------------------------- _aliases This function returns a table of aliases for a single language Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: lang - language code, like 'en' or 'de' Output: Table of aliases with language fields ]] function p._aliases(item, lang) local entity if type(item) == 'string' then -- "item" is a q-id entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(item) else entity = item -- "item" is the entity end local aliasTable = {} if entity and entity.aliases then -- See if there is an entity and that is has aliases if entity.aliases[lang] then -- See if it has English Aliases for _, alias in pairs(entity.aliases[lang]) do -- Make a loop around the English aliases table.insert(aliasTable, alias.value) -- Create a table of English aliases end end end return aliasTable end --====================================================================== --=== Invoke functions for use from wikitext, e.g., templates ========== ---===================================================================== --[[ getLabel This function returns a label translated to desired language, created based on wikidata Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata label|getLabel|item=Q...|lang=..|link_style=..|capitalization=..}} Parameters 1: wikidata's item's q-id (required) 2: language (optional; default {{int:lang}}) 3: link_style: "wikipedia" (default), "Wikidata", "Commons", or "-" (no link) 4: capitalization - can be "uc", "lc", "tc", "ucfirst", "lcfirst" Error Handling: Bad q-id will result in displayed error ]] function p.getLabel(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._getLabel(args.item, args.lang, args.link, args.capitalization, args.show_id) end --[[------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sitelinks This function returns a comma separated list of sitelinks for a single project organized by language Its main purpose is to help with testing of _sitelinks function. Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata label|sitelinks|item=Q...|project=..}} Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: project - "wikipedia" (or "wiki"), "wikisource", "wikiquote", "wikibooks", "wikinews", "wikiversity", "wikivoyage", "wiktionary", etc. Output: comma separated list ]] function p.sitelinks(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local sitelinks = p._sitelinks(args.item, args.project) local sitelinkList = {} for lang, sitelink in pairs(sitelinks) do table.insert(sitelinkList, (lang=='' and sitelink) or (lang .. ':' .. sitelink)) end return table.concat(sitelinkList, ', ') end --[[---------------------------------------------------------------------------- aliases This function returns a comma separated list of aliases for a single language Its main purpose is to help with testing of _aliases function. Usage: {{#invoke:Wikidata label|aliases|item=Q...|lang=..}} Inputs: 1: item - wikidata's item's q-id or entity class 2: lang - language code, like 'en' or 'de' Output: Comma separated list of aliases ]] function p.aliases(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return table.concat(p._aliases(args.item, args.lang), ', ') end return p 7b3k45meuo4sbudososz6gy9dx3nxzm 10 12979 32096 2023-07-28T05:20:54Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add /s and /e and use them in the main template 32096 wikitext text/x-wiki {{doc example/s | pre_title = {{{pre_title|Example}}} | title = {{{title|}}} | margin-left = {{{margin-left|}}} | collapsed = {{{collapsed|}}} }} {{{content|{{{1}}}}}} {{doc example/e}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 7ajkrmpz2ayhak0ywb6ifbwyfs8sztg 32097 32096 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Doc_example]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32096 wikitext text/x-wiki {{doc example/s | pre_title = {{{pre_title|Example}}} | title = {{{title|}}} | margin-left = {{{margin-left|}}} | collapsed = {{{collapsed|}}} }} {{{content|{{{1}}}}}} {{doc example/e}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 7ajkrmpz2ayhak0ywb6ifbwyfs8sztg 10 12980 32098 2015-09-13T03:35:35Z en>George Orwell III 0 created 32098 wikitext text/x-wiki <var {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class="{{{class}}}"}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} style="padding-right: 1px;{{#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}" {{#if:{{{lang|}}}|lang="{{{lang}}}" xml:lang="{{{lang}}}"}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title="{{{title}}}"}}>{{{1}}}</var><noinclude> <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc page.--> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> a1ykvn9l68fa5gklm4xrpk0u505r11l 32099 32098 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Var]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32098 wikitext text/x-wiki <var {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class="{{{class}}}"}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} style="padding-right: 1px;{{#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}" {{#if:{{{lang|}}}|lang="{{{lang}}}" xml:lang="{{{lang}}}"}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title="{{{title}}}"}}>{{{1}}}</var><noinclude> <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc page.--> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> a1ykvn9l68fa5gklm4xrpk0u505r11l 10 12981 32100 2025-07-05T06:53:16Z en>Fish bowl 0 Undo revision [[Special:Diff/15181724|15181724]] by [[Special:Contributions/41.145.193.121|41.145.193.121]] ([[User talk:41.145.193.121|talk]]) 32100 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Module link]] kqg7eck6yjcwbaqm7z01snfeozo9pml 32101 32100 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Ml]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32100 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Module link]] kqg7eck6yjcwbaqm7z01snfeozo9pml 10 12982 32102 2026-02-04T03:56:47Z en>ToxicPea 0 dark mode fix 32102 sanitized-css text/css .wst-anchor:target { background-color:rgba(100, 149, 237, 0.1); color: var(--color-base,#202122); outline:1px solid cornflowerblue; } 1xnw6hzqlc1w9q9a5yj1egue3wb5kvi 32103 32102 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Anchor/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32102 sanitized-css text/css .wst-anchor:target { background-color:rgba(100, 149, 237, 0.1); color: var(--color-base,#202122); outline:1px solid cornflowerblue; } 1xnw6hzqlc1w9q9a5yj1egue3wb5kvi 828 12983 32104 2025-04-19T20:57:16Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 Most of the page namespace is now cleaned up, far quicker than expected and this is adding a LOT of noise 32104 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Implements anchor templates ]=] require('strict') local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local Error = require('Module:Error') local function error_message(message) return Error['error']({['message'] = message}) end local p = {} -- [[Template:Anchor]] local function _anchor(args) local anchorList = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do table.insert(anchorList, tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('anchor'):attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(v)))) end return table.concat(anchorList) end function p.anchor(frame) return _anchor(getArgs(frame)) end -- [[Template:Anchor link]] local function _anchor_link(args) local anchor = args.anchor or args[1] if not anchor then return error_message('No anchor specified') end anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(anchor) local pageno = args.pageno or args[2] local subpage = args.subpage or args[3] local page = (args.page and mw.title.new(args.page)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if page.nsText == 'Page' and not pageno then return error_message('No page number specified') end local title = page.text if page.nsText == 'Page' then title = page.rootText .. '/' .. pageno elseif subpage then local rootSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.rootText .. '/' .. subpage) local baseSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.baseText .. '/' .. subpage) if rootSubpageTitle.exists then title = rootSubpageTitle.text elseif baseSubpageTitle.exists then title = baseSubpageTitle.text end end return '[[' .. mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, title, anchor).fullText .. '|' .. anchor:gsub("_", " ") .. ']]' end function p.anchor_link(frame) return _anchor_link(getArgs(frame)) end -- [[Template:Anchor link 2]] local function _anchor_link_2(args) local anchor = args.anchor or args[3] if not anchor then return error_message('No anchor specified') end local subpage = args.subpage or args[1] local pageno = args.pageno or args[2] anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(anchor) local text = args.text or args[4] or anchor local page = (args.page and mw.title.new(args.page)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if page.nsText == 'Page' and not pageno then return error_message('No page number specified') end local title = page.text if page.nsText == 'Page' then title = page.rootText .. '/' .. pageno elseif subpage then local rootSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.rootText .. '/' .. subpage) local baseSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.baseText .. '/' .. subpage) if not rootSubpageTitle or not baseSubpageTitle then return error_message('Error creating subpage: ' .. subpage) end local baseSubpageBaseTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, baseSubpageTitle.baseText .. '/' .. subpage) if not baseSubpageBaseTitle then return error_message('Error creating subpage: ' .. subpage) end local subpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, subpage) if not subpageTitle then return error_message('Error creating page: ' .. subpage) end if rootSubpageTitle.exists then title = rootSubpageTitle.text elseif baseSubpageTitle.exists then title = baseSubpageTitle.text elseif baseSubpageBaseTitle.exists then title = baseSubpageBaseTitle.text elseif subpageTitle.exists then title = subpage end end return '[[' .. mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, title, anchor).fullText .. '|' .. text .. ']]' end function p.anchor_link_2(frame) return _anchor_link_2(getArgs(frame)) end return p 5f4lcoaa24p0gqn68siy62e63n40ywc 32105 32104 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Anchor]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32104 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Implements anchor templates ]=] require('strict') local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local Error = require('Module:Error') local function error_message(message) return Error['error']({['message'] = message}) end local p = {} -- [[Template:Anchor]] local function _anchor(args) local anchorList = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do table.insert(anchorList, tostring(mw.html.create('span'):addClass('anchor'):attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(v)))) end return table.concat(anchorList) end function p.anchor(frame) return _anchor(getArgs(frame)) end -- [[Template:Anchor link]] local function _anchor_link(args) local anchor = args.anchor or args[1] if not anchor then return error_message('No anchor specified') end anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(anchor) local pageno = args.pageno or args[2] local subpage = args.subpage or args[3] local page = (args.page and mw.title.new(args.page)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if page.nsText == 'Page' and not pageno then return error_message('No page number specified') end local title = page.text if page.nsText == 'Page' then title = page.rootText .. '/' .. pageno elseif subpage then local rootSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.rootText .. '/' .. subpage) local baseSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.baseText .. '/' .. subpage) if rootSubpageTitle.exists then title = rootSubpageTitle.text elseif baseSubpageTitle.exists then title = baseSubpageTitle.text end end return '[[' .. mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, title, anchor).fullText .. '|' .. anchor:gsub("_", " ") .. ']]' end function p.anchor_link(frame) return _anchor_link(getArgs(frame)) end -- [[Template:Anchor link 2]] local function _anchor_link_2(args) local anchor = args.anchor or args[3] if not anchor then return error_message('No anchor specified') end local subpage = args.subpage or args[1] local pageno = args.pageno or args[2] anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(anchor) local text = args.text or args[4] or anchor local page = (args.page and mw.title.new(args.page)) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if page.nsText == 'Page' and not pageno then return error_message('No page number specified') end local title = page.text if page.nsText == 'Page' then title = page.rootText .. '/' .. pageno elseif subpage then local rootSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.rootText .. '/' .. subpage) local baseSubpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, page.baseText .. '/' .. subpage) if not rootSubpageTitle or not baseSubpageTitle then return error_message('Error creating subpage: ' .. subpage) end local baseSubpageBaseTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, baseSubpageTitle.baseText .. '/' .. subpage) if not baseSubpageBaseTitle then return error_message('Error creating subpage: ' .. subpage) end local subpageTitle = mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, subpage) if not subpageTitle then return error_message('Error creating page: ' .. subpage) end if rootSubpageTitle.exists then title = rootSubpageTitle.text elseif baseSubpageTitle.exists then title = baseSubpageTitle.text elseif baseSubpageBaseTitle.exists then title = baseSubpageBaseTitle.text elseif subpageTitle.exists then title = subpage end end return '[[' .. mw.title.makeTitle(page.nsText, title, anchor).fullText .. '|' .. text .. ']]' end function p.anchor_link_2(frame) return _anchor_link_2(getArgs(frame)) end return p 5f4lcoaa24p0gqn68siy62e63n40ywc 828 12984 32106 2025-03-17T02:03:09Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add updates from [[w:Module:Separated entries]] 32106 Scribunto text/plain -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". The starting parameter can also be specified. local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local dataPlural = args.dataPlural local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. and mw.text.decode(args.separator) or '' local conjunction = args.conjunction and mw.text.decode(args.conjunction) or separator -- Discard values before the starting parameter. local start = tonumber(args.start) if start then for i = 1, start - 1 do args[i] = nil end end -- Discard named parameters. local values = compressSparseArray(args) local result = mw.text.listToText(values, separator, conjunction) if dataPlural and #values > 0 and (#separator > 0 or #conjunction > 0) then -- flag to [[Module:Detect singular]] whether this is a list with >1 element result = result..'<span style="display:none" data-plural="'..(#values > 1 and '1' or '0')..'"></span>' end return result end local function makeInvokeFunction(separator, conjunction, first) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) args.separator = separator or args.separator args.conjunction = conjunction or args.conjunction args.first = first or args.first return p._main(args) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunction() p.br = makeInvokeFunction('<br />') p.comma = makeInvokeFunction(mw.message.new('comma-separator'):plain()) return p 0tp4y1kozxhpcw1ykqbo8e2gq604ky9 32107 32106 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Separated_entries]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32106 Scribunto text/plain -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". The starting parameter can also be specified. local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local dataPlural = args.dataPlural local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. and mw.text.decode(args.separator) or '' local conjunction = args.conjunction and mw.text.decode(args.conjunction) or separator -- Discard values before the starting parameter. local start = tonumber(args.start) if start then for i = 1, start - 1 do args[i] = nil end end -- Discard named parameters. local values = compressSparseArray(args) local result = mw.text.listToText(values, separator, conjunction) if dataPlural and #values > 0 and (#separator > 0 or #conjunction > 0) then -- flag to [[Module:Detect singular]] whether this is a list with >1 element result = result..'<span style="display:none" data-plural="'..(#values > 1 and '1' or '0')..'"></span>' end return result end local function makeInvokeFunction(separator, conjunction, first) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) args.separator = separator or args.separator args.conjunction = conjunction or args.conjunction args.first = first or args.first return p._main(args) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunction() p.br = makeInvokeFunction('<br />') p.comma = makeInvokeFunction(mw.message.new('comma-separator'):plain()) return p 0tp4y1kozxhpcw1ykqbo8e2gq604ky9 10 12985 32108 2023-10-22T06:27:11Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32108 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Collapsible box/styles.css" /><div class="mw-collapsible {{yesno|{{{collapsed|}}}|yes=mw-collapsed|def=}} wst-collapsible-box wst-collapsible-box-{{#if:{{{title|}}}|with|without}}-title {{{class_outer|}}}" {{optional style|style={{{style_outer|}}}}} {{{attribs_outer|}}}> <div class="wst-collapsible-box-title {{{class_title|}}}" {{Optional style|style={{{style_title|}}}}}> {{{title|}}} </div> <div class="mw-collapsible-content wst-collapsible-box-content {{{class_content|}}}" {{optional style|style={{{style_content|}}}}}><noinclude> {{Collapsible box/e}} {{documentation|Template:Collapsible box/doc}} </noinclude> 1vz77y33t1cd3v1x44g66lt7412j3g0 32109 32108 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Collapsible_box/s]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32108 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Collapsible box/styles.css" /><div class="mw-collapsible {{yesno|{{{collapsed|}}}|yes=mw-collapsed|def=}} wst-collapsible-box wst-collapsible-box-{{#if:{{{title|}}}|with|without}}-title {{{class_outer|}}}" {{optional style|style={{{style_outer|}}}}} {{{attribs_outer|}}}> <div class="wst-collapsible-box-title {{{class_title|}}}" {{Optional style|style={{{style_title|}}}}}> {{{title|}}} </div> <div class="mw-collapsible-content wst-collapsible-box-content {{{class_content|}}}" {{optional style|style={{{style_content|}}}}}><noinclude> {{Collapsible box/e}} {{documentation|Template:Collapsible box/doc}} </noinclude> 1vz77y33t1cd3v1x44g66lt7412j3g0 10 12986 32110 2023-10-22T06:53:01Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32110 sanitized-css text/css .wst-collapsible-box { margin:0.5em auto; padding:0.5em; } .wst-collapsible-box.wst-collapsible-box-with-title { padding-top:0; } .wst-collapsible-box-title > p:first-child { margin-top:0; } svqjxz5ewwy5owf9lytpnrhe60uu2ma 32111 32110 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Collapsible_box/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32110 sanitized-css text/css .wst-collapsible-box { margin:0.5em auto; padding:0.5em; } .wst-collapsible-box.wst-collapsible-box-with-title { padding-top:0; } .wst-collapsible-box-title > p:first-child { margin-top:0; } svqjxz5ewwy5owf9lytpnrhe60uu2ma 10 12987 32112 2026-01-15T08:30:17Z en>SnowyCinema 0 Reverted edit by [[Special:Contributions/~2026-31130-5|~2026-31130-5]] ([[User talk:~2026-31130-5|talk]]) to last revision by [[User:ShakespeareFan00|ShakespeareFan00]] 32112 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{div end}}{{div end}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation|Template:Collapsible box/doc}}</noinclude> jm1zd6wrjk77jl9x0nxe76qfblj3z74 32113 32112 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Collapsible_box/e]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32112 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{div end}}{{div end}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation|Template:Collapsible box/doc}}</noinclude> jm1zd6wrjk77jl9x0nxe76qfblj3z74 10 12988 32114 2025-02-10T21:03:23Z en>Matrix 0 32114 sanitized-css text/css .wst-doc-example { border:1px solid var(--border-color-success, green); margin-left:1.5em; } .wst-doc-example .wst-example-title { color:var(--color-success, green); font-size:90%; } 2xmpz9n5kde6dnfhe1semxxc14gkalc 32115 32114 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Doc_example/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32114 sanitized-css text/css .wst-doc-example { border:1px solid var(--border-color-success, green); margin-left:1.5em; } .wst-doc-example .wst-example-title { color:var(--color-success, green); font-size:90%; } 2xmpz9n5kde6dnfhe1semxxc14gkalc 10 12989 32116 2023-07-28T04:09:14Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Redirected page to [[Template:Collapsible box/e]] 32116 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Collapsible box/e]] al58q2p455219rl0zaw4gozi5m85nnl 32117 32116 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Doc_example/e]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32116 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Collapsible box/e]] al58q2p455219rl0zaw4gozi5m85nnl 10 12990 32118 2023-10-12T02:26:34Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32118 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Doc example/styles.css" />{{collapsible box/s | title = {{{pre_title|Example}}}{{#if:{{{title|}}}|&#58; {{{title}}}}} | style_outer = {{#if:{{{margin-left|}}}|margin-left:{{{margin-left}}};}} | class_outer = wst-doc-example | class_title = wst-example-title | collapsed = {{{collapsed|}}} }}<noinclude>{{doc example/e}}{{documentation|Template:Doc example/doc}}</noinclude> swj1p3j9zdk1o8u6472o52s89jicbqk 32119 32118 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Doc_example/s]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32118 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Doc example/styles.css" />{{collapsible box/s | title = {{{pre_title|Example}}}{{#if:{{{title|}}}|&#58; {{{title}}}}} | style_outer = {{#if:{{{margin-left|}}}|margin-left:{{{margin-left}}};}} | class_outer = wst-doc-example | class_title = wst-example-title | collapsed = {{{collapsed|}}} }}<noinclude>{{doc example/e}}{{documentation|Template:Doc example/doc}}</noinclude> swj1p3j9zdk1o8u6472o52s89jicbqk 10 12991 32120 2025-10-05T07:44:27Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Header/styles.css]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32120 sanitized-css text/css .wst-header .wst-header-mainblock { border: 1px solid var(--border-color-success, #ACA); background-color: var(--background-color-success-subtle, #E6F2E6); color: var(--color-base, #202122); } .wst-header .wst-header-notes { border-bottom: 1px solid var(--border-color-notice, #A0A0A0); background-color: var(--background-color-neutral, #FAFAFF); color: var(--color-base, #202122); } .wst-header .contributor-text { font-style: italic; } .wst-header #header-title-text, .wst-header .wst-header-title-text { font-weight: bold; } /* microformat */ .wst-header #ws-data { display: none; } .wst-header #ws-data.ws-data-show { display: block; } akpoow46l6gxfjiafsfqbtdis00qw9x 32121 32120 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Header/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32120 sanitized-css text/css .wst-header .wst-header-mainblock { border: 1px solid var(--border-color-success, #ACA); background-color: var(--background-color-success-subtle, #E6F2E6); color: var(--color-base, #202122); } .wst-header .wst-header-notes { border-bottom: 1px solid var(--border-color-notice, #A0A0A0); background-color: var(--background-color-neutral, #FAFAFF); color: var(--color-base, #202122); } .wst-header .contributor-text { font-style: italic; } .wst-header #header-title-text, .wst-header .wst-header-title-text { font-weight: bold; } /* microformat */ .wst-header #ws-data { display: none; } .wst-header #ws-data.ws-data-show { display: block; } akpoow46l6gxfjiafsfqbtdis00qw9x 10 12992 32122 2025-03-17T02:01:47Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32122 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>&#123;&#123;{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Separated entries|main|[[Module:{{{1}}}{{{section|}}}|#invoke:{{{1}}}]]|{{{2|''function''}}}|separator=&#124;}}&#125;&#125;</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}<!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 9i2jehvmqdbxqb6uexjk8k33u9p06v8 32123 32122 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Module_link]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32122 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>&#123;&#123;{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Separated entries|main|[[Module:{{{1}}}{{{section|}}}|#invoke:{{{1}}}]]|{{{2|''function''}}}|separator=&#124;}}&#125;&#125;</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}<!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 9i2jehvmqdbxqb6uexjk8k33u9p06v8 828 12993 32124 2025-07-17T02:10:34Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 refactor code for easier maintenance 32124 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Construct the year span --]=] require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') --[=[ Year properties: { year = integer, precision = integer, circa = boolean, bce = boolean, uncertain = boolean, unknown = boolean, unrecognised = boolean, display = string, start_year = year, end_year = year, year_list = year } ]=] --[=[ Precision: 0 - billion years 1 - hundred million years, 2 - ten million years, 3 - million years, 4 - hundred thousand years, 5 - ten thousand years, 6 - millenia, 7 - centuries, 8 - decades, 9 - years, 10 - months, 11 - days 12 - hours 13 - minutes 14 - seconds ]=] local currentyear = { year = tonumber(os.date('%Y')), precision = 9, circa = false, bce = false, display = os.date('%Y') } local unknownyear = { unknown = true, display = 'unknown' } local function year_less_than(year1, year2) if year1 == year2 then return false elseif not year1 or not year2 then return year1 == nil elseif year1.bce ~= year2.bce then return year1.bce end if year1.bce then return year1.year > year2.year else return year1.year < year2.year end end local function year_greater_than(year1, year2) if year1 == year2 then return false elseif not year1 or not year2 then return year2 == nil elseif year1.bce ~= year2.bce then return year2.bce end if year1.bce then return year1.year < year2.year else return year1.year > year2.year end end local function year_equal(year1, year2) if year1 == year2 then return true elseif not year1 or not year2 then return false end year1.bce = year2.bce == true year1.bce = year2.bce == true return year1.bce == year2.bce and year1.year == year2.year end local function pad_number(n, pad) n = tostring(n) return string.rep('0', pad - string.len(n)) .. n end local function get_year_text(year, precision, bce) if not tonumber(year) then return year elseif precision < 6 then return nil end year = tonumber(year) local suffixes = { [1] = 'st', [2] = 'nd', [3] = 'rd', ['default'] = 'th' } local bce_text = (bce and ' BCE') or '' if precision == 6 then local millennium = (year - year % 1000)/1000 + 1 return millennium .. (suffixes[millennium] or suffixes['default']) .. ' millennium' .. bce_text elseif precision == 7 then local century = (year - year % 100)/100 + 1 return century .. (suffixes[century] or suffixes['default']) .. ' century' .. bce_text elseif precision == 8 then local decade = year - year % 10 return decade .. 's' .. bce_text else return year .. bce_text end end local function format_year_for_display(year) if not year then return nil end local start_year = year.start_year and TableTools.shallowClone(year.start_year) local end_year = year.end_year and TableTools.shallowClone(year.end_year) if year.year then return (year.circa and 'c. ' or '') .. get_year_text(year.year, year.precision + (year.circa and 1 or 0), year.bce) .. ((year.bce == nil and ' CE') or '') elseif start_year or end_year then if start_year and end_year then if start_year.bce and end_year.bce then start_year.bce = false elseif start_year.bce ~= end_year.bce then start_year.bce = start_year.bce or nil end_year.bce = end_year.bce or nil end if start_year.circa then end_year.circa = false end end return table.concat({format_year_for_display(start_year) or '', format_year_for_display(end_year) or ''}, '–') end return nil end local function format_year_list_for_display(years) local year_displays = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(year_displays, year.display or format_year_for_display(year)) end return table.concat(year_displays, '/') end local function substrings_all_equal(years, i) local substrings = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(substrings, string.sub(year, 1, i)) end return #(TableTools.removeDuplicates(substrings)) <= 1 end local function get_containing_year_category(years_to_categorize) local years = {} for _, year in ipairs(TableTools.shallowClone(years_to_categorize)) do if not year.year or not year.precision then return nil else table.insert(years, year) end end if #years == 0 then return nil end local bce = years[1].bce for _, year in ipairs(years) do year.bce = year.bce == true if bce ~= year.bce then return nil end end local precisions = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(precisions, year.precision) end table.sort(precisions) local n_length = 0 for _, year in ipairs(years) do n_length = math.max(n_length, string.len(year.year)) end local padded_years = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(padded_years, pad_number(year.year, n_length)) end local shared_digits = 1 while shared_digits <= n_length and substrings_all_equal(padded_years, shared_digits) do shared_digits = shared_digits + 1 end shared_digits = shared_digits - 1 local range_precision = math.min(precisions[1], 9 - n_length + shared_digits) return get_year_text(years[1].year, range_precision, years[1].bce) end local function categorise_year(args) local cats = {} if not args.input_year and args.year then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with year from Wikidata' .. ']]') elseif not args.input_year then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Undated works' .. ']]') elseif args.input_year and not tonumber(args.input_year) then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with non-numeric dates' .. ']]') end if args.unrecognised then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with unrecognised dates' .. ']]') end local year = args.year or {} local start_year = year.start_year or (year.end_year ~= nil and unknownyear) or {} local end_year = year.end_year or (year.start_year ~= nil and currentyear) or {} start_year.bce = start_year.bce == true end_year.bce = end_year.bce == true local year_list = year.year_list or {} local precisions = {} table.insert(precisions, year.precision) table.insert(precisions, start_year.precision) table.insert(precisions, end_year.precision) table.sort(precisions) if year.uncertain or start_year.uncertain or end_year.uncertain or year.circa or start_year.circa or end_year.circa or #(year_list) > 1 or (precisions[1] and precisions[1] < 9) then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works of uncertain date' .. ']]') end if year.unknown or start_year.unknown or end_year.unknown then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works of unknown date' .. ']]') end if start_year.year and end_year.year and year_greater_than(start_year, end_year) then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with start and end dates in the wrong order' .. ']]') end -- single year local year_for_cat if year.year then year_for_cat = get_year_text(year.year, year.precision, year.bce) -- date range elseif start_year.year and end_year.year and start_year.bce == end_year.bce then year_for_cat = get_containing_year_category({start_year, end_year}) elseif #year_list > 0 then year_for_cat = get_containing_year_category(year_list) end table.insert(cats, year_for_cat and ('[[Category:' .. year_for_cat .. ' works]]')) return table.concat(cats) end local function get_year_from_single_statement(statement) local snak = statement.mainsnak if not snak or not snak.datavalue or not snak.datavalue.value or not snak['datavalue']['value']['time'] or not snak.datavalue.value.precision then return nil end local precision = snak.datavalue.value.precision if precision < 6 then -- precision is less than a millennium return { precision = precision, display = string.gsub(mw.wikibase.formatValue(statement.mainsnak), '^<span>(.*)</span>$', '%1') } end local start_years = {} local end_years = {} local start_year, end_year local circa = false if statement.qualifiers then -- Check if date is approximate -- P1480 = sourcing circumstances, Q5727902 = circa if statement.qualifiers.P1480 then for _, qualifier in ipairs(statement.qualifiers.P1480) do if qualifier.datavalue and qualifier.datavalue.value.id == 'Q5727902' then circa = true break end end end if circa then precision = precision - 1 end -- P580 = start time if statement.qualifiers.P580 then for k, v in pairs(statement.qualifiers.P580) do table.insert(start_years, get_year_from_single_statement({mainsnak = v})) end start_years = TableTools.compressSparseArray(TableTools.removeDuplicates(start_years)) table.sort(start_years, year_less_than) start_year = start_years[1] if #start_years > 1 then start_year.uncertain = true end end -- P582 = end time if statement.qualifiers.P582 then for k, v in pairs(statement.qualifiers.P582) do table.insert(end_years, get_year_from_single_statement({mainsnak = v})) end end_years = TableTools.compressSparseArray(TableTools.removeDuplicates(end_years)) table.sort(end_years, year_less_than) end_year = end_years[1] if #end_years > 1 then end_year.uncertain = true end end end -- extract the year from the timestamp -- example timestamps: +2016-10-05T00:00:00Z, -1752-00-00T00:00:00Z local year local bce = false local split = mw.text.split(snak['datavalue']['value']['time'], '-', true) if split[1] == '' then year = tonumber(split[2]) bce = true else year = tonumber(split[1]) end -- malformed timestamp if not year then return nil end local year_data = { year = (not start_year and not end_year and year) or nil, circa = circa, bce = bce, uncertain = (start_year and start_year.year ~= year) or circa, precision = precision, start_year = start_year, end_year = end_year } year_data.display = format_year_for_display(year_data) return year_data end local function get_wikidata_year(args) -- Fetch entity object for Wikidata item connected to the current page -- Let manually-specified Wikidata ID override if given and valid if not (args.wikidata and mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(args.wikidata)) then args.wikidata = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not args.wikidata then return nil end local item = mw.wikibase.getEntity(args.wikidata) if not item then return nil end local statements = item:getBestStatements('P577') -- publication date if #statements == 0 then return nil end local years = {} for _, statement in ipairs(statements) do local year_data = get_year_from_single_statement(statement) table.insert(years, year_data) end years = TableTools.compressSparseArray(TableTools.removeDuplicates(years)) if #years == 0 then return nil elseif #years == 1 then return years[1] end return { uncertain = true, year_list = years, display = format_year_list_for_display(years) } end local function parse_year(year) if not year then return nil elseif year == '?' or string.lower(year) == 'unknown' then return unknownyear end local input_year = year local circa = false -- Lua patterns can't do ^c(irca)?(%s|%.|/)* because they don't do alternation or apply quantifiers to groups if string.match(year, '^circa') or string.match(year, '^c%.') or string.match(year, '^c%s*/') then circa = true year = string.gsub(string.gsub(string.gsub(year, '^circa%s*', ''), '^c%.%s*', ''), '^c%s*/%s*', '') end local bce = false if string.match(year, 'BC[E]?$') then bce = true year = string.gsub(year, '%s*BC[E]?$', '') end if string.match(year, '/') then local year_split = mw.text.split(year, '/') local years = {} for _, opt in ipairs(year_split) do if opt ~= '' then local y = parse_year(opt) y.bce = y.bce or bce y.circa = y.circa or circa table.insert(years, y) end end if #years > 1 then return { uncertain = true, year_list = years, display = format_year_list_for_display(years) } elseif #years == 1 then return years[1] end end local start_year, end_year year = string.gsub(string.gsub(year, '%-', '–'), '—', '–') if string.match(year, '^[^–]*–[^–]*$') then local year_range = mw.text.split(year, '–') start_year = mw.text.trim(year_range[1]) end_year = mw.text.trim(year_range[2]) if start_year == '' then start_year = nil else start_year = parse_year(start_year) start_year.circa = start_year.circa or circa start_year.bce = start_year.bce or bce end if end_year == '' then end_year = nil else end_year = parse_year(end_year) end_year.circa = end_year.circa or circa end_year.bce = end_year.bce or bce end end local precision if tonumber(year) then precision = 9 -- Check if it looks like a decade elseif string.match(year, '^%d*0s$') then precision = 8 year = string.gsub(year, '^(%d*0)s$', '%1') -- Or a century elseif string.match(year, '^%d+[a-z]* century$') then precision = 7 year = string.gsub(year, '^(%d+)[a-z]* century$', '%1') year = 100 * (tonumber(year) - 1) -- Or a millennium elseif string.match(year, '^%d+[a-z]* millennium$') then precision = 6 year = string.gsub(year, '^(%d+)[a-z]* millennium', '%1') year = 1000 * (tonumber(year) - 1) end if circa and precision then precision = precision - 1 end if tonumber(year) then local data = { year = tonumber(year), bce = bce, circa = circa, precision = precision } data['display'] = format_year_for_display(data) return data elseif start_year or end_year then return { start_year = start_year, end_year = end_year, display = format_year_for_display({start_year = start_year, end_year = end_year}) } end return { unrecognised = true, display = input_year } end function p.construct_year(args) local current_title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local year_args = { year = args.year, noprint = yesno(args.noyear) or false, wikidata = args.wikidata } year_args.nocat = yesno(args.noyearcat) if year_args.nocat == nil then if args.testing then year_args.nocat = false else year_args.nocat = ( yesno(args.disambiguation) -- disambiguations never categorise or not current_title:inNamespaces(0, 114) -- only categorise in mainspace and Translation or current_title.isSubpage -- only categorise if this is a base page ) end end local year_data = parse_year(year_args.year) or get_wikidata_year(year_args) local cats = (year_args.nocat and '') or categorise_year({input_year = year_args.year, year = year_data}) if args.testing then cats = mw.text.nowiki(cats) .. cats end if year_args.noprint or not year_data or not year_data.display then return cats end local year_span = mw.html.create('span') :addClass('wst-header-year-text') :wikitext(year_data.display) :allDone() return ' (' .. tostring(year_span) .. ')' .. cats end return p exd55p7il0vy78txatwrcldb9ku82g0 32125 32124 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header/year]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32124 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Construct the year span --]=] require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') --[=[ Year properties: { year = integer, precision = integer, circa = boolean, bce = boolean, uncertain = boolean, unknown = boolean, unrecognised = boolean, display = string, start_year = year, end_year = year, year_list = year } ]=] --[=[ Precision: 0 - billion years 1 - hundred million years, 2 - ten million years, 3 - million years, 4 - hundred thousand years, 5 - ten thousand years, 6 - millenia, 7 - centuries, 8 - decades, 9 - years, 10 - months, 11 - days 12 - hours 13 - minutes 14 - seconds ]=] local currentyear = { year = tonumber(os.date('%Y')), precision = 9, circa = false, bce = false, display = os.date('%Y') } local unknownyear = { unknown = true, display = 'unknown' } local function year_less_than(year1, year2) if year1 == year2 then return false elseif not year1 or not year2 then return year1 == nil elseif year1.bce ~= year2.bce then return year1.bce end if year1.bce then return year1.year > year2.year else return year1.year < year2.year end end local function year_greater_than(year1, year2) if year1 == year2 then return false elseif not year1 or not year2 then return year2 == nil elseif year1.bce ~= year2.bce then return year2.bce end if year1.bce then return year1.year < year2.year else return year1.year > year2.year end end local function year_equal(year1, year2) if year1 == year2 then return true elseif not year1 or not year2 then return false end year1.bce = year2.bce == true year1.bce = year2.bce == true return year1.bce == year2.bce and year1.year == year2.year end local function pad_number(n, pad) n = tostring(n) return string.rep('0', pad - string.len(n)) .. n end local function get_year_text(year, precision, bce) if not tonumber(year) then return year elseif precision < 6 then return nil end year = tonumber(year) local suffixes = { [1] = 'st', [2] = 'nd', [3] = 'rd', ['default'] = 'th' } local bce_text = (bce and ' BCE') or '' if precision == 6 then local millennium = (year - year % 1000)/1000 + 1 return millennium .. (suffixes[millennium] or suffixes['default']) .. ' millennium' .. bce_text elseif precision == 7 then local century = (year - year % 100)/100 + 1 return century .. (suffixes[century] or suffixes['default']) .. ' century' .. bce_text elseif precision == 8 then local decade = year - year % 10 return decade .. 's' .. bce_text else return year .. bce_text end end local function format_year_for_display(year) if not year then return nil end local start_year = year.start_year and TableTools.shallowClone(year.start_year) local end_year = year.end_year and TableTools.shallowClone(year.end_year) if year.year then return (year.circa and 'c. ' or '') .. get_year_text(year.year, year.precision + (year.circa and 1 or 0), year.bce) .. ((year.bce == nil and ' CE') or '') elseif start_year or end_year then if start_year and end_year then if start_year.bce and end_year.bce then start_year.bce = false elseif start_year.bce ~= end_year.bce then start_year.bce = start_year.bce or nil end_year.bce = end_year.bce or nil end if start_year.circa then end_year.circa = false end end return table.concat({format_year_for_display(start_year) or '', format_year_for_display(end_year) or ''}, '–') end return nil end local function format_year_list_for_display(years) local year_displays = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(year_displays, year.display or format_year_for_display(year)) end return table.concat(year_displays, '/') end local function substrings_all_equal(years, i) local substrings = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(substrings, string.sub(year, 1, i)) end return #(TableTools.removeDuplicates(substrings)) <= 1 end local function get_containing_year_category(years_to_categorize) local years = {} for _, year in ipairs(TableTools.shallowClone(years_to_categorize)) do if not year.year or not year.precision then return nil else table.insert(years, year) end end if #years == 0 then return nil end local bce = years[1].bce for _, year in ipairs(years) do year.bce = year.bce == true if bce ~= year.bce then return nil end end local precisions = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(precisions, year.precision) end table.sort(precisions) local n_length = 0 for _, year in ipairs(years) do n_length = math.max(n_length, string.len(year.year)) end local padded_years = {} for _, year in ipairs(years) do table.insert(padded_years, pad_number(year.year, n_length)) end local shared_digits = 1 while shared_digits <= n_length and substrings_all_equal(padded_years, shared_digits) do shared_digits = shared_digits + 1 end shared_digits = shared_digits - 1 local range_precision = math.min(precisions[1], 9 - n_length + shared_digits) return get_year_text(years[1].year, range_precision, years[1].bce) end local function categorise_year(args) local cats = {} if not args.input_year and args.year then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with year from Wikidata' .. ']]') elseif not args.input_year then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Undated works' .. ']]') elseif args.input_year and not tonumber(args.input_year) then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with non-numeric dates' .. ']]') end if args.unrecognised then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with unrecognised dates' .. ']]') end local year = args.year or {} local start_year = year.start_year or (year.end_year ~= nil and unknownyear) or {} local end_year = year.end_year or (year.start_year ~= nil and currentyear) or {} start_year.bce = start_year.bce == true end_year.bce = end_year.bce == true local year_list = year.year_list or {} local precisions = {} table.insert(precisions, year.precision) table.insert(precisions, start_year.precision) table.insert(precisions, end_year.precision) table.sort(precisions) if year.uncertain or start_year.uncertain or end_year.uncertain or year.circa or start_year.circa or end_year.circa or #(year_list) > 1 or (precisions[1] and precisions[1] < 9) then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works of uncertain date' .. ']]') end if year.unknown or start_year.unknown or end_year.unknown then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works of unknown date' .. ']]') end if start_year.year and end_year.year and year_greater_than(start_year, end_year) then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Works with start and end dates in the wrong order' .. ']]') end -- single year local year_for_cat if year.year then year_for_cat = get_year_text(year.year, year.precision, year.bce) -- date range elseif start_year.year and end_year.year and start_year.bce == end_year.bce then year_for_cat = get_containing_year_category({start_year, end_year}) elseif #year_list > 0 then year_for_cat = get_containing_year_category(year_list) end table.insert(cats, year_for_cat and ('[[Category:' .. year_for_cat .. ' works]]')) return table.concat(cats) end local function get_year_from_single_statement(statement) local snak = statement.mainsnak if not snak or not snak.datavalue or not snak.datavalue.value or not snak['datavalue']['value']['time'] or not snak.datavalue.value.precision then return nil end local precision = snak.datavalue.value.precision if precision < 6 then -- precision is less than a millennium return { precision = precision, display = string.gsub(mw.wikibase.formatValue(statement.mainsnak), '^<span>(.*)</span>$', '%1') } end local start_years = {} local end_years = {} local start_year, end_year local circa = false if statement.qualifiers then -- Check if date is approximate -- P1480 = sourcing circumstances, Q5727902 = circa if statement.qualifiers.P1480 then for _, qualifier in ipairs(statement.qualifiers.P1480) do if qualifier.datavalue and qualifier.datavalue.value.id == 'Q5727902' then circa = true break end end end if circa then precision = precision - 1 end -- P580 = start time if statement.qualifiers.P580 then for k, v in pairs(statement.qualifiers.P580) do table.insert(start_years, get_year_from_single_statement({mainsnak = v})) end start_years = TableTools.compressSparseArray(TableTools.removeDuplicates(start_years)) table.sort(start_years, year_less_than) start_year = start_years[1] if #start_years > 1 then start_year.uncertain = true end end -- P582 = end time if statement.qualifiers.P582 then for k, v in pairs(statement.qualifiers.P582) do table.insert(end_years, get_year_from_single_statement({mainsnak = v})) end end_years = TableTools.compressSparseArray(TableTools.removeDuplicates(end_years)) table.sort(end_years, year_less_than) end_year = end_years[1] if #end_years > 1 then end_year.uncertain = true end end end -- extract the year from the timestamp -- example timestamps: +2016-10-05T00:00:00Z, -1752-00-00T00:00:00Z local year local bce = false local split = mw.text.split(snak['datavalue']['value']['time'], '-', true) if split[1] == '' then year = tonumber(split[2]) bce = true else year = tonumber(split[1]) end -- malformed timestamp if not year then return nil end local year_data = { year = (not start_year and not end_year and year) or nil, circa = circa, bce = bce, uncertain = (start_year and start_year.year ~= year) or circa, precision = precision, start_year = start_year, end_year = end_year } year_data.display = format_year_for_display(year_data) return year_data end local function get_wikidata_year(args) -- Fetch entity object for Wikidata item connected to the current page -- Let manually-specified Wikidata ID override if given and valid if not (args.wikidata and mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(args.wikidata)) then args.wikidata = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not args.wikidata then return nil end local item = mw.wikibase.getEntity(args.wikidata) if not item then return nil end local statements = item:getBestStatements('P577') -- publication date if #statements == 0 then return nil end local years = {} for _, statement in ipairs(statements) do local year_data = get_year_from_single_statement(statement) table.insert(years, year_data) end years = TableTools.compressSparseArray(TableTools.removeDuplicates(years)) if #years == 0 then return nil elseif #years == 1 then return years[1] end return { uncertain = true, year_list = years, display = format_year_list_for_display(years) } end local function parse_year(year) if not year then return nil elseif year == '?' or string.lower(year) == 'unknown' then return unknownyear end local input_year = year local circa = false -- Lua patterns can't do ^c(irca)?(%s|%.|/)* because they don't do alternation or apply quantifiers to groups if string.match(year, '^circa') or string.match(year, '^c%.') or string.match(year, '^c%s*/') then circa = true year = string.gsub(string.gsub(string.gsub(year, '^circa%s*', ''), '^c%.%s*', ''), '^c%s*/%s*', '') end local bce = false if string.match(year, 'BC[E]?$') then bce = true year = string.gsub(year, '%s*BC[E]?$', '') end if string.match(year, '/') then local year_split = mw.text.split(year, '/') local years = {} for _, opt in ipairs(year_split) do if opt ~= '' then local y = parse_year(opt) y.bce = y.bce or bce y.circa = y.circa or circa table.insert(years, y) end end if #years > 1 then return { uncertain = true, year_list = years, display = format_year_list_for_display(years) } elseif #years == 1 then return years[1] end end local start_year, end_year year = string.gsub(string.gsub(year, '%-', '–'), '—', '–') if string.match(year, '^[^–]*–[^–]*$') then local year_range = mw.text.split(year, '–') start_year = mw.text.trim(year_range[1]) end_year = mw.text.trim(year_range[2]) if start_year == '' then start_year = nil else start_year = parse_year(start_year) start_year.circa = start_year.circa or circa start_year.bce = start_year.bce or bce end if end_year == '' then end_year = nil else end_year = parse_year(end_year) end_year.circa = end_year.circa or circa end_year.bce = end_year.bce or bce end end local precision if tonumber(year) then precision = 9 -- Check if it looks like a decade elseif string.match(year, '^%d*0s$') then precision = 8 year = string.gsub(year, '^(%d*0)s$', '%1') -- Or a century elseif string.match(year, '^%d+[a-z]* century$') then precision = 7 year = string.gsub(year, '^(%d+)[a-z]* century$', '%1') year = 100 * (tonumber(year) - 1) -- Or a millennium elseif string.match(year, '^%d+[a-z]* millennium$') then precision = 6 year = string.gsub(year, '^(%d+)[a-z]* millennium', '%1') year = 1000 * (tonumber(year) - 1) end if circa and precision then precision = precision - 1 end if tonumber(year) then local data = { year = tonumber(year), bce = bce, circa = circa, precision = precision } data['display'] = format_year_for_display(data) return data elseif start_year or end_year then return { start_year = start_year, end_year = end_year, display = format_year_for_display({start_year = start_year, end_year = end_year}) } end return { unrecognised = true, display = input_year } end function p.construct_year(args) local current_title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local year_args = { year = args.year, noprint = yesno(args.noyear) or false, wikidata = args.wikidata } year_args.nocat = yesno(args.noyearcat) if year_args.nocat == nil then if args.testing then year_args.nocat = false else year_args.nocat = ( yesno(args.disambiguation) -- disambiguations never categorise or not current_title:inNamespaces(0, 114) -- only categorise in mainspace and Translation or current_title.isSubpage -- only categorise if this is a base page ) end end local year_data = parse_year(year_args.year) or get_wikidata_year(year_args) local cats = (year_args.nocat and '') or categorise_year({input_year = year_args.year, year = year_data}) if args.testing then cats = mw.text.nowiki(cats) .. cats end if year_args.noprint or not year_data or not year_data.display then return cats end local year_span = mw.html.create('span') :addClass('wst-header-year-text') :wikitext(year_data.display) :allDone() return ' (' .. tostring(year_span) .. ')' .. cats end return p exd55p7il0vy78txatwrcldb9ku82g0 10 12994 32126 2025-10-05T08:02:43Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Template:Shortcut/styles.css]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32126 sanitized-css text/css .wst-shortcut { display:table; border-collapse:collapse; border:1px solid var(--border-color-base, #999); margin:2px 0px 2px 8px; float:right; clear:right; } .wst-shortcut > div { display:table-row-group; background-color:var(--background-color-base, #fff); } .wst-shortcut > div > div { display:table-row; } .wst-shortcut > div > div > div { display:table-cell; font-size:86%; font-weight:bold; padding:4px; text-align:center; } .wst-shortcut > div > div > div > span { letter-spacing:1px; } tezv4175s07uy2gtd6lyu19c4vt9ah1 32127 32126 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Shortcut/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32126 sanitized-css text/css .wst-shortcut { display:table; border-collapse:collapse; border:1px solid var(--border-color-base, #999); margin:2px 0px 2px 8px; float:right; clear:right; } .wst-shortcut > div { display:table-row-group; background-color:var(--background-color-base, #fff); } .wst-shortcut > div > div { display:table-row; } .wst-shortcut > div > div > div { display:table-cell; font-size:86%; font-weight:bold; padding:4px; text-align:center; } .wst-shortcut > div > div > div > span { letter-spacing:1px; } tezv4175s07uy2gtd6lyu19c4vt9ah1 828 12995 32128 2024-07-11T06:56:16Z en>Xover 0 remove unused variable and call to mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() 32128 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This is a module to implement logic for header templates ]=] require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local plain_sister = require('Module:Plain sister')._plain_sister -- return true if any value in list is not nil or empty in args -- (nil means not present; empty string is not nil) local function has_any_arg(args, list) for k, v in pairs(list) do if args[v] ~= nil then return true end end return false end --[=[ Construct the main block ]=] local function construct_main_block(args, prefix) -- header and tracking categories local main_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-mainblock') :addClass(prefix .. '-mainblock') -- If an extra main class was provided, add it -- TODO: Is this used? Is it needed? if args.main_class ~= nil and args.main_class ~= "" then main_div:addClass(args.main_class) end -- "Previous" field local prev_div = main_div:tag('div') :addClass('wst-header-back') :addClass('searchaux') :addClass(prefix .. '-back') :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-back-arrow'):wikitext('←') :done() :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-back-link'):wikitext(args['previous']) :done() if args['previous'] == nil or args['previous'] == "" then prev_div:addClass('wst-header-nav-empty') end -- The central cell local center_div = main_div:tag('div') :addClass('wst-header-central-cell') :addClass(prefix .. '-central-cell') -- Special case to manage exceptional formatting in disambiguation-like -- pages; not otherwise documented local pretitle = '' if args.pretitle then local br = '<br/>' if not args.main_title or args.main_title == '' then br = '' end center_div:tag('span') :addClass('wst-header-pretitle') :wikitext(args.pretitle .. br) end center_div:tag('span') :addClass('wst-header-title') :addClass(prefix .. '-title') :wikitext(args.main_title or '') -- "Next" field local next_div = main_div:tag('div') :addClass('wst-header-forward') :addClass('searchaux') :addClass(prefix .. '-forward') :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-forward-link'):wikitext(args['next']) :done() :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-forward-arrow'):wikitext('→') :done() if args['next'] == nil or args['next'] == "" then next_div:addClass('wst-header-nav-empty') end return tostring(main_div) end --[=[ Construct the notes block ]=] local function construct_notes_block(args, prefix) local main_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-notes') :addClass('header_notes') :addClass('searchaux') :addClass(prefix .. '-notes') -- If an extra main class was provided, add it -- TODO: Is this used? Is it needed? if args.notes_class ~= nil and args.notes_class ~= "" then main_div:addClass(args.notes_class) end -- Left-floated content has to come first, or it may float below the sisters. local notes_left_content = '' if args.notes_left_content then local notes_left_content_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-left') :addClass('header_notes_left_content') :addClass(prefix .. '-left') :wikitext(args.notes_left_content) notes_left_content = tostring(notes_left_content_div) end local shortcut = '' if args.shortcut then shortcut = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = 'shortcut', args = {args.shortcut} } end local notes_content = '' if args.notes then args.notes = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess(args.notes) -- linebreaks are so notes get paragraph formatting local notes_content_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-content') :addClass('header_notes_content') :addClass('wst-header-notes-content') :addClass(prefix .. '-notes-content') :wikitext('\n' .. args.notes .. '\n') notes_content = tostring(notes_content_div) end local sister = plain_sister(args) if not sister and not args.notes and not args.notes_left_content then return '' end return tostring(main_div:wikitext(notes_left_content .. (sister or '') .. shortcut .. notes_content)) end --[=[ Construct header ]=] function p.construct_header(args) -- Make sure the main identifying class for the client template is set local prefix = "wst-unknown" if args.template ~= nil and args.template ~= "" then prefix = "wst-" .. args.template end local headerContainer = mw.html.create('div') :addClass("ws-header") :addClass("wst-header-structure") :addClass(prefix) -- header_class from client modules, class from individual uses if args.header_class then headerContainer:addClass(args.header_class) end if args.class then headerContainer:addClass(args.class) end headerContainer:wikitext(table.concat({ (args.pre_main or ''), construct_main_block(args, prefix), construct_notes_block(args, prefix), (args.post_notes or '') })) local stylesheet = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Header structure/styles.css'}) return stylesheet .. (args.pre_container or '') .. tostring(headerContainer) end function p.header_structure(frame) return p.construct_header(getArgs(frame)) end return p 971hsxfdvcp7ud5w4balnss3cmkboio 32129 32128 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header_structure]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32128 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ This is a module to implement logic for header templates ]=] require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local plain_sister = require('Module:Plain sister')._plain_sister -- return true if any value in list is not nil or empty in args -- (nil means not present; empty string is not nil) local function has_any_arg(args, list) for k, v in pairs(list) do if args[v] ~= nil then return true end end return false end --[=[ Construct the main block ]=] local function construct_main_block(args, prefix) -- header and tracking categories local main_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-mainblock') :addClass(prefix .. '-mainblock') -- If an extra main class was provided, add it -- TODO: Is this used? Is it needed? if args.main_class ~= nil and args.main_class ~= "" then main_div:addClass(args.main_class) end -- "Previous" field local prev_div = main_div:tag('div') :addClass('wst-header-back') :addClass('searchaux') :addClass(prefix .. '-back') :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-back-arrow'):wikitext('←') :done() :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-back-link'):wikitext(args['previous']) :done() if args['previous'] == nil or args['previous'] == "" then prev_div:addClass('wst-header-nav-empty') end -- The central cell local center_div = main_div:tag('div') :addClass('wst-header-central-cell') :addClass(prefix .. '-central-cell') -- Special case to manage exceptional formatting in disambiguation-like -- pages; not otherwise documented local pretitle = '' if args.pretitle then local br = '<br/>' if not args.main_title or args.main_title == '' then br = '' end center_div:tag('span') :addClass('wst-header-pretitle') :wikitext(args.pretitle .. br) end center_div:tag('span') :addClass('wst-header-title') :addClass(prefix .. '-title') :wikitext(args.main_title or '') -- "Next" field local next_div = main_div:tag('div') :addClass('wst-header-forward') :addClass('searchaux') :addClass(prefix .. '-forward') :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-forward-link'):wikitext(args['next']) :done() :tag('div'):addClass('wst-header-forward-arrow'):wikitext('→') :done() if args['next'] == nil or args['next'] == "" then next_div:addClass('wst-header-nav-empty') end return tostring(main_div) end --[=[ Construct the notes block ]=] local function construct_notes_block(args, prefix) local main_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-notes') :addClass('header_notes') :addClass('searchaux') :addClass(prefix .. '-notes') -- If an extra main class was provided, add it -- TODO: Is this used? Is it needed? if args.notes_class ~= nil and args.notes_class ~= "" then main_div:addClass(args.notes_class) end -- Left-floated content has to come first, or it may float below the sisters. local notes_left_content = '' if args.notes_left_content then local notes_left_content_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-left') :addClass('header_notes_left_content') :addClass(prefix .. '-left') :wikitext(args.notes_left_content) notes_left_content = tostring(notes_left_content_div) end local shortcut = '' if args.shortcut then shortcut = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate { title = 'shortcut', args = {args.shortcut} } end local notes_content = '' if args.notes then args.notes = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess(args.notes) -- linebreaks are so notes get paragraph formatting local notes_content_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('wst-header-content') :addClass('header_notes_content') :addClass('wst-header-notes-content') :addClass(prefix .. '-notes-content') :wikitext('\n' .. args.notes .. '\n') notes_content = tostring(notes_content_div) end local sister = plain_sister(args) if not sister and not args.notes and not args.notes_left_content then return '' end return tostring(main_div:wikitext(notes_left_content .. (sister or '') .. shortcut .. notes_content)) end --[=[ Construct header ]=] function p.construct_header(args) -- Make sure the main identifying class for the client template is set local prefix = "wst-unknown" if args.template ~= nil and args.template ~= "" then prefix = "wst-" .. args.template end local headerContainer = mw.html.create('div') :addClass("ws-header") :addClass("wst-header-structure") :addClass(prefix) -- header_class from client modules, class from individual uses if args.header_class then headerContainer:addClass(args.header_class) end if args.class then headerContainer:addClass(args.class) end headerContainer:wikitext(table.concat({ (args.pre_main or ''), construct_main_block(args, prefix), construct_notes_block(args, prefix), (args.post_notes or '') })) local stylesheet = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Header structure/styles.css'}) return stylesheet .. (args.pre_container or '') .. tostring(headerContainer) end function p.header_structure(frame) return p.construct_header(getArgs(frame)) end return p 971hsxfdvcp7ud5w4balnss3cmkboio 10 12996 32130 2026-01-29T07:06:05Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 fix behavior of prev-link in dark mode 32130 sanitized-css text/css /* Styles used by header templates (not just header) */ /* * main block */ /* The top level wrapper for the header main block. */ .wst-header-mainblock { margin: 4px auto 4px auto; padding: 0 3px; display: flex; align-items: center; } /* Common styles for back and forward links */ .wst-header-back, .wst-header-forward { display: flex; flex: 1 4 100%; min-width: min-content; align-items: center; font-size: .9em; } .wst-header-nav-empty { visibility: hidden; } /* The container for the back (previous) link. */ .wst-header-back { justify-content: flex-start; text-align: left; } /* The container for the central cell. */ .wst-header-central-cell { flex: 4 1 100%; max-width: max-content; text-align: center; } /* The container for the forward (next) link. */ .wst-header-forward { justify-content: flex-end; text-align: right; } @media(max-width:768px) { /* Put title on its own flexbox row */ .wst-header-mainblock { flex-wrap:wrap; } .wst-header-central-cell { flex:0 0 100%; order:-2; width:auto; } .wst-header-back, .wst-header-forward { width:auto; } } /* * notes block */ /* The overall notes container. */ .wst-header-notes { display:inline-block; border-collapse:collapse; border-spacing:0; empty-cells:hide; font-size:.9em; line-height:1.4; margin:0 auto 4px auto; width:100%; } /* Left-floated content. */ .wst-header-left { float:left; } endbvjhthg540or09glpy5cpeygobni 32131 32130 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Header_structure/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32130 sanitized-css text/css /* Styles used by header templates (not just header) */ /* * main block */ /* The top level wrapper for the header main block. */ .wst-header-mainblock { margin: 4px auto 4px auto; padding: 0 3px; display: flex; align-items: center; } /* Common styles for back and forward links */ .wst-header-back, .wst-header-forward { display: flex; flex: 1 4 100%; min-width: min-content; align-items: center; font-size: .9em; } .wst-header-nav-empty { visibility: hidden; } /* The container for the back (previous) link. */ .wst-header-back { justify-content: flex-start; text-align: left; } /* The container for the central cell. */ .wst-header-central-cell { flex: 4 1 100%; max-width: max-content; text-align: center; } /* The container for the forward (next) link. */ .wst-header-forward { justify-content: flex-end; text-align: right; } @media(max-width:768px) { /* Put title on its own flexbox row */ .wst-header-mainblock { flex-wrap:wrap; } .wst-header-central-cell { flex:0 0 100%; order:-2; width:auto; } .wst-header-back, .wst-header-forward { width:auto; } } /* * notes block */ /* The overall notes container. */ .wst-header-notes { display:inline-block; border-collapse:collapse; border-spacing:0; empty-cells:hide; font-size:.9em; line-height:1.4; margin:0 auto 4px auto; width:100%; } /* Left-floated content. */ .wst-header-left { float:left; } endbvjhthg540or09glpy5cpeygobni 828 12997 32132 2025-09-30T06:17:07Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32132 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local contrib_types = require('Module:Header/attribution data') local headerLang = require('Module:Header/lang') p.attr_data = {} for k, v in pairs(contrib_types) do p.attr_data[v['param_name']] = v end local function get_attribution_params(args) local all_contributors = { title = {}, section = {} } for k, v in pairs(args) do local base_param_name = string.gsub(string.gsub(k, '%-display$', ''), '%-nolink$', '') local arg_param_name = string.gsub(base_param_name, '^override%-', '') local param_name = string.gsub(arg_param_name, '%d*$', '') local section_key if string.match(arg_param_name, '^section%-') then section_key = 'section' param_name = string.gsub(param_name, '^section%-', '') else section_key = 'title' end if p['attr_data'][param_name] then local param_name_pattern = '^' .. string.gsub(string.gsub(base_param_name, '%d*$', ''), '%-', '%%%-') local nText = string.match(k, param_name_pattern .. '%d*$') local nDisplay = string.match(k, param_name_pattern .. '%d*%-display$') local nNoLink = string.match(k, param_name_pattern .. '%d*%-nolink$') local n local info if nText then n = string.gsub(nText, param_name_pattern .. '(%d*)$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 info = 'text' elseif nDisplay then n = string.gsub(nDisplay, param_name_pattern .. '(%d*)%-display$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 info = 'display' elseif nNoLink then n = string.gsub(nNoLink, param_name_pattern .. '(%d*)%-nolink$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 info = 'nolink' end local index = p['attr_data'][param_name]['index'] all_contributors[section_key][index] = all_contributors[section_key][index] or {} all_contributors[section_key][index]['param_name'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['param_name'] or param_name all_contributors[section_key][index]['arg_param_name'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['arg_param_name'] or arg_param_name all_contributors[section_key][index]['override'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['override'] or args['override-' .. arg_param_name] if n and not (args.is_translation and arg_param_name == 'translator' and info == 'text' and string.lower(v) == 'wikisource') then all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'] or {} all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n] or {} all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n][info] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n][info] or v end end end if args.is_translation then local index = p['attr_data']['translator']['index'] all_contributors['title'][index] = all_contributors['title'][index] or {} all_contributors['title'][index]['param_name'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['param_name'] or 'translator' all_contributors['title'][index]['arg_param_name'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['arg_param_name'] or 'translator' all_contributors['title'][index]['override'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['override'] or nil all_contributors['title'][index]['values'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['values'] or {} table.insert(all_contributors['title'][index]['values'], {text = 'wikisource'}) end local contributors = { title = {}, section = {} } for section_key, section_values in pairs(all_contributors) do for i, contrib in ipairs(TableTools.compressSparseArray(section_values)) do local new_contrib = {} for k, v in pairs(TableTools.shallowClone(contrib)) do if k == 'values' then new_contrib[k] = TableTools.compressSparseArray(v) else new_contrib[k] = v end end table.insert(contributors[section_key], new_contrib) end end return contributors end function p.get_attribution_params(args) return get_attribution_params(args) end local function construct_attribution_span(args) local aspan = mw.html.create('span') :addClass('vcard') :attr('id', 'header-' .. args.span_param_name .. '-text') :tag('span'):addClass('fn'):wikitext(args.atext) return tostring(mw.html.create('span') :addClass('contributor-text') :wikitext(args.prefix .. tostring(aspan)) ) end local function construct_attribution(args) local data = args.data local param_name = data['param_name'] local span_param_name = param_name local prefix = p['attr_data'][param_name]['prefix'] .. '&nbsp;' local is_section = args.is_section if data['arg_param_name'] == 'section-author' then span_param_name = 'contributor' end if data['arg_param_name'] == 'author' and data['override'] then prefix = '' -- legacy parameter elseif param_name == 'translator' and args.languages then prefix = p['attr_data'][param_name]['language_prefix'](args.language_name or 'an undefined language') .. '&nbsp;' end -- override (legacy parameter) local atext = data['override'] if atext then if args.is_translation and param_name == 'translator' then atext = atext .. ' and ' .. p['attr_data'][param_name]['special_cases']['wikisource'] end return construct_attribution_span({span_param_name = span_param_name, prefix = prefix, atext = atext, is_section = is_section}) end local contributors = {} for i, contributor in ipairs(data['values']) do local text = contributor['text'] local display = contributor['display'] local nolink = yesno(contributor['nolink']) or false if nolink then table.insert(contributors, display or text) elseif text then local special = false for k, v in pairs(p['attr_data'][param_name]['special_cases']) do if string.lower(text) == k then special = true if type(v) == 'function' then display = v(display) else display = v end break end end if not special then if not display then display = string.gsub(text, ' %(.*%)$', '') end display = '[[Author:' .. text .. '|' .. display .. ']]' end if display then table.insert(contributors, display) end else mw.logObject(contributor) end end if #contributors == 0 then return nil elseif #contributors == 1 then atext = contributors[1] else atext = table.concat(contributors, ', ', 1, #contributors - 1) .. ' and ' .. contributors[#contributors] end -- Temporary check for illustrator in subpages. -- TODO: remove once -- [[Special:PermanentLink/14324127#Replace illustrator header parameter with section illustrator in subpages of works]] -- has been addressed. local cat = '' if param_name == 'illustrator' and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().isSubpage and not is_section then cat = '[[' .. 'Category:' .. 'Subpages using illustrator parameter' .. ']]' end local s = construct_attribution_span({span_param_name = span_param_name, prefix = prefix, atext = atext, is_section = is_section}) return s .. cat end function p.construct_attributions(args) local attributions = {} local a_args = TableTools.shallowClone(args) local attr_params = get_attribution_params(args)['title'] for i, data in ipairs(attr_params) do a_args['data'] = data a_args['is_section'] = false local atext = construct_attribution(a_args) if atext then table.insert(attributions, atext) end end if #attributions == 0 then return '' end return table.concat(attributions, ', ') end -- section function p.construct_section(args) local section_text = args['section'] if not section_text or section_text == '' then return '' end local attributions = {} local a_args = TableTools.shallowClone(args) a_args.languages = a_args.section_languages or a_args.languages a_args.language_name = a_args.section_language_name or a_args.language_name local attr_params = get_attribution_params(args)['section'] for i, data in ipairs(attr_params) do a_args['data'] = data a_args['is_section'] = true local atext = construct_attribution(a_args) if atext then table.insert(attributions, atext) end end if #attributions > 0 then local sep = ' ' if #attributions > 1 then sep = '<br/>' end section_text = section_text .. sep .. table.concat(attributions, ', ') end return tostring(mw.html.create('div') :addClass('header-section-text') :wikitext(section_text) ) end --[=[ Construct the [[Help:Microformat]] for the page. This is in the form: <div id="ws-data" ...> <span id="ws-title">Title here...</span> ... <div> ]=] function p.construct_microformat(args) local mf_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('ws-noexport') :attr('id', 'ws-data') :css({speak = 'none'}) -- override to show the microformat if yesno(args['show-microformat']) then mf_div:addClass('ws-data-show') end -- collect the MF values here local mf = {}; -- page ID mf['ws-article-id'] = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().id -- title if args['title'] then mf['ws-title'] = args['title'] -- append section if there is one if args['section'] then mf['ws-title'] = mf['ws-title'] .. " — " .. args['section'] end end -- year mf['ws-year'] = args['year'] -- cover mf['ws-cover'] = args['cover'] -- use section values if available, otherwise use work values local attr_params = get_attribution_params(args) local joined_attr_params = {} for i, section_key in ipairs({'section', 'title'}) do for i, data in ipairs(attr_params[section_key]) do local index = p['attr_data'][data['param_name']]['index'] joined_attr_params[index] = joined_attr_params[index] or data end end joined_attr_params = TableTools.compressSparseArray(joined_attr_params) for i, data in ipairs(joined_attr_params) do local atext = data['override'] local ws_translator = args.template_name == 'Translation header' and data['param_name'] == 'translator' if atext and ws_translator then atext = atext .. ' and Wikisource' elseif not atext then local attr_text = {} for i, values in ipairs(data['values']) do local display = values['text'] local special = false if values['text'] then for k, v in pairs(p['attr_data'][data['param_name']]['special_cases']) do if string.lower(values['text']) == k then special = true if k == 'anon' or k == 'anonymous' then display = 'Anonymous' elseif k == 'wikisource' then display = 'Wikisource' elseif type(v) == 'function' then display = v(display) else display = v end break end end else mw.logObject(values) end table.insert(attr_text, display) end if #attr_text == 1 then atext = attr_text[1] elseif #attr_text > 1 then atext = table.concat(attr_text, ', ', 1, #attr_text - 1) .. ' and ' .. attr_text[#attr_text] end end if atext then mf['ws-' .. data['param_name']] = atext end end for k, v in pairs(mf) do mf_div:tag('span'):attr('id', k):wikitext(v) end return tostring(mf_div) end return p 88ntodpl1jelxio2hv60fb0mxadl2cp 32133 32132 2026-04-22T02:14:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header/attribution]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32132 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local contrib_types = require('Module:Header/attribution data') local headerLang = require('Module:Header/lang') p.attr_data = {} for k, v in pairs(contrib_types) do p.attr_data[v['param_name']] = v end local function get_attribution_params(args) local all_contributors = { title = {}, section = {} } for k, v in pairs(args) do local base_param_name = string.gsub(string.gsub(k, '%-display$', ''), '%-nolink$', '') local arg_param_name = string.gsub(base_param_name, '^override%-', '') local param_name = string.gsub(arg_param_name, '%d*$', '') local section_key if string.match(arg_param_name, '^section%-') then section_key = 'section' param_name = string.gsub(param_name, '^section%-', '') else section_key = 'title' end if p['attr_data'][param_name] then local param_name_pattern = '^' .. string.gsub(string.gsub(base_param_name, '%d*$', ''), '%-', '%%%-') local nText = string.match(k, param_name_pattern .. '%d*$') local nDisplay = string.match(k, param_name_pattern .. '%d*%-display$') local nNoLink = string.match(k, param_name_pattern .. '%d*%-nolink$') local n local info if nText then n = string.gsub(nText, param_name_pattern .. '(%d*)$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 info = 'text' elseif nDisplay then n = string.gsub(nDisplay, param_name_pattern .. '(%d*)%-display$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 info = 'display' elseif nNoLink then n = string.gsub(nNoLink, param_name_pattern .. '(%d*)%-nolink$', '%1') n = tonumber(n) or 1 info = 'nolink' end local index = p['attr_data'][param_name]['index'] all_contributors[section_key][index] = all_contributors[section_key][index] or {} all_contributors[section_key][index]['param_name'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['param_name'] or param_name all_contributors[section_key][index]['arg_param_name'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['arg_param_name'] or arg_param_name all_contributors[section_key][index]['override'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['override'] or args['override-' .. arg_param_name] if n and not (args.is_translation and arg_param_name == 'translator' and info == 'text' and string.lower(v) == 'wikisource') then all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'] or {} all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n] or {} all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n][info] = all_contributors[section_key][index]['values'][n][info] or v end end end if args.is_translation then local index = p['attr_data']['translator']['index'] all_contributors['title'][index] = all_contributors['title'][index] or {} all_contributors['title'][index]['param_name'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['param_name'] or 'translator' all_contributors['title'][index]['arg_param_name'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['arg_param_name'] or 'translator' all_contributors['title'][index]['override'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['override'] or nil all_contributors['title'][index]['values'] = all_contributors['title'][index]['values'] or {} table.insert(all_contributors['title'][index]['values'], {text = 'wikisource'}) end local contributors = { title = {}, section = {} } for section_key, section_values in pairs(all_contributors) do for i, contrib in ipairs(TableTools.compressSparseArray(section_values)) do local new_contrib = {} for k, v in pairs(TableTools.shallowClone(contrib)) do if k == 'values' then new_contrib[k] = TableTools.compressSparseArray(v) else new_contrib[k] = v end end table.insert(contributors[section_key], new_contrib) end end return contributors end function p.get_attribution_params(args) return get_attribution_params(args) end local function construct_attribution_span(args) local aspan = mw.html.create('span') :addClass('vcard') :attr('id', 'header-' .. args.span_param_name .. '-text') :tag('span'):addClass('fn'):wikitext(args.atext) return tostring(mw.html.create('span') :addClass('contributor-text') :wikitext(args.prefix .. tostring(aspan)) ) end local function construct_attribution(args) local data = args.data local param_name = data['param_name'] local span_param_name = param_name local prefix = p['attr_data'][param_name]['prefix'] .. '&nbsp;' local is_section = args.is_section if data['arg_param_name'] == 'section-author' then span_param_name = 'contributor' end if data['arg_param_name'] == 'author' and data['override'] then prefix = '' -- legacy parameter elseif param_name == 'translator' and args.languages then prefix = p['attr_data'][param_name]['language_prefix'](args.language_name or 'an undefined language') .. '&nbsp;' end -- override (legacy parameter) local atext = data['override'] if atext then if args.is_translation and param_name == 'translator' then atext = atext .. ' and ' .. p['attr_data'][param_name]['special_cases']['wikisource'] end return construct_attribution_span({span_param_name = span_param_name, prefix = prefix, atext = atext, is_section = is_section}) end local contributors = {} for i, contributor in ipairs(data['values']) do local text = contributor['text'] local display = contributor['display'] local nolink = yesno(contributor['nolink']) or false if nolink then table.insert(contributors, display or text) elseif text then local special = false for k, v in pairs(p['attr_data'][param_name]['special_cases']) do if string.lower(text) == k then special = true if type(v) == 'function' then display = v(display) else display = v end break end end if not special then if not display then display = string.gsub(text, ' %(.*%)$', '') end display = '[[Author:' .. text .. '|' .. display .. ']]' end if display then table.insert(contributors, display) end else mw.logObject(contributor) end end if #contributors == 0 then return nil elseif #contributors == 1 then atext = contributors[1] else atext = table.concat(contributors, ', ', 1, #contributors - 1) .. ' and ' .. contributors[#contributors] end -- Temporary check for illustrator in subpages. -- TODO: remove once -- [[Special:PermanentLink/14324127#Replace illustrator header parameter with section illustrator in subpages of works]] -- has been addressed. local cat = '' if param_name == 'illustrator' and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().isSubpage and not is_section then cat = '[[' .. 'Category:' .. 'Subpages using illustrator parameter' .. ']]' end local s = construct_attribution_span({span_param_name = span_param_name, prefix = prefix, atext = atext, is_section = is_section}) return s .. cat end function p.construct_attributions(args) local attributions = {} local a_args = TableTools.shallowClone(args) local attr_params = get_attribution_params(args)['title'] for i, data in ipairs(attr_params) do a_args['data'] = data a_args['is_section'] = false local atext = construct_attribution(a_args) if atext then table.insert(attributions, atext) end end if #attributions == 0 then return '' end return table.concat(attributions, ', ') end -- section function p.construct_section(args) local section_text = args['section'] if not section_text or section_text == '' then return '' end local attributions = {} local a_args = TableTools.shallowClone(args) a_args.languages = a_args.section_languages or a_args.languages a_args.language_name = a_args.section_language_name or a_args.language_name local attr_params = get_attribution_params(args)['section'] for i, data in ipairs(attr_params) do a_args['data'] = data a_args['is_section'] = true local atext = construct_attribution(a_args) if atext then table.insert(attributions, atext) end end if #attributions > 0 then local sep = ' ' if #attributions > 1 then sep = '<br/>' end section_text = section_text .. sep .. table.concat(attributions, ', ') end return tostring(mw.html.create('div') :addClass('header-section-text') :wikitext(section_text) ) end --[=[ Construct the [[Help:Microformat]] for the page. This is in the form: <div id="ws-data" ...> <span id="ws-title">Title here...</span> ... <div> ]=] function p.construct_microformat(args) local mf_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('ws-noexport') :attr('id', 'ws-data') :css({speak = 'none'}) -- override to show the microformat if yesno(args['show-microformat']) then mf_div:addClass('ws-data-show') end -- collect the MF values here local mf = {}; -- page ID mf['ws-article-id'] = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().id -- title if args['title'] then mf['ws-title'] = args['title'] -- append section if there is one if args['section'] then mf['ws-title'] = mf['ws-title'] .. " — " .. args['section'] end end -- year mf['ws-year'] = args['year'] -- cover mf['ws-cover'] = args['cover'] -- use section values if available, otherwise use work values local attr_params = get_attribution_params(args) local joined_attr_params = {} for i, section_key in ipairs({'section', 'title'}) do for i, data in ipairs(attr_params[section_key]) do local index = p['attr_data'][data['param_name']]['index'] joined_attr_params[index] = joined_attr_params[index] or data end end joined_attr_params = TableTools.compressSparseArray(joined_attr_params) for i, data in ipairs(joined_attr_params) do local atext = data['override'] local ws_translator = args.template_name == 'Translation header' and data['param_name'] == 'translator' if atext and ws_translator then atext = atext .. ' and Wikisource' elseif not atext then local attr_text = {} for i, values in ipairs(data['values']) do local display = values['text'] local special = false if values['text'] then for k, v in pairs(p['attr_data'][data['param_name']]['special_cases']) do if string.lower(values['text']) == k then special = true if k == 'anon' or k == 'anonymous' then display = 'Anonymous' elseif k == 'wikisource' then display = 'Wikisource' elseif type(v) == 'function' then display = v(display) else display = v end break end end else mw.logObject(values) end table.insert(attr_text, display) end if #attr_text == 1 then atext = attr_text[1] elseif #attr_text > 1 then atext = table.concat(attr_text, ', ', 1, #attr_text - 1) .. ' and ' .. attr_text[#attr_text] end end if atext then mf['ws-' .. data['param_name']] = atext end end for k, v in pairs(mf) do mf_div:tag('span'):attr('id', k):wikitext(v) end return tostring(mf_div) end return p 88ntodpl1jelxio2hv60fb0mxadl2cp 10 12998 32134 2025-01-15T06:31:33Z en>Alien333 0 32134 sanitized-css text/css .plainSister { display:block; font-size:93%; line-height:normal; list-style-type:none; list-style-image:none; list-style-position:outside; border:1px solid var(--border-color-interactive--hover, #AAA); float:right; clear:right; margin:0.5ex 0 0.5ex 0.5ex; padding:0; background:var(--background-color-base, #FFFFFF); color:var(--color-base, #202122); } .sisicon, .dabicon { padding-right:1ex } 9u4b2frpymhp7399l44mvdwuwjijgut 32135 32134 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Plain_sister/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32134 sanitized-css text/css .plainSister { display:block; font-size:93%; line-height:normal; list-style-type:none; list-style-image:none; list-style-position:outside; border:1px solid var(--border-color-interactive--hover, #AAA); float:right; clear:right; margin:0.5ex 0 0.5ex 0.5ex; padding:0; background:var(--background-color-base, #FFFFFF); color:var(--color-base, #202122); } .sisicon, .dabicon { padding-right:1ex } 9u4b2frpymhp7399l44mvdwuwjijgut 828 12999 32136 2025-07-08T03:57:14Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32136 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local attr_data = require('Module:Header/attribution').attr_data function p.attrParamList() local params = {} -- formatting from [[Template:Parameter]] for k, v in pairs(attr_data) do local i = v['index'] params[i] = tostring(mw.html.create('span') :addClass('wst-doc-parameter') :wikitext(v['param_name']) ) if i == 1 then params[i] = '** ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Template:Parameter/styles.css'}) .. params[i] else params[i] = '** ' .. params[i] end end return table.concat(params, '\n') end return p 8atkm38o3y5qalp543zldx0b95tzn3k 32137 32136 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header/docdata]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32136 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local attr_data = require('Module:Header/attribution').attr_data function p.attrParamList() local params = {} -- formatting from [[Template:Parameter]] for k, v in pairs(attr_data) do local i = v['index'] params[i] = tostring(mw.html.create('span') :addClass('wst-doc-parameter') :wikitext(v['param_name']) ) if i == 1 then params[i] = '** ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Template:Parameter/styles.css'}) .. params[i] else params[i] = '** ' .. params[i] end end return table.concat(params, '\n') end return p 8atkm38o3y5qalp543zldx0b95tzn3k 828 13000 32138 2024-09-03T22:46:59Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 fix title reconstitution 32138 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') --[=[ Generate a {{DEFAULTSORT}} magic word according to the defaultsort parameter ]=] function p._construct_defaultsort(args) local defsortKey local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text if args.sortkey then defsortKey = args.sortkey else -- construct defaultsort automatically by stripping A/An/The as needed local title_table = mw.text.split(title, '/') local sorted_title local sorted_title_table = {} local articles = {'A', 'An', 'The'} for k, part in pairs(title_table) do local sorted_part = part local disambig = string.match(sorted_part, ' %(.*%)$') if disambig then sorted_part = string.gsub(sorted_part, ' %(.*%)$', '') else disambig = '' end for j, article in pairs(articles) do if string.len(sorted_part) > string.len(article) and string.sub(sorted_part, 1, string.len(article) + 1) == (article .. ' ') then sorted_part = string.sub(sorted_part, string.len(article) + 2) .. ', ' .. article .. disambig break end end table.insert(sorted_title_table, sorted_part) end defsortKey = table.concat(sorted_title_table, '/') if defsortKey == title then defsortKey = nil end end -- if a suitable key is found or constructed, apply it if defsortKey == title then return args.equalsortcat or '' elseif defsortKey then return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('DEFAULTSORT', {defsortKey}) .. (args.diffsortcat or '') end -- otherwise, don't do anything and use the default return '' end function p.construct_defaultsort(frame) return p._construct_defaultsort(getArgs(frame)) end return p 1n19hnqrhvczpbubuuf59ozzv3lkchj 32139 32138 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header/sort]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32138 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') --[=[ Generate a {{DEFAULTSORT}} magic word according to the defaultsort parameter ]=] function p._construct_defaultsort(args) local defsortKey local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text if args.sortkey then defsortKey = args.sortkey else -- construct defaultsort automatically by stripping A/An/The as needed local title_table = mw.text.split(title, '/') local sorted_title local sorted_title_table = {} local articles = {'A', 'An', 'The'} for k, part in pairs(title_table) do local sorted_part = part local disambig = string.match(sorted_part, ' %(.*%)$') if disambig then sorted_part = string.gsub(sorted_part, ' %(.*%)$', '') else disambig = '' end for j, article in pairs(articles) do if string.len(sorted_part) > string.len(article) and string.sub(sorted_part, 1, string.len(article) + 1) == (article .. ' ') then sorted_part = string.sub(sorted_part, string.len(article) + 2) .. ', ' .. article .. disambig break end end table.insert(sorted_title_table, sorted_part) end defsortKey = table.concat(sorted_title_table, '/') if defsortKey == title then defsortKey = nil end end -- if a suitable key is found or constructed, apply it if defsortKey == title then return args.equalsortcat or '' elseif defsortKey then return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('DEFAULTSORT', {defsortKey}) .. (args.diffsortcat or '') end -- otherwise, don't do anything and use the default return '' end function p.construct_defaultsort(frame) return p._construct_defaultsort(getArgs(frame)) end return p 1n19hnqrhvczpbubuuf59ozzv3lkchj 10 13001 32140 2024-09-27T07:44:08Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 implement in Lua 32140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Makeid|makeid}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> te2n2rtbiieliawzvx0k9pkdrj8cvs9 32141 32140 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Makeid]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32140 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Makeid|makeid}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> te2n2rtbiieliawzvx0k9pkdrj8cvs9 828 13002 32142 2025-04-19T15:16:53Z en>EncycloPetey 0 massive template spillover breakage 32142 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs function p._makeid(args) local id_text = args[1] if not id_text or id_text == '' then return '' end local blank_values = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if string.match(k, '^blank%d*$') then blank_values[v] = true end end if blank_values[id_text] then return '' else return 'id=\"' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(id_text) .. '\"' end end function p.makeid(frame) return p._makeid(getArgs(frame)) end return p hrgorewi10670e3soofoqxl17a7owpi 32143 32142 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Makeid]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32142 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs function p._makeid(args) local id_text = args[1] if not id_text or id_text == '' then return '' end local blank_values = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if string.match(k, '^blank%d*$') then blank_values[v] = true end end if blank_values[id_text] then return '' else return 'id=\"' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(id_text) .. '\"' end end function p.makeid(frame) return p._makeid(getArgs(frame)) end return p hrgorewi10670e3soofoqxl17a7owpi 10 13003 32144 2025-09-15T19:33:36Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 also use variable for background 32144 sanitized-css text/css .wst-doc-parameter { color:var(--color-icon-success, #099979); background-color:var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); font-weight:bold; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .wst-doc-parameter { color:var(--color-icon-success, #24ebbf); background-color:var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #202122); } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .wst-doc-parameter { color:var(--color-icon-success, #24ebbf); background-color:var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #202122); } } k173nnrcuigyy8gm5nvolhek3hc1buu 32145 32144 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Parameter/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32144 sanitized-css text/css .wst-doc-parameter { color:var(--color-icon-success, #099979); background-color:var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); font-weight:bold; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .wst-doc-parameter { color:var(--color-icon-success, #24ebbf); background-color:var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #202122); } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .wst-doc-parameter { color:var(--color-icon-success, #24ebbf); background-color:var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #202122); } } k173nnrcuigyy8gm5nvolhek3hc1buu 828 13004 32146 2025-04-19T16:00:10Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 32146 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs function p.__isdigit(args) local id_text = args[1] if not id_text or id_text == '' then return 'false' end local ___isdigit ___isdigit = false if string.match(id_text, '^%d+$') then ___isdigit = true end if ___isdigit==true then return 'true' else return 'false' end end function p._isdigit(frame) return p.__isdigit(getArgs(frame)) end return p 4yrv8kqdchevhqjdzydrwrhg6jwh2im 32147 32146 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Isdigit]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32146 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs function p.__isdigit(args) local id_text = args[1] if not id_text or id_text == '' then return 'false' end local ___isdigit ___isdigit = false if string.match(id_text, '^%d+$') then ___isdigit = true end if ___isdigit==true then return 'true' else return 'false' end end function p._isdigit(frame) return p.__isdigit(getArgs(frame)) end return p 4yrv8kqdchevhqjdzydrwrhg6jwh2im 10 13005 32148 2025-08-12T03:54:27Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Template:Font-size-base]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32148 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><span {{optional style|font-size={{{font-size|}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}>{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> biahc5r13z11i108dpqu3vztiin7nrr 32149 32148 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Font-size-base]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32148 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><span {{optional style|font-size={{{font-size|}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}>{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> biahc5r13z11i108dpqu3vztiin7nrr 828 13006 32150 2025-10-01T21:23:53Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 support indexes with multiple languages that are passed to header as a comma-separated list 32150 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local ISO_639_language_name = require('Module:ISO 639').language_name local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') p.project_language = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code p.project_language_name = ISO_639_language_name(p.project_language) p.interwiki_prefixes = { ['grc'] = 'el', ['ang'] = 'ang:' .. p.project_language, ['enm'] = 'enm:' .. p.project_language, ['sco'] = 'sco:' .. p.project_language } --[=[ Construct the automatic categories for the header ]=] function p.language_category_name(cat_works_start, lang, is_translation) local cat_language_name = ISO_639_language_name(lang) or 'an undefined language' if lang == 'el' then cat_language_name = 'Modern Greek' elseif lang == p.project_language and not is_translation then cat_language_name = 'explicitly cited ' .. p.project_language_name end return cat_works_start .. ' ' .. cat_language_name end function p.get_languages(args, prefix) prefix = (prefix and prefix .. '%-') or '' -- language handling local languages = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local n local nText = string.match(k, '^' .. prefix .. 'language%d*$') or string.match(k, '^' .. prefix .. 'lang%d*$') if nText and type(v) == 'string' then n = string.gsub(string.gsub(nText, 'language', ''), 'lang', '') n = tonumber(n) or 1 languages[n] = mw.text.split(v, '%s*,%s*') end end languages = TableTools.compressSparseArray(languages) if #languages == 0 then return {} end local flat_languages = {} local language_name local language_names = {} for i, langs in ipairs(languages) do for j, lang in ipairs(langs) do table.insert(flat_languages, lang) local name = ISO_639_language_name(lang) if name then table.insert(language_names, name) end end end if #language_names == 1 then language_name = language_names[1] elseif #language_names > 1 then language_name = table.concat(language_names, ', ', 1, #language_names - 1) .. ' and ' .. language_names[#language_names] end return { languages = flat_languages, language_name = language_name } end return p qsmse5pmpoijw807kl1pbdmrr05kxaz 32151 32150 2026-04-22T02:14:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Header/lang]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32150 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local ISO_639_language_name = require('Module:ISO 639').language_name local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') p.project_language = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code p.project_language_name = ISO_639_language_name(p.project_language) p.interwiki_prefixes = { ['grc'] = 'el', ['ang'] = 'ang:' .. p.project_language, ['enm'] = 'enm:' .. p.project_language, ['sco'] = 'sco:' .. p.project_language } --[=[ Construct the automatic categories for the header ]=] function p.language_category_name(cat_works_start, lang, is_translation) local cat_language_name = ISO_639_language_name(lang) or 'an undefined language' if lang == 'el' then cat_language_name = 'Modern Greek' elseif lang == p.project_language and not is_translation then cat_language_name = 'explicitly cited ' .. p.project_language_name end return cat_works_start .. ' ' .. cat_language_name end function p.get_languages(args, prefix) prefix = (prefix and prefix .. '%-') or '' -- language handling local languages = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local n local nText = string.match(k, '^' .. prefix .. 'language%d*$') or string.match(k, '^' .. prefix .. 'lang%d*$') if nText and type(v) == 'string' then n = string.gsub(string.gsub(nText, 'language', ''), 'lang', '') n = tonumber(n) or 1 languages[n] = mw.text.split(v, '%s*,%s*') end end languages = TableTools.compressSparseArray(languages) if #languages == 0 then return {} end local flat_languages = {} local language_name local language_names = {} for i, langs in ipairs(languages) do for j, lang in ipairs(langs) do table.insert(flat_languages, lang) local name = ISO_639_language_name(lang) if name then table.insert(language_names, name) end end end if #language_names == 1 then language_name = language_names[1] elseif #language_names > 1 then language_name = table.concat(language_names, ', ', 1, #language_names - 1) .. ' and ' .. language_names[#language_names] end return { languages = flat_languages, language_name = language_name } end return p qsmse5pmpoijw807kl1pbdmrr05kxaz 10 13007 32152 2024-11-09T06:24:05Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32152 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="RunningHeader/styles.css" />{{#invoke:Running header|running_header}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> pzoka6coyscy6849exq6zyccy0w499z 32153 32152 2026-04-22T02:14:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:RunningHeader]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32152 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="RunningHeader/styles.css" />{{#invoke:Running header|running_header}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> pzoka6coyscy6849exq6zyccy0w499z 828 13008 32154 2023-05-12T06:43:36Z en>Billinghurst 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:String]]": called in Mediawiki: ns, should remain fully protected ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32154 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str cufmbepw7ml3gut4lchtqrhtj5r63cp 32155 32154 2026-04-22T02:14:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:String]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32154 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str cufmbepw7ml3gut4lchtqrhtj5r63cp 10 13009 32156 2010-06-24T02:50:29Z en>Hesperian 0 Protected "[[Template:Rh]]": High traffic page: 13000 uses ([edit=sysop] (indefinite) [move=sysop] (indefinite)) 32156 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[Template:RunningHeader]] tidtjufuek1wg5wr3v4efp4mxrnonmp 32157 32156 2026-04-22T02:14:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Rh]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32156 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[Template:RunningHeader]] tidtjufuek1wg5wr3v4efp4mxrnonmp 10 13010 32158 2024-05-02T15:47:42Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:RunningHeader/styles.css]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32158 sanitized-css text/css /* Base style */ .wst-rh { display:flex; width:100%; text-align:center; justify-content:space-between; } .wst-rh > div { flex:auto; } .wst-rh > div:first-child { text-align:left; } .wst-rh > div:last-child { text-align:right; } .wst-rh > div > p { margin:0; } /* 1 cell */ .wst-rh.wst-rh-1 { justify-content:center; } .wst-rh.wst-rh-1 > div:first-child { text-align:center; } 4knhto1q3g8al967fdtpi2nuql0j532 32159 32158 2026-04-22T02:14:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:RunningHeader/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32158 sanitized-css text/css /* Base style */ .wst-rh { display:flex; width:100%; text-align:center; justify-content:space-between; } .wst-rh > div { flex:auto; } .wst-rh > div:first-child { text-align:left; } .wst-rh > div:last-child { text-align:right; } .wst-rh > div > p { margin:0; } /* 1 cell */ .wst-rh.wst-rh-1 { justify-content:center; } .wst-rh.wst-rh-1 > div:first-child { text-align:center; } 4knhto1q3g8al967fdtpi2nuql0j532 10 13011 32160 2020-08-20T11:28:14Z en>Billinghurst 0 4 revisions imported from [[:w:Template:Ombox]] 32160 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 1o93yrjvq6v2ylug2k0uaaltljurje2 32161 32160 2026-04-22T02:14:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Ombox]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32160 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 1o93yrjvq6v2ylug2k0uaaltljurje2 10 13012 32162 2025-02-10T19:12:48Z en>Matrix 0 dark mode fix 32162 wikitext text/x-wiki <table class="shortcutbox shortcutbox-template plainlinks noprint" style=" {{#ifeq:{{{float|}}}|left | float:left; margin: .3em 1em .3em .3em; | float:right; margin: .3em .3em .3em 1em; }} border:1px solid #aaa; background:var(--background-color-base, white); color: inherit; padding:3px; text-align:center;"><tr><th style="border:none; background:transparent;color: inherit"><span style="font-size:smaller;">Shortcut{{#if:{{{2|}}}|s}}:<!-- --><br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{1|{{PAGENAME}}}}}|redirect=no}} {{{1|{{PAGENAME}}}}}]&#125;&#125;<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{2}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{3}}}|redirect=no}} {{{3}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{4}}}|redirect=no}} {{{4}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{5|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{5}}}|redirect=no}} {{{5}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{6|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre3|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{6}}}|redirect=no}} {{{6}}}]&#125;&#125;}}</span></table><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> se66tvdzocgjbcra4lzfq7aeqkck0c0 32163 32162 2026-04-22T02:14:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Template_shortcut]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32162 wikitext text/x-wiki <table class="shortcutbox shortcutbox-template plainlinks noprint" style=" {{#ifeq:{{{float|}}}|left | float:left; margin: .3em 1em .3em .3em; | float:right; margin: .3em .3em .3em 1em; }} border:1px solid #aaa; background:var(--background-color-base, white); color: inherit; padding:3px; text-align:center;"><tr><th style="border:none; background:transparent;color: inherit"><span style="font-size:smaller;">Shortcut{{#if:{{{2|}}}|s}}:<!-- --><br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{1|{{PAGENAME}}}}}|redirect=no}} {{{1|{{PAGENAME}}}}}]&#125;&#125;<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{2}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{3}}}|redirect=no}} {{{3}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{4}}}|redirect=no}} {{{4}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{5|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre2|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{5}}}|redirect=no}} {{{5}}}]&#125;&#125;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{6|}}}|<br> &#123;&#123;{{{pre3|}}}[{{fullurl:Template:{{{6}}}|redirect=no}} {{{6}}}]&#125;&#125;}}</span></table><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> se66tvdzocgjbcra4lzfq7aeqkck0c0 10 13013 32164 2024-01-11T01:22:48Z en>Stefán Örvar Sigmundsson 0 We all know this at this point. 32164 wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="color:{{{color|{{{1|}}}}}}">{{{text|{{{2|}}}}}}</span><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 7bai5gimv377zt72jer1wl748tivgmm 32165 32164 2026-04-22T02:14:54Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Color]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32164 wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="color:{{{color|{{{1|}}}}}}">{{{text|{{{2|}}}}}}</span><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 7bai5gimv377zt72jer1wl748tivgmm 10 13014 32166 2025-02-25T05:09:29Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 move functionality to module 32166 wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Lorem ipsum|lorem_ipsum}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 3bqwsnvhjnuw3ktn5ard27ckadde9w0 32167 32166 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Lorem_ipsum]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32166 wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Lorem ipsum|lorem_ipsum}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 3bqwsnvhjnuw3ktn5ard27ckadde9w0 10 13015 32168 2026-04-06T04:06:41Z en>Uzume 0 Undid revision [[Special:Diff/15729890|15729890]] by [[Special:Contributions/Daask|Daask]] ([[User talk:Daask|talk]]) this is broken without things like [[Template:IsDocSubpage]] 32168 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}| |This is the [[w:Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]] documentation for this template used by [[w:Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools.}} '''{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| [[Category:TemplateData documentation]] }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 171oqow31c94wonkmfrr5etck5ppvsr 32169 32168 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:TemplateDataHeader]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32168 wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}| |This is the [[w:Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]] documentation for this template used by [[w:Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools.}} '''{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| [[Category:TemplateData documentation]] }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 171oqow31c94wonkmfrr5etck5ppvsr 10 13016 32170 2020-08-20T11:28:16Z en>Billinghurst 0 16 revisions imported from [[:w:Template:Sandbox_other]] 32170 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> h1idujwaw20aducxsd1gc4ovgnjikqa 32171 32170 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Sandbox_other]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32170 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> h1idujwaw20aducxsd1gc4ovgnjikqa 10 13017 32172 2025-01-28T07:58:51Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32172 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><p>This template applies the {{#if:{{{classcount|}}}|{{#ifexpr:{{{classcount}}}>1|classes|class}}|class(es)}} {{color|var(--border-color-success, #008000)|<kbd>{{{class|{{{1}}}}}}</kbd>}}, which can be targeted with a work's index <kbd>styles.css</kbd> using [[Help:page styles|page styles]].</p></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} 8atj9gkxow63ir5m4biw1ead7qwcvrq 32173 32172 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Class_notice]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32172 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><p>This template applies the {{#if:{{{classcount|}}}|{{#ifexpr:{{{classcount}}}>1|classes|class}}|class(es)}} {{color|var(--border-color-success, #008000)|<kbd>{{{class|{{{1}}}}}}</kbd>}}, which can be targeted with a work's index <kbd>styles.css</kbd> using [[Help:page styles|page styles]].</p></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} 8atj9gkxow63ir5m4biw1ead7qwcvrq 10 13018 32174 2025-05-15T13:43:58Z en>Uzume 0 don't cat /doc and sandboxes 32174 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ombox|type = notice | small = yes | image = [[File:Paragraph font awesome white.svg|35px]] | style = width: 25em; | text = <p>This template uses block elements, ''e.g.'' <code>&lt;div></code> or <code>&lt;p></code>.<br />It should not be nested inside an inline element, ''e.g.'' <code>&lt;span></code>, or a template that produces such an element.</p> {{#if:{{{class|}}}|{{class notice|class={{{class}}}|classcount={{{classcount|}}}}}}} <p>See [[H:DIVSPAN]] for details.</p>}}<includeonly>{{sandbox other||[[Category:block based templates]]}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 7r00ci8q9lk0ulhjq3ef0rs81693p3e 32175 32174 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Div-based-template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32174 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ombox|type = notice | small = yes | image = [[File:Paragraph font awesome white.svg|35px]] | style = width: 25em; | text = <p>This template uses block elements, ''e.g.'' <code>&lt;div></code> or <code>&lt;p></code>.<br />It should not be nested inside an inline element, ''e.g.'' <code>&lt;span></code>, or a template that produces such an element.</p> {{#if:{{{class|}}}|{{class notice|class={{{class}}}|classcount={{{classcount|}}}}}}} <p>See [[H:DIVSPAN]] for details.</p>}}<includeonly>{{sandbox other||[[Category:block based templates]]}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 7r00ci8q9lk0ulhjq3ef0rs81693p3e 10 13019 32176 2024-11-09T06:27:31Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 /* Tracking categories */ 32176 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}}{{template shortcut|rh|RunningFooter|rf}} {{high-use|1583888}}<!--https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?psid=26908675--> {{lua|Module:Running header}} {{uses TemplateStyles|Template:RunningHeader/styles.css}} {{div-based-template|class=.wst-rh}} ==Usage== Intended to simplify the display of [[w:Page header|running headers]] (can also be used for footers) when transcribing scanned text pages. Many texts include running headers (chapter names, etc.) centered at the top of a page, with accompanying page numbers on the left or right side (depending on whether the page number is even or odd). Some works, especially dictionaries and directories, have two headings in the center of the page, one to the left and one to the right. You can provide any number of parameters to the template. By default, all heading "cells" are center-aligned, except for the first cell, which is left-aligned, and the last cell, which is right-aligned. Note that a usage with only one or two cells is really a three-cell header with the second and third, or third, cell blank. {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|center|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|center|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|left-center|right-center|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|left-center|right-center|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|mid-left|center|mid-right|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|mid-left|center|mid-right|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|一|二|三|四|[page]|五|六|七|八|九}}</pre> {{rh|一|二|三|四|[page]|五|六|七|八|九}} }} Parameters can be blank: {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|{{lorem ipsum}}|}}</pre> {{rh|left|{{lorem ipsum}}|}} }} === Page styles === This template adds the class <code>wst-rh</code> ({{search/css|.wst-rh}}) to the outer container. You can target specific cells of the header with [[H:Page styles|CSS]] like <syntaxhighlight lang=css inline=yes>.wst-rh > div:nth-child(n)</syntaxhighlight>, where ''n'' is the cell number, or target all cells with <syntaxhighlight lang=css inline=yes>.wst-rh > div</syntaxhighlight>. ==Redirects== {{tl|Running header}}, {{tl|runningheader}}, {{tl|rh}}, {{tl|RunningFooter}} and {{tl|rf}} redirect here. Use these forms of the template if you prefer. ==Tracking categories== * [[:Category:Running header tracking categories]] ==TemplateData== {{TemplateDataHeader}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": {}, "2": {}, "3": {}, "4": {}, "5": {}, "6": {}, "7": {}, "8": {}, "9": {}, "1, …, n": { "label": "Numbered parameters", "description": "Numbered parameters will be arranged in equal widths across the width of the page.", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "class": { "label": "class", "description": "Additional CSS classes to apply to running header." }, "center": { "aliases": [ "centre" ] }, "left": {}, "right": {} }, "description": "Simplify the display of running headers (and footers) when transcribing scanned text pages.", "paramOrder": [ "1, …, n", "class", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "center", "left", "right" ], "format": "inline" } </templatedata> ==See also== * {{tl|recto-verso header}} for simple headers that vary by page number * {{tl|recto-verso header2}} for more complicated headers that vary by page number * {{tl|recto-verso header3}} for left/right aligned non-page number headers * {{tl|recto-verso header4}} for left/right aligned page number headers * {{tl|recto-verso}} for other headers that vary by page number * {{tl|left}} for left text-alignment * {{tl|center}} for center text-alignment * {{tl|right}} for right text-alignment * {{tl|issue banner}} for headers in periodicals <!-- template categories --> <includeonly>{{sandbox other|| [[Category:Page numbering templates|RunningHeader]] [[Category:Templates applying classes for page styles|RunningHeader]] }}</includeonly> smvb631tsmclsloc3n70vbfsl75tbzy 32177 32176 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:RunningHeader/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32176 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}}{{template shortcut|rh|RunningFooter|rf}} {{high-use|1583888}}<!--https://petscan.wmflabs.org/?psid=26908675--> {{lua|Module:Running header}} {{uses TemplateStyles|Template:RunningHeader/styles.css}} {{div-based-template|class=.wst-rh}} ==Usage== Intended to simplify the display of [[w:Page header|running headers]] (can also be used for footers) when transcribing scanned text pages. Many texts include running headers (chapter names, etc.) centered at the top of a page, with accompanying page numbers on the left or right side (depending on whether the page number is even or odd). Some works, especially dictionaries and directories, have two headings in the center of the page, one to the left and one to the right. You can provide any number of parameters to the template. By default, all heading "cells" are center-aligned, except for the first cell, which is left-aligned, and the last cell, which is right-aligned. Note that a usage with only one or two cells is really a three-cell header with the second and third, or third, cell blank. {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|center|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|center|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|left-center|right-center|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|left-center|right-center|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|mid-left|center|mid-right|right}}</pre> {{rh|left|mid-left|center|mid-right|right}} }} {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|一|二|三|四|[page]|五|六|七|八|九}}</pre> {{rh|一|二|三|四|[page]|五|六|七|八|九}} }} Parameters can be blank: {{doc example| <pre>{{rh|left|{{lorem ipsum}}|}}</pre> {{rh|left|{{lorem ipsum}}|}} }} === Page styles === This template adds the class <code>wst-rh</code> ({{search/css|.wst-rh}}) to the outer container. You can target specific cells of the header with [[H:Page styles|CSS]] like <syntaxhighlight lang=css inline=yes>.wst-rh > div:nth-child(n)</syntaxhighlight>, where ''n'' is the cell number, or target all cells with <syntaxhighlight lang=css inline=yes>.wst-rh > div</syntaxhighlight>. ==Redirects== {{tl|Running header}}, {{tl|runningheader}}, {{tl|rh}}, {{tl|RunningFooter}} and {{tl|rf}} redirect here. Use these forms of the template if you prefer. ==Tracking categories== * [[:Category:Running header tracking categories]] ==TemplateData== {{TemplateDataHeader}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": {}, "2": {}, "3": {}, "4": {}, "5": {}, "6": {}, "7": {}, "8": {}, "9": {}, "1, …, n": { "label": "Numbered parameters", "description": "Numbered parameters will be arranged in equal widths across the width of the page.", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "class": { "label": "class", "description": "Additional CSS classes to apply to running header." }, "center": { "aliases": [ "centre" ] }, "left": {}, "right": {} }, "description": "Simplify the display of running headers (and footers) when transcribing scanned text pages.", "paramOrder": [ "1, …, n", "class", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "center", "left", "right" ], "format": "inline" } </templatedata> ==See also== * {{tl|recto-verso header}} for simple headers that vary by page number * {{tl|recto-verso header2}} for more complicated headers that vary by page number * {{tl|recto-verso header3}} for left/right aligned non-page number headers * {{tl|recto-verso header4}} for left/right aligned page number headers * {{tl|recto-verso}} for other headers that vary by page number * {{tl|left}} for left text-alignment * {{tl|center}} for center text-alignment * {{tl|right}} for right text-alignment * {{tl|issue banner}} for headers in periodicals <!-- template categories --> <includeonly>{{sandbox other|| [[Category:Page numbering templates|RunningHeader]] [[Category:Templates applying classes for page styles|RunningHeader]] }}</includeonly> smvb631tsmclsloc3n70vbfsl75tbzy 10 13020 32178 2011-01-07T03:11:26Z en>Billinghurst 0 tag close 32178 wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:Search/{{{1}}}|fulltext=Search{{#if:{{{ns|}}}|{{!}}&{{{ns|}}}=1}}}} {{{2|search}}}]</span><noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> 6aauruthyblk99a2v0fq304ta599lmd 32179 32178 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Search]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32178 wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:Search/{{{1}}}|fulltext=Search{{#if:{{{ns|}}}|{{!}}&{{{ns|}}}=1}}}} {{{2|search}}}]</span><noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> 6aauruthyblk99a2v0fq304ta599lmd 10 13021 32180 2025-03-14T03:06:01Z en>Uzume 0 cosmetic "files"->"pages"; clarify since this does not really search anything any files such as the content of media in "File:" namespace, etc. 32180 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{search|1=all: contentmodel:sanitized-css insource:/{{#invoke:string|replace|{{{1}}}|([%.*^$%[%]%{%}])|\%1|plain=false}}/|2={{{2|search for {{{1}}} in CSS pages}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 7ru19sq8sxkgg17y43ur9toqf3h1dcj 32181 32180 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Search/css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32180 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{search|1=all: contentmodel:sanitized-css insource:/{{#invoke:string|replace|{{{1}}}|([%.*^$%[%]%{%}])|\%1|plain=false}}/|2={{{2|search for {{{1}}} in CSS pages}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 7ru19sq8sxkgg17y43ur9toqf3h1dcj 828 13022 32182 2025-07-23T03:40:18Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32182 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Module description ]=] local p = {} -- p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') --[=[ Get the appropriate text direction for a language ]=] p.rtl_langs = { ['ae'] = true, -- Avestan ['ar'] = true, -- Arabic ['arc'] = true, -- Aramaic/Imperial Aramaic ['dv'] = true, -- Dhivehi ['fa'] = true, -- Persian ['ha'] = true, -- Hausa ['he'] = true, -- Hebrew ['hbo'] = true, -- Hebrew ['ira'] = true, -- Iranian ['khw'] = true, -- Khowar ['ks'] = true, -- Kashmiri ['ku'] = true, -- Kurdish ['mid'] = true, -- Mandaic ['myz'] = true, -- Classical Mandaic ['obm-hebr'] = true, -- Moabite ['phn'] = true, -- Phoenician ['ps'] = true, -- Pashto ['syc'] = true, -- Syriac ['syr'] = true, -- Syriac ['ur'] = true, -- Urdu ['yi'] = true, -- Yiddish -- scripts ['Adlm'] = true, -- Adlam ['Arab'] = true, -- Arabic ['Armi'] = true, -- Imperial Aramaic ['Avst'] = true, -- Avestan ['Cprt'] = true, -- Cypriot syllabary ['Elym'] = true, -- Elymaic ['Gara'] = true, -- Garay ['Hatr'] = true, -- Hatran ['Hebr'] = true, -- Hebrew ['Hung'] = true, -- Old Hungarian (Hungarian Runic) ['Khar'] = true, -- Kharoshthi ['Lydi'] = true, -- Lydian ['Mand'] = true, -- Mandaic, Mandaean ['Mani'] = true, -- Manichaean ['Mend'] = true, -- Mende Kikakui ['Merc'] = true, -- Meroitic Cursive ['Mero'] = true, -- Meroitic Hieroglyphs ['Narb'] = true, -- Old North Arabian (Ancient North Arabian) ['Nbat'] = true, -- Nabataean ['Nkoo'] = true, -- N’Ko ['Orkh'] = true, -- Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic ['Palm'] = true, -- Palmyrene ['Phli'] = true, -- Inscriptional Pahlavi ['Phlp'] = true, -- Psalter Pahlavi ['Phnx'] = true, -- Phoenician ['Prti'] = true, -- Inscriptional Parthian ['Rohg'] = true, -- Hanifi Rohingya ['Sarb'] = true, -- Old South Arabian ['Sidt'] = true, -- Sidetic ['Sogo'] = true, -- Old Sogdian ['Syrc'] = true, -- Syriac ['Thaa'] = true, -- Thaana ['Todr'] = true, -- Todhri ['Yezi'] = true -- Yezidi } function p._text_direction(args) local lang = args.lang if lang and p.rtl_langs[lang] then return 'rtl' elseif type(lang) == 'string' then local stripped_lang = mw.text.split(lang, '-')[1] if p.rtl_langs[stripped_lang] then return 'rtl' end end return 'ltr' end --[=[ Implements [[Template:Lang]] and [[Template:Lang block]] ]=] function p._lang(args) local lang = args.language or args.lang or args[1] or 'en' local dir = args.direction or args.dir or p._text_direction({['lang'] = lang}) local text = args.text or args[2] local inline = yesno(args.inline) ~= false -- default is true local noclose = yesno(args.noclose) or false -- default is false -- Span or div? local tag = (inline and 'span') or 'div' local content = mw.html.create(tag) -- Set the attributes content :addClass(table.concat({'wst-lang', args.class}, ' ')) :attr('lang', lang) :attr('xml:lang', lang) :attr('dir', dir) :css({['font-family'] = args.fonts or args.font, ['style'] = args.style}) :allDone() if text and inline then content:wikitext(text) elseif text then content:newline():wikitext(text) end if not inline and not noclose then content:newline() end content = tostring(content) if noclose then content = string.gsub(content, '</' .. tag .. '>$', '') end return content end function p.lang(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._lang(args) end return p l8y0fas40r70ngz80nzfpcupn0kfhu9 32183 32182 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Lang]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32182 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Module description ]=] local p = {} -- p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') --[=[ Get the appropriate text direction for a language ]=] p.rtl_langs = { ['ae'] = true, -- Avestan ['ar'] = true, -- Arabic ['arc'] = true, -- Aramaic/Imperial Aramaic ['dv'] = true, -- Dhivehi ['fa'] = true, -- Persian ['ha'] = true, -- Hausa ['he'] = true, -- Hebrew ['hbo'] = true, -- Hebrew ['ira'] = true, -- Iranian ['khw'] = true, -- Khowar ['ks'] = true, -- Kashmiri ['ku'] = true, -- Kurdish ['mid'] = true, -- Mandaic ['myz'] = true, -- Classical Mandaic ['obm-hebr'] = true, -- Moabite ['phn'] = true, -- Phoenician ['ps'] = true, -- Pashto ['syc'] = true, -- Syriac ['syr'] = true, -- Syriac ['ur'] = true, -- Urdu ['yi'] = true, -- Yiddish -- scripts ['Adlm'] = true, -- Adlam ['Arab'] = true, -- Arabic ['Armi'] = true, -- Imperial Aramaic ['Avst'] = true, -- Avestan ['Cprt'] = true, -- Cypriot syllabary ['Elym'] = true, -- Elymaic ['Gara'] = true, -- Garay ['Hatr'] = true, -- Hatran ['Hebr'] = true, -- Hebrew ['Hung'] = true, -- Old Hungarian (Hungarian Runic) ['Khar'] = true, -- Kharoshthi ['Lydi'] = true, -- Lydian ['Mand'] = true, -- Mandaic, Mandaean ['Mani'] = true, -- Manichaean ['Mend'] = true, -- Mende Kikakui ['Merc'] = true, -- Meroitic Cursive ['Mero'] = true, -- Meroitic Hieroglyphs ['Narb'] = true, -- Old North Arabian (Ancient North Arabian) ['Nbat'] = true, -- Nabataean ['Nkoo'] = true, -- N’Ko ['Orkh'] = true, -- Old Turkic, Orkhon Runic ['Palm'] = true, -- Palmyrene ['Phli'] = true, -- Inscriptional Pahlavi ['Phlp'] = true, -- Psalter Pahlavi ['Phnx'] = true, -- Phoenician ['Prti'] = true, -- Inscriptional Parthian ['Rohg'] = true, -- Hanifi Rohingya ['Sarb'] = true, -- Old South Arabian ['Sidt'] = true, -- Sidetic ['Sogo'] = true, -- Old Sogdian ['Syrc'] = true, -- Syriac ['Thaa'] = true, -- Thaana ['Todr'] = true, -- Todhri ['Yezi'] = true -- Yezidi } function p._text_direction(args) local lang = args.lang if lang and p.rtl_langs[lang] then return 'rtl' elseif type(lang) == 'string' then local stripped_lang = mw.text.split(lang, '-')[1] if p.rtl_langs[stripped_lang] then return 'rtl' end end return 'ltr' end --[=[ Implements [[Template:Lang]] and [[Template:Lang block]] ]=] function p._lang(args) local lang = args.language or args.lang or args[1] or 'en' local dir = args.direction or args.dir or p._text_direction({['lang'] = lang}) local text = args.text or args[2] local inline = yesno(args.inline) ~= false -- default is true local noclose = yesno(args.noclose) or false -- default is false -- Span or div? local tag = (inline and 'span') or 'div' local content = mw.html.create(tag) -- Set the attributes content :addClass(table.concat({'wst-lang', args.class}, ' ')) :attr('lang', lang) :attr('xml:lang', lang) :attr('dir', dir) :css({['font-family'] = args.fonts or args.font, ['style'] = args.style}) :allDone() if text and inline then content:wikitext(text) elseif text then content:newline():wikitext(text) end if not inline and not noclose then content:newline() end content = tostring(content) if noclose then content = string.gsub(content, '</' .. tag .. '>$', '') end return content end function p.lang(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._lang(args) end return p l8y0fas40r70ngz80nzfpcupn0kfhu9 828 13023 32184 2025-04-14T05:18:19Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32184 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = require('Module:Lang')._lang local wikt_link = require('Module:Wikt')._wikt function p._greek(args) local text = args[1] local wikt = args.wikt or args[2] local inline = yesno(args.inline) ~= false local content = text if wikt and inline then content = wikt_link({ ['link'] = wikt, ['text'] = text, ['anchor'] = 'Ancient Greek' }) end return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Template:Greek/styles.css'}) .. lang({ ['lang'] = 'grc', ['class'] = 'wst-lang-grc', ['text'] = content, ['inline'] = inline, ['noclose'] = yesno(args.noclose) or false }) end function p.greek(frame) return p._greek(getArgs(frame)) end return p s9o5qunia1jmnzifoo7trnz5g8snsif 32185 32184 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Greek]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32184 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = require('Module:Lang')._lang local wikt_link = require('Module:Wikt')._wikt function p._greek(args) local text = args[1] local wikt = args.wikt or args[2] local inline = yesno(args.inline) ~= false local content = text if wikt and inline then content = wikt_link({ ['link'] = wikt, ['text'] = text, ['anchor'] = 'Ancient Greek' }) end return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('templatestyles', '', {src = 'Template:Greek/styles.css'}) .. lang({ ['lang'] = 'grc', ['class'] = 'wst-lang-grc', ['text'] = content, ['inline'] = inline, ['noclose'] = yesno(args.noclose) or false }) end function p.greek(frame) return p._greek(getArgs(frame)) end return p s9o5qunia1jmnzifoo7trnz5g8snsif 828 13024 32186 2025-04-14T04:55:23Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32186 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local error_message = require('Module:Error')['error'] function p._wikt(args) local link = args.link or args[1] if not link then return error_message({message = '[[Module:Wikt]] error: no link provided'}) end local text = args.text or args[2] or link local anchor = args.anchor or args[3] local gray = yesno(args.gray or false) if gray then text = tostring(mw.html.create('span'):css({['color'] = 'dimgray'}):wikitext(text)) end if anchor then anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(anchor) end return '[[' .. mw.title.makeTitle('', link, anchor, 'wikt').fullText .. '|' .. text .. ']]' end function p.wikt(frame) return p._wikt(getArgs(frame)) end return p pixobafie524h73jac0bbhi3xiq41l2 32187 32186 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Wikt]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32186 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local error_message = require('Module:Error')['error'] function p._wikt(args) local link = args.link or args[1] if not link then return error_message({message = '[[Module:Wikt]] error: no link provided'}) end local text = args.text or args[2] or link local anchor = args.anchor or args[3] local gray = yesno(args.gray or false) if gray then text = tostring(mw.html.create('span'):css({['color'] = 'dimgray'}):wikitext(text)) end if anchor then anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(anchor) end return '[[' .. mw.title.makeTitle('', link, anchor, 'wikt').fullText .. '|' .. text .. ']]' end function p.wikt(frame) return p._wikt(getArgs(frame)) end return p pixobafie524h73jac0bbhi3xiq41l2 828 13025 32188 2025-09-15T19:04:14Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 clean up cell-adding code 32188 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Implements [[Template:RunningHeader]] ]=] require('strict') local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} function p._running_header(args) -- holds tracking categories local tracking_cats = {} -- aliases for first 3 parameters if args.left or args.center or args.centre or args.right then -- this is fine but it's worth keeping track of table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers using explicit parameter names' .. ']]') -- check for duplicates (which are a problem) if (args[1] and args.left) or (args[2] and args.center) or (args[2] and args.centre) or (args.center and args.centre) or (args[3] and args.right) then table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Pages using duplicate arguments in template calls' .. ']]') end -- use aliases args[1] = args[1] or args.left args[2] = args[2] or args.center or args.centre args[3] = args[3] or args.right end -- get number of cells (largest-numbered parameter) -- can't use #args because that doesn't work consistently on tables that aren't sequences -- table.maxn also seems not to work local cell_count = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do local i = tonumber(k) if i and i > cell_count then cell_count = i end end -- track headers which don't set the contents of every cell local undefined_entries = false -- track how many cells have content local content_entries = 0 for i = 1, cell_count do if not args[i] then undefined_entries = true elseif args[i] and args[i] ~= '' then content_entries = content_entries + 1 end end if undefined_entries then -- track headers with undefined entries (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with undefined entries' .. ']]') end if content_entries == 1 then -- track headers with only one non-blank entry table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with only one content entry' .. ']]') end if cell_count == 0 or content_entries == 0 then -- track headers with no entries (pointless) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Empty running headers' .. ']]') elseif cell_count == 1 then -- track 1-cell headers (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with one entry' .. ']]') elseif cell_count == 2 then -- track 2-cell headers (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with two entries' .. ']]') elseif cell_count > 4 then -- track headers with more than 4 cells (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with more than four entries' .. ']]') end -- TEMPORARY FOR MIGRATION: enforce 3-cell minimum cell_count = math.max(cell_count, 3) -- assemble header local base_class = 'wst-rh' local header_class = table.concat({ base_class, base_class .. '-' .. cell_count, args.class or (base_class .. '-default') }, ' ') local header_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass(header_class) -- cell classes local cell_class = base_class .. '-cell' local extra_cell_classes = { [3] = {'wst-rh-left', 'wst-rh-center', 'wst-rh-right'} } extra_cell_classes = extra_cell_classes[cell_count] or {} for i = 1, cell_count do local cell = header_div:tag('div') :addClass(cell_class) :wikitext(args[i] or '') if extra_cell_classes[i] then cell:addClass(extra_cell_classes[i]) end end return tostring(header_div) .. table.concat(tracking_cats) end function p.running_header(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, {trim = true, removeBlanks = false}) return p._running_header(args) end return p 82rul6vqvjo1f9yc4d5nav8h515q16h 32189 32188 2026-04-22T02:14:55Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Running_header]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32188 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Implements [[Template:RunningHeader]] ]=] require('strict') local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} function p._running_header(args) -- holds tracking categories local tracking_cats = {} -- aliases for first 3 parameters if args.left or args.center or args.centre or args.right then -- this is fine but it's worth keeping track of table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers using explicit parameter names' .. ']]') -- check for duplicates (which are a problem) if (args[1] and args.left) or (args[2] and args.center) or (args[2] and args.centre) or (args.center and args.centre) or (args[3] and args.right) then table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Pages using duplicate arguments in template calls' .. ']]') end -- use aliases args[1] = args[1] or args.left args[2] = args[2] or args.center or args.centre args[3] = args[3] or args.right end -- get number of cells (largest-numbered parameter) -- can't use #args because that doesn't work consistently on tables that aren't sequences -- table.maxn also seems not to work local cell_count = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do local i = tonumber(k) if i and i > cell_count then cell_count = i end end -- track headers which don't set the contents of every cell local undefined_entries = false -- track how many cells have content local content_entries = 0 for i = 1, cell_count do if not args[i] then undefined_entries = true elseif args[i] and args[i] ~= '' then content_entries = content_entries + 1 end end if undefined_entries then -- track headers with undefined entries (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with undefined entries' .. ']]') end if content_entries == 1 then -- track headers with only one non-blank entry table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with only one content entry' .. ']]') end if cell_count == 0 or content_entries == 0 then -- track headers with no entries (pointless) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Empty running headers' .. ']]') elseif cell_count == 1 then -- track 1-cell headers (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with one entry' .. ']]') elseif cell_count == 2 then -- track 2-cell headers (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with two entries' .. ']]') elseif cell_count > 4 then -- track headers with more than 4 cells (fine but worth keeping track of) table.insert(tracking_cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Running headers with more than four entries' .. ']]') end -- TEMPORARY FOR MIGRATION: enforce 3-cell minimum cell_count = math.max(cell_count, 3) -- assemble header local base_class = 'wst-rh' local header_class = table.concat({ base_class, base_class .. '-' .. cell_count, args.class or (base_class .. '-default') }, ' ') local header_div = mw.html.create('div') :addClass(header_class) -- cell classes local cell_class = base_class .. '-cell' local extra_cell_classes = { [3] = {'wst-rh-left', 'wst-rh-center', 'wst-rh-right'} } extra_cell_classes = extra_cell_classes[cell_count] or {} for i = 1, cell_count do local cell = header_div:tag('div') :addClass(cell_class) :wikitext(args[i] or '') if extra_cell_classes[i] then cell:addClass(extra_cell_classes[i]) end end return tostring(header_div) .. table.concat(tracking_cats) end function p.running_header(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, {trim = true, removeBlanks = false}) return p._running_header(args) end return p 82rul6vqvjo1f9yc4d5nav8h515q16h 828 13026 32190 2025-11-10T17:50:10Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Module:Namespace other]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32190 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') function p._namespace_other(args) local namespace = string.lower(args.demospace or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().nsText) namespace = string.gsub(namespace, ' ', '_') local target = string.lower(args.target or 'main') if yesno(args['include-talk']) then namespace = string.gsub(namespace, '[%s_]*talk', '') end local special_targets = { ['talk'] = function (ns) return mw.title.new(mw.title.getCurrentTitle().rootText, ns).isTalkPage end, ['main'] = function (ns) return ns == '' or ns == 'main' end } if namespace == target or (special_targets[target] and special_targets[target](namespace)) then return args[1] else return args[2] end end function p.namespace_other(frame) return p._namespace_other(getArgs(frame)) end local function _page_index_other(args) local page_entry = args['page index'] or args['page'] or args[1] local index_entry = args['page index'] or args['index'] or args[2] local other_entry = args['other'] or args[3] local namespace = string.lower(args.demospace or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().nsText) namespace = string.gsub(namespace, ' ', '_') namespace = string.gsub(namespace, '[%s_]*talk', '') return (namespace == 'page' and page_entry) or (namespace == 'index' and index_entry) or other_entry end function p.page_index_other(frame) return _page_index_other(getArgs(frame)) end return p 8mk1vq1pikiuuut9c6e0xtb4jtim4x4 32191 32190 2026-04-22T02:14:56Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Namespace_other]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32190 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') function p._namespace_other(args) local namespace = string.lower(args.demospace or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().nsText) namespace = string.gsub(namespace, ' ', '_') local target = string.lower(args.target or 'main') if yesno(args['include-talk']) then namespace = string.gsub(namespace, '[%s_]*talk', '') end local special_targets = { ['talk'] = function (ns) return mw.title.new(mw.title.getCurrentTitle().rootText, ns).isTalkPage end, ['main'] = function (ns) return ns == '' or ns == 'main' end } if namespace == target or (special_targets[target] and special_targets[target](namespace)) then return args[1] else return args[2] end end function p.namespace_other(frame) return p._namespace_other(getArgs(frame)) end local function _page_index_other(args) local page_entry = args['page index'] or args['page'] or args[1] local index_entry = args['page index'] or args['index'] or args[2] local other_entry = args['other'] or args[3] local namespace = string.lower(args.demospace or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().nsText) namespace = string.gsub(namespace, ' ', '_') namespace = string.gsub(namespace, '[%s_]*talk', '') return (namespace == 'page' and page_entry) or (namespace == 'index' and index_entry) or other_entry end function p.page_index_other(frame) return _page_index_other(getArgs(frame)) end return p 8mk1vq1pikiuuut9c6e0xtb4jtim4x4 828 13027 32192 2025-02-25T05:28:32Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32192 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local namespace_other = require('Module:Namespace other')._namespace_other local greek = require('Module:Greek')._greek local lipsum_data = { ['latin'] = { ['start'] = 'Lorem ipsum', ['text'] = { ' dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.', 'Curabitur pretium tincidunt lacus. Nulla gravida orci a odio. Nullam varius, turpis et commodo pharetra, est eros bibendum elit, nec luctus magna felis sollicitudin mauris. Integer in mauris eu nibh euismod gravida. Duis ac tellus et risus vulputate vehicula. Donec lobortis risus a elit. Etiam tempor. Ut ullamcorper, ligula eu tempor congue, eros est euismod turpis, id tincidunt sapien risus a quam. Maecenas fermentum consequat mi. Donec fermentum. Pellentesque malesuada nulla a mi. Duis sapien sem, aliquet nec, commodo eget, consequat quis, neque. Aliquam faucibus, elit ut dictum aliquet, felis nisl adipiscing sapien, sed malesuada diam lacus eget erat. Cras mollis scelerisque nunc. Nullam arcu. Aliquam consequat. Curabitur augue lorem, dapibus quis, laoreet et, pretium ac, nisi. Aenean magna nisl, mollis quis, molestie eu, feugiat in, orci. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.', 'Fusce convallis, mauris imperdiet gravida bibendum, nisl turpis suscipit mauris, sed placerat ipsum urna sed risus. In convallis tellus a mauris. Curabitur non elit ut libero tristique sodales. Mauris a lacus. Donec mattis semper leo. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Vivamus facilisis diam at odio. Mauris dictum, nisi eget consequat elementum, lacus ligula molestie metus, non feugiat orci magna ac sem. Donec turpis. Donec vitae metus. Morbi tristique neque eu mauris. Quisque gravida ipsum non sapien. Proin turpis lacus, scelerisque vitae, elementum at, lobortis ac, quam. Aliquam dictum eleifend risus. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Etiam sit amet diam. Suspendisse odio. Suspendisse nunc. In semper bibendum libero.', 'Proin nonummy, lacus eget pulvinar lacinia, pede felis dignissim leo, vitae tristique magna lacus sit amet eros. Nullam ornare. Praesent odio ligula, dapibus sed, tincidunt eget, dictum ac, nibh. Nam quis lacus. Nunc eleifend molestie velit. Morbi lobortis quam eu velit. Donec euismod vestibulum massa. Donec non lectus. Aliquam commodo lacus sit amet nulla. Cras dignissim elit et augue. Nullam non diam. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Aenean vestibulum. Sed lobortis elit quis lectus. Nunc sed lacus at augue bibendum dapibus.', 'Aliquam vehicula sem ut pede. Cras purus lectus, egestas eu, vehicula at, imperdiet sed, nibh. Morbi consectetuer luctus felis. Donec vitae nisi. Aliquam tincidunt feugiat elit. Duis sed elit ut turpis ullamcorper feugiat. Praesent pretium, mauris sed fermentum hendrerit, nulla lorem iaculis magna, pulvinar scelerisque urna tellus a justo. Suspendisse pulvinar massa in metus. Duis quis quam. Proin justo. Curabitur ac sapien. Nam erat. Praesent ut quam.', 'Vivamus commodo, augue et laoreet euismod, sem sapien tempor dolor, ac egestas sem ligula quis lacus. Donec vestibulum tortor ac lacus. Sed posuere vestibulum nisl. Curabitur eleifend fermentum justo. Nullam imperdiet. Integer sit amet mauris imperdiet risus sollicitudin rutrum. Ut vitae turpis. Nulla facilisi. Quisque tortor velit, scelerisque et, facilisis vel, tempor sed, urna. Vivamus nulla elit, vestibulum eget, semper et, scelerisque eget, lacus. Pellentesque viverra purus. Quisque elit. Donec ut dolor.', 'Duis volutpat elit et erat. In at nulla at nisl condimentum aliquet. Quisque elementum pharetra lacus. Nunc gravida arcu eget nunc. Nulla iaculis egestas magna. Aliquam erat volutpat. Sed pellentesque orci. Etiam lacus lorem, iaculis sit amet, pharetra quis, imperdiet sit amet, lectus. Integer quis elit ac mi aliquam pretium. Nullam mauris orci, porttitor eget, sollicitudin non, vulputate id, risus. Donec varius enim nec sem. Nam aliquam lacinia enim. Quisque eget lorem eu purus dignissim ultricies. Fusce porttitor hendrerit ante. Mauris urna diam, cursus id, mattis eget, tempus sit amet, risus. Curabitur eu felis. Sed eu mi. Nullam lectus mauris, luctus a, mattis ac, tempus non, leo. Cras mi nulla, rhoncus id, laoreet ut, ultricies id, odio.', 'Donec imperdiet. Vestibulum auctor tortor at orci. Integer semper, nisi eget suscipit eleifend, erat nisl hendrerit justo, eget vestibulum lorem justo ac leo. Integer sem velit, pharetra in, fringilla eu, fermentum id, felis. Vestibulum sed felis. In elit. Praesent et pede vel ante dapibus condimentum. Donec magna. Quisque id risus. Mauris vulputate pellentesque leo. Duis vulputate, ligula at venenatis tincidunt, orci nunc interdum leo, ac egestas elit sem ut lacus. Etiam non diam quis arcu egestas commodo. Curabitur nec massa ac massa gravida condimentum. Aenean id libero. Pellentesque vitae tellus. Fusce lectus est, accumsan ac, bibendum sed, porta eget, augue. Etiam faucibus. Quisque tempus purus eu ante.', 'Vestibulum sapien nisl, ornare auctor, consectetuer quis, posuere tristique, odio. Fusce ultrices ullamcorper odio. Ut augue nulla, interdum at, adipiscing non, tristique eget, neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Ut pede est, condimentum id, scelerisque ac, malesuada non, quam. Proin eu ligula ac sapien suscipit blandit. Suspendisse euismod. Ut accumsan, neque id gravida luctus, arcu pede sodales felis, vel blandit massa arcu eget ligula. Aenean sed turpis. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Donec sem eros, ornare ut, commodo eu, tempor nec, risus. Donec laoreet dapibus ligula. Praesent orci leo, bibendum nec, ornare et, nonummy in, elit. Donec interdum feugiat leo. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque feugiat ullamcorper ipsum. Donec convallis tincidunt urna.', 'Suspendisse et orci et arcu porttitor pellentesque. Sed lacus nunc, fermentum vel, vehicula in, imperdiet eget, urna. Nam consectetuer euismod nunc. Nulla dignissim posuere nulla. Integer iaculis lacinia massa. Nullam sapien augue, condimentum vel, venenatis id, rhoncus pellentesque, sapien. Donec sed ipsum ultrices turpis consectetuer imperdiet. Duis et ipsum ac nisl laoreet commodo. Mauris eu est. Suspendisse id turpis quis orci euismod consequat. Donec tellus mi, luctus sit amet, ultrices a, convallis eu, lorem. Proin faucibus convallis elit. Maecenas rhoncus arcu at arcu. Proin libero. Proin adipiscing. In quis lorem vitae elit consectetuer pretium. Nullam ligula urna, adipiscing nec, iaculis ut, elementum non, turpis. Fusce pulvinar.' } }, ['greek'] = { ['start'] = 'Λορεμ ιψων', ['text'] = { ' δωλορ σιτ αμετ, κονσεκτετυρ αδιπισικιγγ ελιτ, αλλα δο ειυσμοδ τεμπορ ινκιδιδυντ η λαβορε και δωλορε μαγνα αλιχα. Υτ ενιμ αδ μινιμ ουενιαμ, χις νοστρυδ εξερκιτατιον υλλαμκο λαβορις νισι η αλιχιπ εξ εα κομμωδο κονσεχατ. Δυις αυτε ιρυρε δωλορ ιν ρεπρεχενδεριτ ιν ουωλυπτατε ουελιτ εσσε κιλλων δωλορε ευ φυγιατ νυλλα παριατυρ. Εξκεπτευρ σιντ οκκαικατ κυπιδατατ νον προιδεντ, συντ ιν κυλπα χι οφφικια δεσερυντ μολλιτ ανιμ ιδ εστ λαβορων.', 'Κυραβιτυρ πρετιων τινκιδυντ λακος. Νυλλα γραυιδα ορκι α ωδιο. Νυλλαμ ουαριος, τυρπις και κομμωδο φαρετρα, εστ ερως βιβενδων ελιτ, νεκ λυκτος μαγνα φελις σολλικιτυδιν μαυρις. Ιντεγερ ιν μαυρις ευ νιβη ευισμοδ γραυιδα. Δυις ακ τελλος και ρισος ουλπυτατε ουεχικυλα. Δονεκ λοβορτις ρισος α ελιτ. Ετιαμ τεμπορ. Υτ υλλαμκορπερ, λιγυλα ευ τεμπορ κογγυε, ερως εστ ευισμοδ τυρπις, ιδ τινκιδυντ σαπιεν ρισος α χαμ. Μαικενας φερμεντων κονσεχατ μι. Δονεκ φερμεντων. Τε πελληντης μαλεσυαδα νυλλα α μι. Δυις σαπιεν σεμ, αλιχετ νεκ, κομμωδο εγετ, κονσεχατ χις, τε νε. Αλιχαμ φαυκιβος, ελιτ η δικτων αλιχετ, φελις νισλ αδιπισκιγγ σαπιεν, αλλα μαλεσυαδα διαμ λακος εγετ ερατ. Κρας μολλις τε σκελερις νυνκ. Νυλλαμ αρκυ. Αλιχαμ κονσεχατ. Κυραβιτυρ αυγυε λορεμ, δαπιβος χις, λαορεετ και, πρετιων ακ, νισι. Αινεαν μαγνα νισλ, μολλις χις, μολεστιε ευ, φευγιατ ιν, ορκι. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ.', 'Φυσκε κονυαλλις, μαυρις ιμπερδιετ γραυιδα βιβενδων, νισλ τυρπις συσκιπιτ μαυρις, αλλα πλακερατ ιψων υρνα αλλα ρισος. Ιν κονυαλλις τελλος α μαυρις. Κυραβιτυρ νον ελιτ η λιβερο τε τριστι σοδαλης. Μαυρις α λακος. Δονεκ μαθις σεμπερ λεο. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ. Ουιυαμος φακιλισις διαμ ατ ωδιο. Μαυρις δικτων, νισι εγετ κονσεχατ ελεμεντων, λακος λιγυλα μολεστιε μετος, νον φευγιατ ορκι μαγνα ακ σεμ. Δονεκ τυρπις. Δονεκ ουιται μετος. Μορβι τε τριστι τε νε ευ μαυρις. Τε χης γραυιδα ιψων νον σαπιεν. Προιν τυρπις λακος, τε σκελερις ουιται, ελεμεντων ατ, λοβορτις ακ, χαμ. Αλιχαμ δικτων ελειφενδ ρισος. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ. Ετιαμ σιτ αμετ διαμ. Συσπενδισσε ωδιο. Συσπενδισσε νυνκ. Ιν σεμπερ βιβενδων λιβερο.', 'Προιν νονυμμυ, λακος εγετ πυλυιναρ λακινια, πεδε φελις διγνισσιμ λεο, ουιται τε τριστι μαγνα λακος σιτ αμετ ερως. Νυλλαμ ορναρε. Πραισεντ ωδιο λιγυλα, δαπιβος αλλα, τινκιδυντ εγετ, δικτων ακ, νιβη. Ναμ χις λακος. Νυνκ ελειφενδ μολεστιε ουελιτ. Μορβι λοβορτις χαμ ευ ουελιτ. Δονεκ ευισμοδ ουεστιβυλων μασσα. Δονεκ νον λεκτος. Αλιχαμ κομμωδο λακος σιτ αμετ νυλλα. Κρας διγνισσιμ ελιτ και αυγυε. Νυλλαμ νον διαμ. Τε πελληντης αβιταντ μορβι τε τριστι σενεκτος και νετος και μαλεσυαδα φαμης ακ τυρπις εγεστας. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ. Αινεαν ουεστιβυλων. Σεδ λοβορτις ελιτ χις λεκτος. Νυνκ αλλα λακος ατ αυγυε βιβενδων δαπιβος.', 'Αλιχαμ ουεχικυλα σεμ η πεδε. Κρας πυρος λεκτος, εγεστας ευ, ουεχικυλα ατ, ιμπερδιετ αλλα, νιβη. Μορβι κονσεκτετυερ λυκτος φελις. Δονεκ ουιται νισι. Αλιχαμ τινκιδυντ φευγιατ ελιτ. Δυις αλλα ελιτ η τυρπις υλλαμκορπερ φευγιατ. Πραισεντ πρετιων, μαυρις αλλα φερμεντων ενδρεριτ, νυλλα λορεμ ιακυλις μαγνα, πυλυιναρ τε σκελερις υρνα τελλος α ιυστο. Συσπενδισσε πυλυιναρ μασσα ιν μετος. Δυις χις χαμ. Προιν ιυστο. Κυραβιτυρ ακ σαπιεν. Ναμ ερατ. Πραισεντ η χαμ.', 'Ουιυαμος κομμωδο, αυγυε και λαορεετ ευισμοδ, σεμ σαπιεν τεμπορ δωλορ, ακ εγεστας σεμ λιγυλα χις λακος. Δονεκ ουεστιβυλων τορτωρ ακ λακος. Σεδ ποσυερε ουεστιβυλων νισλ. Κυραβιτυρ ελειφενδ φερμεντων ιυστο. Νυλλαμ ιμπερδιετ. Ιντεγερ σιτ αμετ μαυρις ιμπερδιετ ρισος σολλικιτυδιν ρυτρων. Υτ ουιται τυρπις. Νυλλα φακιλισι. Τε χης τορτωρ ουελιτ, τε σκελερις και, φακιλισις ουελ, τεμπορ αλλα, υρνα. Ουιυαμος νυλλα ελιτ, ουεστιβυλων εγετ, σεμπερ και, τε σκελερις εγετ, λακος. Τε πελληντης ουιυερρα πυρος. Τε χης ελιτ. Δονεκ η δωλορ.', 'Δυις ουωλυτπατ ελιτ και ερατ. Ιν ατ νυλλα ατ νισλ κονδιμεντων αλιχετ. Τε χης ελεμεντων φαρετρα λακος. Νυνκ γραυιδα αρκυ εγετ νυνκ. Νυλλα ιακυλις εγεστας μαγνα. Αλιχαμ ερατ ουλυτπατ. Σεδ τε πελληντης ορκι. Ετιαμ λακος λορεμ, ιακυλις σιτ αμετ, φαρετρα χις, ιμπερδιετ σιτ αμετ, λεκτος. Ιντεγερ χις ελιτ ακ μι αλιχαμ πρετιων. Νυλλαμ μαυρις ορκι, πορθιτορ εγετ, σολλικιτυδιν νον, ουωλπυτατε ιδ, ρισος. Δονεκ ουαριος ενιμ νεκ σεμ. Ναμ αλιχαμ λακινια ενιμ. Τε χης εγετ λορεμ ευ πυρος διγνισσιμ υλτρικιης. Φυσκε πορθιτορ ενδρεριτ αντε. Μαυρις υρνα διαμ, κυρσος ιδ, μαθις εγετ, τεμπος σιτ αμετ, ρισος. Κυραβιτυρ ευ φελις. Σεδ ευ μι. Νυλλαμ λεκτος μαυρις, λυκτος α, μαθις ακ, τεμπος νον, λεο. Κρας μι νυλλα, ρονκος ιδ, λαορεετ υτ, υλτρικιης ιδ, ωδιο.', 'Δονεκ ιμπερδιετ. Ουεστιβυλων αυκτορ τορτωρ ατ ορκι. Ιντεγερ σεμπερ, νισι εγετ συσκιπιτ ελειφενδ, ερατ νισλ ενδρεριτ ιυστο, εγετ ουεστιβυλων λορεμ ιυστο ακ λεο. Ιντεγερ σεμ ουελιτ, φαρετρα ιν, φριγγιλλα ευ, φερμεντων ιδ, φελις. Ουεστιβυλων αλλα φελις. Ιν ελιτ. Πραισεντ και πεδε ουελ αντε δαπιβος κονδιμεντων. Δονεκ μαγνα. Τε χης ιδ ρισος. Μαυρις ουλπυτατε τε πελληντης λεο. Δυις ουλπυτατε, λιγυλα ατ ουενενατις τινκιδυντ, ορκι νυνκ ιντερδων λεο, ακ εγεστας ελιτ σεμ η λακος. Ετιαμ νον διαμ χις αρκυ εγεστας κομμωδο. Κυραβιτυρ νεκ μασσα ακ μασσα γραυιδα κονδιμεντων. Αινεαν ιδ λιβερο. Τε πελληντης ουιται τελλος. Φυσκε λεκτος εστ, ακκυμσαν ακ, βιβενδων αλλα, πορτα εγετ, αυγυε. Ετιαμ φαυκιβος. Τε χης τεμπος πυρος ευ αντε.', 'Ουεστιβυλων σαπιεν νισλ, ορναρε αυκτορ, κονσεκτετυερ χις, ποσυερε τε τριστι, ωδιο. Φυσκε υλτρικης υλλαμκορπερ ωδιο. Υτ αυγυε νυλλα, ιντερδων ατ, αδιπισκιγγ νον, τε τριστι εγετ, τε νε. Τε πελληντης αβιταντ μορβι τε τριστι σενεκτος και νετος και μαλεσυαδα φαμης ακ τυρπις εγεστας. Υτ πεδε εστ, κονδιμεντων ιδ, τε σκελερις ακ, μαλεσυαδα νον, χαμ. Προιν ευ λιγυλα ακ σαπιεν συσκιπιτ βλανδιτ. Συσπενδισσε ευισμοδ. Υτ ακκυμσαν, τε νε ιδ γραυιδα λυκτος, αρκυ πεδε σοδαλης φελις, ουελ βλανδιτ μασσα αρκυ εγετ λιγυλα. Αινεαν αλλα τυρπις. Τε πελληντης αβιταντ μορβι τε τριστι σενεκτος και νετος και μαλεσυαδα φαμης ακ τυρπις εγεστας. Δονεκ σεμ ερως, ορναρε υτ, κομμωδο ευ, τεμπορ νεκ, ρισος. Δονεκ λαορεετ δαπιβος λιγυλα. Πραισεντ ορκι λεο, βιβενδων νεκ, ορναρε και, νονυμμυ ιν, ελιτ. Δονεκ ιντερδων φευγιατ λεο. Ουεστιβυλων αντε ιψων πριμις ιν φαυκιβος ορκι λυκτος και υλτρικης ποσυερε κυβιλια Κυραι; Τε πελληντης φευγιατ υλλαμκορπερ ιψων. Δονεκ κονυαλλις τινκιδυντ υρνα.', 'Συσπενδισσε και ορκι και αρκυ πορθιτορ τε πελληντης. Σεδ λακος νυνκ, φερμεντων ουελ, ουεχικυλα ιν, ιμπερδιετ εγετ, υρνα. Ναμ κονσεκτετυερ ευισμοδ νυνκ. Νυλλα διγνισσιμ ποσυερε νυλλα. Ιντεγερ ιακυλις λακινια μασσα. Νυλλαμ σαπιεν αυγυε, κονδιμεντων ουελ, ουενενατις ιδ, ρονκος τε πελληντης, σαπιεν. Δονεκ αλλα ιψων υλτρικης τυρπις κονσεκτετυερ ιμπερδιετ. Δυις και ιψων ακ νισλ λαορεετ κομμωδο. Μαυρις ευ εστ. Συσπενδισσε ιδ τυρπις χις ορκι ευισμοδ κονσεχατ. Δονεκ τελλος μι, λυκτος σιτ αμετ, υλτρικης α, κονυαλλις ευ, λορεμ. Προιν φαυκιβος κονυαλλις ελιτ. Μαικενας ρονκος αρκυ ατ αρκυ. Προιν λιβερο. Προιν αδιπισκιγγ. Ιν χις λορεμ ουιται ελιτ κονσεκτετυερ πρετιων. Νυλλαμ λιγυλα υρνα, αδιπισκιγγ νεκ, ιακυλις υτ, ελεμεντων νον, τυρπις. Φυσκε πυλυιναρ.' } } } local function _lorem_ipsum(args) local par_count = tonumber(args[1]) or 1 local par_lead = args[2] or '' local par_end = args[3] or '' local link = yesno(args.link or args[4]) or false local paragraphs = yesno(args.paragraphs) ~= false local demospace = args.demospace or nil local script = args.script or 'latin' local par_break = '\n\n' if not paragraphs then par_break = '' elseif mw.text.trim(par_lead) == '' and par_end ~= ' ' then par_break = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('nowiki', '') .. '\n\n' end local lipsum = lipsum_data[script] or lipsum_data['latin'] local start = lipsum.start local pars = {} for i = 1, par_count do local j = (i - 1) % #(lipsum.text) + 1 local par_start = '' if i == 1 and link then par_start = '[[Lorem ipsum|' .. start .. ']]' elseif j == 1 then par_start = start end local par_text = par_start .. lipsum['text'][j] if script == 'greek' then par_text = greek({par_text}) end table.insert(pars, par_lead .. par_text .. par_end) end local cats = {} if par_lead ~= '' or par_end ~= '' or link or not paragraphs or script ~= 'latin' then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Lorem ipsum with additional parameters' .. ']]') end if yesno(args.cat) ~= false then table.insert(cats, namespace_other({ [1] = '[[Category:' .. 'Content templates' .. '|' .. 'Lorem ipsum' .. ']]', [2] = '', ['target'] = 'main', ['demospace'] = demospace })) end return table.concat(pars, par_break) .. table.concat(cats) end function p.lorem_ipsum(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local unblanked_args = getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false, trim = false}) args[2] = unblanked_args[2] args[3] = unblanked_args[3] return _lorem_ipsum(args) end return p 1c11omihlfre0qqxkljwfmkqxkqd5bl 32193 32192 2026-04-22T02:14:56Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Lorem_ipsum]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32192 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local namespace_other = require('Module:Namespace other')._namespace_other local greek = require('Module:Greek')._greek local lipsum_data = { ['latin'] = { ['start'] = 'Lorem ipsum', ['text'] = { ' dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.', 'Curabitur pretium tincidunt lacus. Nulla gravida orci a odio. Nullam varius, turpis et commodo pharetra, est eros bibendum elit, nec luctus magna felis sollicitudin mauris. Integer in mauris eu nibh euismod gravida. Duis ac tellus et risus vulputate vehicula. Donec lobortis risus a elit. Etiam tempor. Ut ullamcorper, ligula eu tempor congue, eros est euismod turpis, id tincidunt sapien risus a quam. Maecenas fermentum consequat mi. Donec fermentum. Pellentesque malesuada nulla a mi. Duis sapien sem, aliquet nec, commodo eget, consequat quis, neque. Aliquam faucibus, elit ut dictum aliquet, felis nisl adipiscing sapien, sed malesuada diam lacus eget erat. Cras mollis scelerisque nunc. Nullam arcu. Aliquam consequat. Curabitur augue lorem, dapibus quis, laoreet et, pretium ac, nisi. Aenean magna nisl, mollis quis, molestie eu, feugiat in, orci. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.', 'Fusce convallis, mauris imperdiet gravida bibendum, nisl turpis suscipit mauris, sed placerat ipsum urna sed risus. In convallis tellus a mauris. Curabitur non elit ut libero tristique sodales. Mauris a lacus. Donec mattis semper leo. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Vivamus facilisis diam at odio. Mauris dictum, nisi eget consequat elementum, lacus ligula molestie metus, non feugiat orci magna ac sem. Donec turpis. Donec vitae metus. Morbi tristique neque eu mauris. Quisque gravida ipsum non sapien. Proin turpis lacus, scelerisque vitae, elementum at, lobortis ac, quam. Aliquam dictum eleifend risus. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Etiam sit amet diam. Suspendisse odio. Suspendisse nunc. In semper bibendum libero.', 'Proin nonummy, lacus eget pulvinar lacinia, pede felis dignissim leo, vitae tristique magna lacus sit amet eros. Nullam ornare. Praesent odio ligula, dapibus sed, tincidunt eget, dictum ac, nibh. Nam quis lacus. Nunc eleifend molestie velit. Morbi lobortis quam eu velit. Donec euismod vestibulum massa. Donec non lectus. Aliquam commodo lacus sit amet nulla. Cras dignissim elit et augue. Nullam non diam. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Aenean vestibulum. Sed lobortis elit quis lectus. Nunc sed lacus at augue bibendum dapibus.', 'Aliquam vehicula sem ut pede. Cras purus lectus, egestas eu, vehicula at, imperdiet sed, nibh. Morbi consectetuer luctus felis. Donec vitae nisi. Aliquam tincidunt feugiat elit. Duis sed elit ut turpis ullamcorper feugiat. Praesent pretium, mauris sed fermentum hendrerit, nulla lorem iaculis magna, pulvinar scelerisque urna tellus a justo. Suspendisse pulvinar massa in metus. Duis quis quam. Proin justo. Curabitur ac sapien. Nam erat. Praesent ut quam.', 'Vivamus commodo, augue et laoreet euismod, sem sapien tempor dolor, ac egestas sem ligula quis lacus. Donec vestibulum tortor ac lacus. Sed posuere vestibulum nisl. Curabitur eleifend fermentum justo. Nullam imperdiet. Integer sit amet mauris imperdiet risus sollicitudin rutrum. Ut vitae turpis. Nulla facilisi. Quisque tortor velit, scelerisque et, facilisis vel, tempor sed, urna. Vivamus nulla elit, vestibulum eget, semper et, scelerisque eget, lacus. Pellentesque viverra purus. Quisque elit. Donec ut dolor.', 'Duis volutpat elit et erat. In at nulla at nisl condimentum aliquet. Quisque elementum pharetra lacus. Nunc gravida arcu eget nunc. Nulla iaculis egestas magna. Aliquam erat volutpat. Sed pellentesque orci. Etiam lacus lorem, iaculis sit amet, pharetra quis, imperdiet sit amet, lectus. Integer quis elit ac mi aliquam pretium. Nullam mauris orci, porttitor eget, sollicitudin non, vulputate id, risus. Donec varius enim nec sem. Nam aliquam lacinia enim. Quisque eget lorem eu purus dignissim ultricies. Fusce porttitor hendrerit ante. Mauris urna diam, cursus id, mattis eget, tempus sit amet, risus. Curabitur eu felis. Sed eu mi. Nullam lectus mauris, luctus a, mattis ac, tempus non, leo. Cras mi nulla, rhoncus id, laoreet ut, ultricies id, odio.', 'Donec imperdiet. Vestibulum auctor tortor at orci. Integer semper, nisi eget suscipit eleifend, erat nisl hendrerit justo, eget vestibulum lorem justo ac leo. Integer sem velit, pharetra in, fringilla eu, fermentum id, felis. Vestibulum sed felis. In elit. Praesent et pede vel ante dapibus condimentum. Donec magna. Quisque id risus. Mauris vulputate pellentesque leo. Duis vulputate, ligula at venenatis tincidunt, orci nunc interdum leo, ac egestas elit sem ut lacus. Etiam non diam quis arcu egestas commodo. Curabitur nec massa ac massa gravida condimentum. Aenean id libero. Pellentesque vitae tellus. Fusce lectus est, accumsan ac, bibendum sed, porta eget, augue. Etiam faucibus. Quisque tempus purus eu ante.', 'Vestibulum sapien nisl, ornare auctor, consectetuer quis, posuere tristique, odio. Fusce ultrices ullamcorper odio. Ut augue nulla, interdum at, adipiscing non, tristique eget, neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Ut pede est, condimentum id, scelerisque ac, malesuada non, quam. Proin eu ligula ac sapien suscipit blandit. Suspendisse euismod. Ut accumsan, neque id gravida luctus, arcu pede sodales felis, vel blandit massa arcu eget ligula. Aenean sed turpis. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Donec sem eros, ornare ut, commodo eu, tempor nec, risus. Donec laoreet dapibus ligula. Praesent orci leo, bibendum nec, ornare et, nonummy in, elit. Donec interdum feugiat leo. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque feugiat ullamcorper ipsum. Donec convallis tincidunt urna.', 'Suspendisse et orci et arcu porttitor pellentesque. Sed lacus nunc, fermentum vel, vehicula in, imperdiet eget, urna. Nam consectetuer euismod nunc. Nulla dignissim posuere nulla. Integer iaculis lacinia massa. Nullam sapien augue, condimentum vel, venenatis id, rhoncus pellentesque, sapien. Donec sed ipsum ultrices turpis consectetuer imperdiet. Duis et ipsum ac nisl laoreet commodo. Mauris eu est. Suspendisse id turpis quis orci euismod consequat. Donec tellus mi, luctus sit amet, ultrices a, convallis eu, lorem. Proin faucibus convallis elit. Maecenas rhoncus arcu at arcu. Proin libero. Proin adipiscing. In quis lorem vitae elit consectetuer pretium. Nullam ligula urna, adipiscing nec, iaculis ut, elementum non, turpis. Fusce pulvinar.' } }, ['greek'] = { ['start'] = 'Λορεμ ιψων', ['text'] = { ' δωλορ σιτ αμετ, κονσεκτετυρ αδιπισικιγγ ελιτ, αλλα δο ειυσμοδ τεμπορ ινκιδιδυντ η λαβορε και δωλορε μαγνα αλιχα. Υτ ενιμ αδ μινιμ ουενιαμ, χις νοστρυδ εξερκιτατιον υλλαμκο λαβορις νισι η αλιχιπ εξ εα κομμωδο κονσεχατ. Δυις αυτε ιρυρε δωλορ ιν ρεπρεχενδεριτ ιν ουωλυπτατε ουελιτ εσσε κιλλων δωλορε ευ φυγιατ νυλλα παριατυρ. Εξκεπτευρ σιντ οκκαικατ κυπιδατατ νον προιδεντ, συντ ιν κυλπα χι οφφικια δεσερυντ μολλιτ ανιμ ιδ εστ λαβορων.', 'Κυραβιτυρ πρετιων τινκιδυντ λακος. Νυλλα γραυιδα ορκι α ωδιο. Νυλλαμ ουαριος, τυρπις και κομμωδο φαρετρα, εστ ερως βιβενδων ελιτ, νεκ λυκτος μαγνα φελις σολλικιτυδιν μαυρις. Ιντεγερ ιν μαυρις ευ νιβη ευισμοδ γραυιδα. Δυις ακ τελλος και ρισος ουλπυτατε ουεχικυλα. Δονεκ λοβορτις ρισος α ελιτ. Ετιαμ τεμπορ. Υτ υλλαμκορπερ, λιγυλα ευ τεμπορ κογγυε, ερως εστ ευισμοδ τυρπις, ιδ τινκιδυντ σαπιεν ρισος α χαμ. Μαικενας φερμεντων κονσεχατ μι. Δονεκ φερμεντων. Τε πελληντης μαλεσυαδα νυλλα α μι. Δυις σαπιεν σεμ, αλιχετ νεκ, κομμωδο εγετ, κονσεχατ χις, τε νε. Αλιχαμ φαυκιβος, ελιτ η δικτων αλιχετ, φελις νισλ αδιπισκιγγ σαπιεν, αλλα μαλεσυαδα διαμ λακος εγετ ερατ. Κρας μολλις τε σκελερις νυνκ. Νυλλαμ αρκυ. Αλιχαμ κονσεχατ. Κυραβιτυρ αυγυε λορεμ, δαπιβος χις, λαορεετ και, πρετιων ακ, νισι. Αινεαν μαγνα νισλ, μολλις χις, μολεστιε ευ, φευγιατ ιν, ορκι. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ.', 'Φυσκε κονυαλλις, μαυρις ιμπερδιετ γραυιδα βιβενδων, νισλ τυρπις συσκιπιτ μαυρις, αλλα πλακερατ ιψων υρνα αλλα ρισος. Ιν κονυαλλις τελλος α μαυρις. Κυραβιτυρ νον ελιτ η λιβερο τε τριστι σοδαλης. Μαυρις α λακος. Δονεκ μαθις σεμπερ λεο. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ. Ουιυαμος φακιλισις διαμ ατ ωδιο. Μαυρις δικτων, νισι εγετ κονσεχατ ελεμεντων, λακος λιγυλα μολεστιε μετος, νον φευγιατ ορκι μαγνα ακ σεμ. Δονεκ τυρπις. Δονεκ ουιται μετος. Μορβι τε τριστι τε νε ευ μαυρις. Τε χης γραυιδα ιψων νον σαπιεν. Προιν τυρπις λακος, τε σκελερις ουιται, ελεμεντων ατ, λοβορτις ακ, χαμ. Αλιχαμ δικτων ελειφενδ ρισος. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ. Ετιαμ σιτ αμετ διαμ. Συσπενδισσε ωδιο. Συσπενδισσε νυνκ. Ιν σεμπερ βιβενδων λιβερο.', 'Προιν νονυμμυ, λακος εγετ πυλυιναρ λακινια, πεδε φελις διγνισσιμ λεο, ουιται τε τριστι μαγνα λακος σιτ αμετ ερως. Νυλλαμ ορναρε. Πραισεντ ωδιο λιγυλα, δαπιβος αλλα, τινκιδυντ εγετ, δικτων ακ, νιβη. Ναμ χις λακος. Νυνκ ελειφενδ μολεστιε ουελιτ. Μορβι λοβορτις χαμ ευ ουελιτ. Δονεκ ευισμοδ ουεστιβυλων μασσα. Δονεκ νον λεκτος. Αλιχαμ κομμωδο λακος σιτ αμετ νυλλα. Κρας διγνισσιμ ελιτ και αυγυε. Νυλλαμ νον διαμ. Τε πελληντης αβιταντ μορβι τε τριστι σενεκτος και νετος και μαλεσυαδα φαμης ακ τυρπις εγεστας. Ιν ακ αβιτασσε πλατεα δικτυμστ. Αινεαν ουεστιβυλων. Σεδ λοβορτις ελιτ χις λεκτος. Νυνκ αλλα λακος ατ αυγυε βιβενδων δαπιβος.', 'Αλιχαμ ουεχικυλα σεμ η πεδε. Κρας πυρος λεκτος, εγεστας ευ, ουεχικυλα ατ, ιμπερδιετ αλλα, νιβη. Μορβι κονσεκτετυερ λυκτος φελις. Δονεκ ουιται νισι. Αλιχαμ τινκιδυντ φευγιατ ελιτ. Δυις αλλα ελιτ η τυρπις υλλαμκορπερ φευγιατ. Πραισεντ πρετιων, μαυρις αλλα φερμεντων ενδρεριτ, νυλλα λορεμ ιακυλις μαγνα, πυλυιναρ τε σκελερις υρνα τελλος α ιυστο. Συσπενδισσε πυλυιναρ μασσα ιν μετος. Δυις χις χαμ. Προιν ιυστο. Κυραβιτυρ ακ σαπιεν. Ναμ ερατ. Πραισεντ η χαμ.', 'Ουιυαμος κομμωδο, αυγυε και λαορεετ ευισμοδ, σεμ σαπιεν τεμπορ δωλορ, ακ εγεστας σεμ λιγυλα χις λακος. Δονεκ ουεστιβυλων τορτωρ ακ λακος. Σεδ ποσυερε ουεστιβυλων νισλ. Κυραβιτυρ ελειφενδ φερμεντων ιυστο. Νυλλαμ ιμπερδιετ. Ιντεγερ σιτ αμετ μαυρις ιμπερδιετ ρισος σολλικιτυδιν ρυτρων. Υτ ουιται τυρπις. Νυλλα φακιλισι. Τε χης τορτωρ ουελιτ, τε σκελερις και, φακιλισις ουελ, τεμπορ αλλα, υρνα. Ουιυαμος νυλλα ελιτ, ουεστιβυλων εγετ, σεμπερ και, τε σκελερις εγετ, λακος. Τε πελληντης ουιυερρα πυρος. Τε χης ελιτ. Δονεκ η δωλορ.', 'Δυις ουωλυτπατ ελιτ και ερατ. Ιν ατ νυλλα ατ νισλ κονδιμεντων αλιχετ. Τε χης ελεμεντων φαρετρα λακος. Νυνκ γραυιδα αρκυ εγετ νυνκ. Νυλλα ιακυλις εγεστας μαγνα. Αλιχαμ ερατ ουλυτπατ. Σεδ τε πελληντης ορκι. Ετιαμ λακος λορεμ, ιακυλις σιτ αμετ, φαρετρα χις, ιμπερδιετ σιτ αμετ, λεκτος. Ιντεγερ χις ελιτ ακ μι αλιχαμ πρετιων. Νυλλαμ μαυρις ορκι, πορθιτορ εγετ, σολλικιτυδιν νον, ουωλπυτατε ιδ, ρισος. Δονεκ ουαριος ενιμ νεκ σεμ. Ναμ αλιχαμ λακινια ενιμ. Τε χης εγετ λορεμ ευ πυρος διγνισσιμ υλτρικιης. Φυσκε πορθιτορ ενδρεριτ αντε. Μαυρις υρνα διαμ, κυρσος ιδ, μαθις εγετ, τεμπος σιτ αμετ, ρισος. Κυραβιτυρ ευ φελις. Σεδ ευ μι. Νυλλαμ λεκτος μαυρις, λυκτος α, μαθις ακ, τεμπος νον, λεο. Κρας μι νυλλα, ρονκος ιδ, λαορεετ υτ, υλτρικιης ιδ, ωδιο.', 'Δονεκ ιμπερδιετ. Ουεστιβυλων αυκτορ τορτωρ ατ ορκι. Ιντεγερ σεμπερ, νισι εγετ συσκιπιτ ελειφενδ, ερατ νισλ ενδρεριτ ιυστο, εγετ ουεστιβυλων λορεμ ιυστο ακ λεο. Ιντεγερ σεμ ουελιτ, φαρετρα ιν, φριγγιλλα ευ, φερμεντων ιδ, φελις. Ουεστιβυλων αλλα φελις. Ιν ελιτ. Πραισεντ και πεδε ουελ αντε δαπιβος κονδιμεντων. Δονεκ μαγνα. Τε χης ιδ ρισος. Μαυρις ουλπυτατε τε πελληντης λεο. Δυις ουλπυτατε, λιγυλα ατ ουενενατις τινκιδυντ, ορκι νυνκ ιντερδων λεο, ακ εγεστας ελιτ σεμ η λακος. Ετιαμ νον διαμ χις αρκυ εγεστας κομμωδο. Κυραβιτυρ νεκ μασσα ακ μασσα γραυιδα κονδιμεντων. Αινεαν ιδ λιβερο. Τε πελληντης ουιται τελλος. Φυσκε λεκτος εστ, ακκυμσαν ακ, βιβενδων αλλα, πορτα εγετ, αυγυε. Ετιαμ φαυκιβος. Τε χης τεμπος πυρος ευ αντε.', 'Ουεστιβυλων σαπιεν νισλ, ορναρε αυκτορ, κονσεκτετυερ χις, ποσυερε τε τριστι, ωδιο. Φυσκε υλτρικης υλλαμκορπερ ωδιο. Υτ αυγυε νυλλα, ιντερδων ατ, αδιπισκιγγ νον, τε τριστι εγετ, τε νε. Τε πελληντης αβιταντ μορβι τε τριστι σενεκτος και νετος και μαλεσυαδα φαμης ακ τυρπις εγεστας. Υτ πεδε εστ, κονδιμεντων ιδ, τε σκελερις ακ, μαλεσυαδα νον, χαμ. Προιν ευ λιγυλα ακ σαπιεν συσκιπιτ βλανδιτ. Συσπενδισσε ευισμοδ. Υτ ακκυμσαν, τε νε ιδ γραυιδα λυκτος, αρκυ πεδε σοδαλης φελις, ουελ βλανδιτ μασσα αρκυ εγετ λιγυλα. Αινεαν αλλα τυρπις. Τε πελληντης αβιταντ μορβι τε τριστι σενεκτος και νετος και μαλεσυαδα φαμης ακ τυρπις εγεστας. Δονεκ σεμ ερως, ορναρε υτ, κομμωδο ευ, τεμπορ νεκ, ρισος. Δονεκ λαορεετ δαπιβος λιγυλα. Πραισεντ ορκι λεο, βιβενδων νεκ, ορναρε και, νονυμμυ ιν, ελιτ. Δονεκ ιντερδων φευγιατ λεο. Ουεστιβυλων αντε ιψων πριμις ιν φαυκιβος ορκι λυκτος και υλτρικης ποσυερε κυβιλια Κυραι; Τε πελληντης φευγιατ υλλαμκορπερ ιψων. Δονεκ κονυαλλις τινκιδυντ υρνα.', 'Συσπενδισσε και ορκι και αρκυ πορθιτορ τε πελληντης. Σεδ λακος νυνκ, φερμεντων ουελ, ουεχικυλα ιν, ιμπερδιετ εγετ, υρνα. Ναμ κονσεκτετυερ ευισμοδ νυνκ. Νυλλα διγνισσιμ ποσυερε νυλλα. Ιντεγερ ιακυλις λακινια μασσα. Νυλλαμ σαπιεν αυγυε, κονδιμεντων ουελ, ουενενατις ιδ, ρονκος τε πελληντης, σαπιεν. Δονεκ αλλα ιψων υλτρικης τυρπις κονσεκτετυερ ιμπερδιετ. Δυις και ιψων ακ νισλ λαορεετ κομμωδο. Μαυρις ευ εστ. Συσπενδισσε ιδ τυρπις χις ορκι ευισμοδ κονσεχατ. Δονεκ τελλος μι, λυκτος σιτ αμετ, υλτρικης α, κονυαλλις ευ, λορεμ. Προιν φαυκιβος κονυαλλις ελιτ. Μαικενας ρονκος αρκυ ατ αρκυ. Προιν λιβερο. Προιν αδιπισκιγγ. Ιν χις λορεμ ουιται ελιτ κονσεκτετυερ πρετιων. Νυλλαμ λιγυλα υρνα, αδιπισκιγγ νεκ, ιακυλις υτ, ελεμεντων νον, τυρπις. Φυσκε πυλυιναρ.' } } } local function _lorem_ipsum(args) local par_count = tonumber(args[1]) or 1 local par_lead = args[2] or '' local par_end = args[3] or '' local link = yesno(args.link or args[4]) or false local paragraphs = yesno(args.paragraphs) ~= false local demospace = args.demospace or nil local script = args.script or 'latin' local par_break = '\n\n' if not paragraphs then par_break = '' elseif mw.text.trim(par_lead) == '' and par_end ~= ' ' then par_break = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag('nowiki', '') .. '\n\n' end local lipsum = lipsum_data[script] or lipsum_data['latin'] local start = lipsum.start local pars = {} for i = 1, par_count do local j = (i - 1) % #(lipsum.text) + 1 local par_start = '' if i == 1 and link then par_start = '[[Lorem ipsum|' .. start .. ']]' elseif j == 1 then par_start = start end local par_text = par_start .. lipsum['text'][j] if script == 'greek' then par_text = greek({par_text}) end table.insert(pars, par_lead .. par_text .. par_end) end local cats = {} if par_lead ~= '' or par_end ~= '' or link or not paragraphs or script ~= 'latin' then table.insert(cats, '[[Category:' .. 'Lorem ipsum with additional parameters' .. ']]') end if yesno(args.cat) ~= false then table.insert(cats, namespace_other({ [1] = '[[Category:' .. 'Content templates' .. '|' .. 'Lorem ipsum' .. ']]', [2] = '', ['target'] = 'main', ['demospace'] = demospace })) end return table.concat(pars, par_break) .. table.concat(cats) end function p.lorem_ipsum(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local unblanked_args = getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false, trim = false}) args[2] = unblanked_args[2] args[3] = unblanked_args[3] return _lorem_ipsum(args) end return p 1c11omihlfre0qqxkljwfmkqxkqd5bl 10 13028 32196 2010-06-24T02:49:27Z en>Hesperian 0 Protected "[[Template:Sc]]": High traffic page: 27000 uses ([edit=sysop] (indefinite) [move=sysop] (indefinite)) 32196 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[Template:Small-caps]] 3rsunug3zff0yo4blqi92q350gbvdf4 32197 32196 2026-04-22T02:15:03Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Sc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32196 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[Template:Small-caps]] 3rsunug3zff0yo4blqi92q350gbvdf4 10 13029 32198 2023-01-26T04:26:20Z en>Billinghurst 0 32198 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps;">{{{1}}}</span></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} t9dimrkv1rz6c6nq1lbz1pkl1ditgpp 32199 32198 2026-04-22T02:15:03Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Small-caps]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32198 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><span class="smallcaps" style="font-variant:small-caps;">{{{1}}}</span></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} t9dimrkv1rz6c6nq1lbz1pkl1ditgpp 10 13030 32200 2024-01-11T01:20:36Z en>Stefán Örvar Sigmundsson 0 We all know this at this point. 32200 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Category handler|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 9acxoepywp0cdp5suzz98rj6iwwb0n2 32201 32200 2026-04-22T02:15:03Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Category_handler]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32200 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Category handler|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 9acxoepywp0cdp5suzz98rj6iwwb0n2 828 13031 32202 2024-03-31T20:00:10Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Module:Category handler/data]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32202 Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data k26mwixuaeijisfddb0sxkg82iux8v4 32203 32202 2026-04-22T02:15:03Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Category_handler/data]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32202 Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data k26mwixuaeijisfddb0sxkg82iux8v4 828 13032 32204 2015-01-23T14:14:02Z en>AdamBMorgan 0 12 revisions imported from [[:w:Module:Category_handler/config]]: import code for updated template 32204 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'demopage', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [102] = true, -- author } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. m8k5q9d9n5x70j6xyg17x3o9s9ofn14 32205 32204 2026-04-22T02:15:04Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Category_handler/config]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32204 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'demopage', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [102] = true, -- author } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. m8k5q9d9n5x70j6xyg17x3o9s9ofn14 828 13033 32206 2024-03-31T20:00:20Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Module:Category handler/shared]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32206 Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p omlsnhudxz6juptvtxz7ns97jutbzc5 32207 32206 2026-04-22T02:15:04Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Category_handler/shared]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32206 Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p omlsnhudxz6juptvtxz7ns97jutbzc5 828 13034 32208 2024-03-31T19:59:52Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32208 Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikisource:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikisource:Template messages/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive%f[/\0]', '/[aA]rchives%f[/\0]' } 3eok90scs2c2o9aru604xtx1gfpjopu 32209 32208 2026-04-22T02:15:04Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Category_handler/blacklist]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32208 Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikisource:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikisource:Template messages/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive%f[/\0]', '/[aA]rchives%f[/\0]' } 3eok90scs2c2o9aru604xtx1gfpjopu 828 13035 32210 2018-07-26T18:20:51Z en>EncycloPetey 0 Protected "[[Module:Namespace detect/data]]" ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32210 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikisource'] = {'wikisource', 'project', 'ws'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } a6ap9xtq25pujaijv7a89da6k0dc51e 32211 32210 2026-04-22T02:15:04Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Namespace_detect/data]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32210 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikisource'] = {'wikisource', 'project', 'ws'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } a6ap9xtq25pujaijv7a89da6k0dc51e 828 13036 32212 2015-01-23T14:14:12Z en>AdamBMorgan 0 7 revisions imported from [[:w:Module:Namespace_detect/config]]: import code for updated template 32212 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'demopage' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. mlt92g3c1kq66jv01p0l0u25rey5c7m 32213 32212 2026-04-22T02:15:04Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Namespace_detect/config]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32212 Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'demopage' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. mlt92g3c1kq66jv01p0l0u25rey5c7m 10 13037 32214 2017-04-07T00:35:02Z en>Hesperian 0 Redirected page to [[Template:Uppercase]] 32214 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Uppercase]] hajzmy98nxoluw7e8jstzo8emruorxd 32215 32214 2026-04-22T02:15:05Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Uc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32214 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Uppercase]] hajzmy98nxoluw7e8jstzo8emruorxd 10 13038 32216 2025-02-02T11:06:54Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32216 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Template:Uppercase/styles.css" /><span class="wst-uppercase">{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> tr4awfssv0kgdz1axw3rkbytlocizcp 32217 32216 2026-04-22T02:15:05Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Uppercase]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32216 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Template:Uppercase/styles.css" /><span class="wst-uppercase">{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> tr4awfssv0kgdz1axw3rkbytlocizcp 10 13039 32218 2021-08-27T13:08:48Z en>Inductiveload 0 add classes 32218 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><span class="wst-serif {{{class|}}}" style="font-family:serif;">{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> h8fxfazq4fihx3usr2cnrs00jxpo2st 32219 32218 2026-04-22T02:15:05Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Serif]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32218 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><span class="wst-serif {{{class|}}}" style="font-family:serif;">{{{1}}}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> h8fxfazq4fihx3usr2cnrs00jxpo2st 10 13040 32224 2020-05-13T08:26:39Z en>Xover 0 Meh, double redirect apparently doesn't work (or I'm having a senior moment) 32224 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:div end]] tnwnc33r87f5zpije5ayy7noubbjhb0 32225 32224 2026-04-22T02:15:05Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:C/e]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32224 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:div end]] tnwnc33r87f5zpije5ayy7noubbjhb0 10 13041 32226 2020-05-13T08:17:58Z en>Xover 0 create convenience redirect 32226 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:center/s]] 841jqcmbe4dbn0y65xf3mlneqlm6kf4 32227 32226 2026-04-22T02:15:05Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:C/s]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32226 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:center/s]] 841jqcmbe4dbn0y65xf3mlneqlm6kf4 10 13042 32228 2025-12-19T19:55:08Z en>Tosca-the-engineer 0 Fix missing parameter 32228 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{flex wrap centre/s | align = {{{align|}}} | max-width = {{{max-width|}}} | align-items = {{{align-items|}}} | align-content = {{{align-items|}}} | class = {{{class|}}} | style = {{{style|}}} }}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{1|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class1|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style1|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style1|}}}"}}> {{{1}}} </div>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class2|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style2|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style2|}}}"}}> {{{2}}} </div>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class3|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style3|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style3|}}}"}}> {{{3}}} </div>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class4|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style4|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style4|}}}"}}> {{{4}}} </div>}}<!-- --></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> ft985l8eysdxmtek361qjybizm5v8rt 32229 32228 2026-04-22T02:15:06Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Flex_wrap_centre]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32228 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{flex wrap centre/s | align = {{{align|}}} | max-width = {{{max-width|}}} | align-items = {{{align-items|}}} | align-content = {{{align-items|}}} | class = {{{class|}}} | style = {{{style|}}} }}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{1|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class1|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style1|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style1|}}}"}}> {{{1}}} </div>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class2|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style2|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style2|}}}"}}> {{{2}}} </div>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class3|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style3|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style3|}}}"}}> {{{3}}} </div>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}}|<div class="_flex_child {{{child_class|}}} {{{child_class4|}}}"<!-- -->{{#if:{{{child_style4|child_style}}}|style="{{{child_style|}}} {{{child_style4|}}}"}}> {{{4}}} </div>}}<!-- --></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> ft985l8eysdxmtek361qjybizm5v8rt 10 13043 32230 2021-07-10T14:26:57Z en>Inductiveload 0 add standardised wst- prefix classname 32230 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Flex wrap centre/styles.css" /><!-- --><div class="_flex_wrap_center wst-flex-wrap-center {{{class|}}}" style="<!-- -->text-align:{{#if:{{{align|}}}|{{{align}}}|center}};<!-- --> {{#if:{{{max-width|}}}|max-width:{{{max-width}}};}}<!-- --> {{#if:{{{align-items|}}}|align-items:{{{align-items}}};}}<!-- --> {{#if:{{{align-content|}}}|align-content:{{{align-content}}};}}<!-- --> {{{style|}}}"><!-- --></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Flex wrap centre/doc}} </noinclude> acrai8gwnt7d6a1z6n6w7gmhgg06x4t 32231 32230 2026-04-22T02:15:06Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Flex_wrap_centre/s]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32230 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Flex wrap centre/styles.css" /><!-- --><div class="_flex_wrap_center wst-flex-wrap-center {{{class|}}}" style="<!-- -->text-align:{{#if:{{{align|}}}|{{{align}}}|center}};<!-- --> {{#if:{{{max-width|}}}|max-width:{{{max-width}}};}}<!-- --> {{#if:{{{align-items|}}}|align-items:{{{align-items}}};}}<!-- --> {{#if:{{{align-content|}}}|align-content:{{{align-content}}};}}<!-- --> {{{style|}}}"><!-- --></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Flex wrap centre/doc}} </noinclude> acrai8gwnt7d6a1z6n6w7gmhgg06x4t 10 13044 32232 2021-07-10T14:27:40Z en>Inductiveload 0 use standardised CSS class name wst-flex-wrap-center 32232 sanitized-css text/css /* main container: flex-box with wrapping, align to centre */ .wst-flex-wrap-center { margin: auto; /* centre in page if width < 100% */ display: flex; flex-wrap: wrap; justify-content: center; } /* the direct childen have this class */ .wst-flex-wrap-center > ._flex_child { /* default: a little padding on each side to separate cells */ /* can be overridden on a per-cell basis */ margin: 0.5em; } /* utility class if you want to remove child padding (can override without this) */ .wst-flex-wrap-center > ._flex_child._no_margin { margin: 0; } .wst-flex-wrap-center img { max-width: 100%; /* don't allow the imge to overspill containers */ height: auto; /* maintain aspect ratio */ } 3p5uoz1q5bstmavukew95qwcoaugxif 32233 32232 2026-04-22T02:15:06Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Flex_wrap_centre/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32232 sanitized-css text/css /* main container: flex-box with wrapping, align to centre */ .wst-flex-wrap-center { margin: auto; /* centre in page if width < 100% */ display: flex; flex-wrap: wrap; justify-content: center; } /* the direct childen have this class */ .wst-flex-wrap-center > ._flex_child { /* default: a little padding on each side to separate cells */ /* can be overridden on a per-cell basis */ margin: 0.5em; } /* utility class if you want to remove child padding (can override without this) */ .wst-flex-wrap-center > ._flex_child._no_margin { margin: 0; } .wst-flex-wrap-center img { max-width: 100%; /* don't allow the imge to overspill containers */ height: auto; /* maintain aspect ratio */ } 3p5uoz1q5bstmavukew95qwcoaugxif 10 13045 32234 2025-08-22T16:40:36Z en>Omegatron 0 c/s template uses this documentation, but is not documented in it 32234 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}}{{template shortcut|c}} {{high-risk|668000}}{{uses TemplateStyles|Template:center/styles.css}} {{div-based-template}} == Usage == This template center-aligns text. For example, {{doc example|content= <pre> {{center|'''Example text'''}} </pre> {{center|'''Example text'''}} }} === Other parameters === ==== style ==== Where there is a need to specify the style of text for the whole <nowiki><div>...</div></nowiki> item, an optional {{parameter|style}} parameter can be used. This can be useful when the body of the template is not a single [[H:DIVSPAN|inline item]] but a multi-paragraph structure. If the formatting in question has a "block" template, you can also nest that inside or outside the <code><nowiki>{{center}}</nowiki></code> template: The following solutions are then applicable. {{flex wrap centre|align=left |'''Option 1''' <pre> {{center|style=font-family:serif;| Title of the work by Author of the work }} </pre> yields {{center|style=font-family:serif;| Title of the work by Author of the work }} |'''Option 2''' (block template) <pre>{{center|{{serif block| <!--or {{serif block|{{center| --> Title of the work by Author of the work }}}}</pre> yields {{center|{{serif block| Title of the work by Author of the work }}}} |'''Option 3''' (if block template not available) <pre>{{center| {{serif|Title of the work}} {{serif|by}} {{serif|Author of the work}} }}</pre> yields {{center| {{serif|Title of the work}} {{serif|by}} {{serif|Author of the work}} }} }} <!-- flex wrap centre --> === Start and end templates === Another block method is to use the paired start and end templates <code>{{tl|c/s}}</code> (center start) and <code>{{tl|c/e}}</code> (center end): {{doc example|content= <pre> {{c/s}} {{uc|Title of the work}} {{sc|Subtitle by Author}} {{c/e}} </pre> {{c/s}} {{uc|Title of the work}} {{sc|Subtitle by Author}} {{c/e}} }} The <code>{{tl|c/s}}</code> template accepts the same parameters as <code>{{tl|center}}</code> (e.g., <code>style=font-family: serif;</code>, <code>width=50%</code>, <code>nomargin=yes</code>). ==Redirects== *{{tl|c}} == Tracking categories== * [[:Category:Pages using center with no text argument]]—Pages where the template is called with no text or first argument, typically because the content contains an = or otherwise confuses the parser == See also == * [[Template:Block center]] * [[Template:Center block]] * [[Template:Center inline]] (span-based version) ===Template data=== {{TemplateDataHeader}} <templatedata> { "description": "Align text to the center", "params": { "style": { "label": "style", "description": "Additional CSS styles to apply to the block", "type": "content", "required": false }, "text": { "aliases": [ "1" ], "label": "text", "description": "The text to center, this can be more than one paragraph.", "type": "content", "required": true }, "nomargin": { "label": "nomargin", "type": "string", "suggestedvalues": [ "yes, no" ] }, "nocat": {}, "class": { "description": "Additional CSS classes to apply." }, "width": {} }, "paramOrder": [ "style", "text", "nomargin", "nocat", "class", "width" ], "format": "inline" } </templatedata> <includeonly> <!-- CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS HERE, THANKS --> [[Category:Special effects templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> 8s8aw8k0ugb4va0jjuz30yl36k3rwpp 32235 32234 2026-04-22T02:15:06Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Center/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32234 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}}{{template shortcut|c}} {{high-risk|668000}}{{uses TemplateStyles|Template:center/styles.css}} {{div-based-template}} == Usage == This template center-aligns text. For example, {{doc example|content= <pre> {{center|'''Example text'''}} </pre> {{center|'''Example text'''}} }} === Other parameters === ==== style ==== Where there is a need to specify the style of text for the whole <nowiki><div>...</div></nowiki> item, an optional {{parameter|style}} parameter can be used. This can be useful when the body of the template is not a single [[H:DIVSPAN|inline item]] but a multi-paragraph structure. If the formatting in question has a "block" template, you can also nest that inside or outside the <code><nowiki>{{center}}</nowiki></code> template: The following solutions are then applicable. {{flex wrap centre|align=left |'''Option 1''' <pre> {{center|style=font-family:serif;| Title of the work by Author of the work }} </pre> yields {{center|style=font-family:serif;| Title of the work by Author of the work }} |'''Option 2''' (block template) <pre>{{center|{{serif block| <!--or {{serif block|{{center| --> Title of the work by Author of the work }}}}</pre> yields {{center|{{serif block| Title of the work by Author of the work }}}} |'''Option 3''' (if block template not available) <pre>{{center| {{serif|Title of the work}} {{serif|by}} {{serif|Author of the work}} }}</pre> yields {{center| {{serif|Title of the work}} {{serif|by}} {{serif|Author of the work}} }} }} <!-- flex wrap centre --> === Start and end templates === Another block method is to use the paired start and end templates <code>{{tl|c/s}}</code> (center start) and <code>{{tl|c/e}}</code> (center end): {{doc example|content= <pre> {{c/s}} {{uc|Title of the work}} {{sc|Subtitle by Author}} {{c/e}} </pre> {{c/s}} {{uc|Title of the work}} {{sc|Subtitle by Author}} {{c/e}} }} The <code>{{tl|c/s}}</code> template accepts the same parameters as <code>{{tl|center}}</code> (e.g., <code>style=font-family: serif;</code>, <code>width=50%</code>, <code>nomargin=yes</code>). ==Redirects== *{{tl|c}} == Tracking categories== * [[:Category:Pages using center with no text argument]]—Pages where the template is called with no text or first argument, typically because the content contains an = or otherwise confuses the parser == See also == * [[Template:Block center]] * [[Template:Center block]] * [[Template:Center inline]] (span-based version) ===Template data=== {{TemplateDataHeader}} <templatedata> { "description": "Align text to the center", "params": { "style": { "label": "style", "description": "Additional CSS styles to apply to the block", "type": "content", "required": false }, "text": { "aliases": [ "1" ], "label": "text", "description": "The text to center, this can be more than one paragraph.", "type": "content", "required": true }, "nomargin": { "label": "nomargin", "type": "string", "suggestedvalues": [ "yes, no" ] }, "nocat": {}, "class": { "description": "Additional CSS classes to apply." }, "width": {} }, "paramOrder": [ "style", "text", "nomargin", "nocat", "class", "width" ], "format": "inline" } </templatedata> <includeonly> <!-- CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS HERE, THANKS --> [[Category:Special effects templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> 8s8aw8k0ugb4va0jjuz30yl36k3rwpp 10 13046 32236 2021-03-12T09:54:24Z en>Inductiveload 0 32236 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div style="font-family:serif;"> {{{1}}} </div></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> nadtrp2azbcp9n4mwjaun0bui73g9r2 32237 32236 2026-04-22T02:15:06Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Serif_block]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32236 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div style="font-family:serif;"> {{{1}}} </div></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> nadtrp2azbcp9n4mwjaun0bui73g9r2 10 13047 32238 2022-01-01T05:14:03Z en>Serprinss 0 merging with Template:High-use 32238 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:High-use]] e17i7zdjae1f1pi88fnci4b96lfz175 32239 32238 2026-04-22T02:15:06Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:High-risk]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32238 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:High-use]] e17i7zdjae1f1pi88fnci4b96lfz175 10 13048 32242 2025-02-02T11:06:23Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 CalendulaAsteraceae moved page [[Template:Allcaps/styles.css]] to [[Template:Uppercase/styles.css]] without leaving a redirect 32242 sanitized-css text/css .wst-uppercase { text-transform: uppercase; } klt7b4k6y2nvpm9ybzatesqggh1u2qo 32243 32242 2026-04-22T02:15:07Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Uppercase/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32242 sanitized-css text/css .wst-uppercase { text-transform: uppercase; } klt7b4k6y2nvpm9ybzatesqggh1u2qo 10 13049 32244 2020-02-04T10:22:42Z en>Xover 0 there's no need to force leading/trailing whitespace here, even if it generally shouldn't matter; the whitespace serves no particular purpose and there are edge cases where it matters 32244 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div style="text-align:left; margin-left:{{{offset|{{{2|0}}}}}}">{{{1}}}</div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> t6ed4vepjmhjhru43pp4okht5daaqc5 32245 32244 2026-04-22T02:15:13Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Left]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32244 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div style="text-align:left; margin-left:{{{offset|{{{2|0}}}}}}">{{{1}}}</div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> t6ed4vepjmhjhru43pp4okht5daaqc5 10 13050 32246 2025-02-01T19:02:06Z en>GrammarPoliceOffical 0 removed template shortcut 32246 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA --> {{Div-based-template}} === Usage === Left aligns text with a <code>&lt;div></code> <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{left|here is left-aligned text with a 5em offset|offset=5em}}</syntaxhighlight> {{left|here is left-aligned text with a 5em offset|offset=5em}} If any text is placed before or after the template, it will simply wrap to another line without any offset: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{left|here is left-aligned text<br>with a 5em offset for both these lines,|offset=5em}} but not this one right here, {{left|and here is more left-aligned text|offset=5em}}</syntaxhighlight> {{left|here is left-aligned text<br>with a 5em offset for both these lines,|offset=5em}} but not this one right here, {{left|and here is more left-aligned text|offset=5em}} Where the block of text to be formatted extends over a page-break {{tl|left/s}} and {{tl|left/e}} should be used. {{tl|left/s}} accepts the {{parameter|offset}} parameter. Body of first page: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{left/s|offset=5em}} here is left-aligned text </syntaxhighlight> Footer: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{left/e}} </syntaxhighlight> Header (of second page): <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{left/s|offset=5em}} </syntaxhighlight> Body of second page: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> with a 5em offset {{left/e}} </syntaxhighlight> === See also === * [[Template:Right]] * [[Template:Block left]] * [[Template:Float left]] <includeonly> <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA, THANKS --> [[Category:Special effects templates]] [[Category:Formatting templates]] </includeonly> rsup9jhgmx7y3bjw3vxm3todegge5sx 32247 32246 2026-04-22T02:15:13Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Left/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32246 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA --> {{Div-based-template}} === Usage === Left aligns text with a <code>&lt;div></code> <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{left|here is left-aligned text with a 5em offset|offset=5em}}</syntaxhighlight> {{left|here is left-aligned text with a 5em offset|offset=5em}} If any text is placed before or after the template, it will simply wrap to another line without any offset: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{left|here is left-aligned text<br>with a 5em offset for both these lines,|offset=5em}} but not this one right here, {{left|and here is more left-aligned text|offset=5em}}</syntaxhighlight> {{left|here is left-aligned text<br>with a 5em offset for both these lines,|offset=5em}} but not this one right here, {{left|and here is more left-aligned text|offset=5em}} Where the block of text to be formatted extends over a page-break {{tl|left/s}} and {{tl|left/e}} should be used. {{tl|left/s}} accepts the {{parameter|offset}} parameter. Body of first page: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{left/s|offset=5em}} here is left-aligned text </syntaxhighlight> Footer: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{left/e}} </syntaxhighlight> Header (of second page): <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{left/s|offset=5em}} </syntaxhighlight> Body of second page: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> with a 5em offset {{left/e}} </syntaxhighlight> === See also === * [[Template:Right]] * [[Template:Block left]] * [[Template:Float left]] <includeonly> <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA, THANKS --> [[Category:Special effects templates]] [[Category:Formatting templates]] </includeonly> rsup9jhgmx7y3bjw3vxm3todegge5sx 10 13051 32248 2024-10-13T06:38:34Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 use /s and /e 32248 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude>{{right/s|leading-top={{{leading-top|}}}|offset={{{offset|{{{2|}}}}}}|style={{{style|}}}}} {{{1}}} {{right/e}}</onlyinclude> {{documentation}} jal5vfpyskqtgw14gjjil1rgm1yxk5j 32249 32248 2026-04-22T02:15:19Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Right]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32248 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude>{{right/s|leading-top={{{leading-top|}}}|offset={{{offset|{{{2|}}}}}}|style={{{style|}}}}} {{{1}}} {{right/e}}</onlyinclude> {{documentation}} jal5vfpyskqtgw14gjjil1rgm1yxk5j 10 13052 32250 2021-08-06T08:04:46Z en>Inductiveload 0 use templatestyles 32250 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><!-- --><templatestyles src="Float right/styles.css" /><!-- --><span class="wst-floatright {{{class|}}}" {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} style="margin:{{{3|0}}} {{{offset|{{{2|0}}}}}} {{{3|0}}} {{{gutter|{{{4|0}}}}}}; {{{style|}}}">{{{content|{{{1}}}}}}</span></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} dsqtamflc7xebjjz0o4n2x15c41rrxm 32251 32250 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Float_right]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32250 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><!-- --><templatestyles src="Float right/styles.css" /><!-- --><span class="wst-floatright {{{class|}}}" {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} style="margin:{{{3|0}}} {{{offset|{{{2|0}}}}}} {{{3|0}}} {{{gutter|{{{4|0}}}}}}; {{{style|}}}">{{{content|{{{1}}}}}}</span></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} dsqtamflc7xebjjz0o4n2x15c41rrxm 10 13053 32252 2025-01-06T21:25:44Z en>Jan.Kamenicek 0 Protected "[[Template:Float right/styles.css]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32252 sanitized-css text/css .wst-floatright { float:right; text-indent: 0; } ijetemjtp82ypxvar0xvafun5q4vm5b 32253 32252 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Float_right/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32252 sanitized-css text/css .wst-floatright { float:right; text-indent: 0; } ijetemjtp82ypxvar0xvafun5q4vm5b 10 13054 32254 2022-09-07T22:35:12Z en>Prosfilaes 0 21 revisions imported from [[:commons:Template:Clear]] 32254 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};"></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 6mk3e4afot6hzu6tzbljxxk83e14xv6 32255 32254 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Clear]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32254 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};"></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 6mk3e4afot6hzu6tzbljxxk83e14xv6 10 13055 32256 2007-02-12T17:25:21Z en>Fabartus 0 imp fm en.wp 32256 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect [[Template:Tl]] kguhrbkq8mksgjr7oifzhh10u6ng5lr 32257 32256 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32256 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect [[Template:Tl]] kguhrbkq8mksgjr7oifzhh10u6ng5lr 10 13056 32258 2022-11-27T00:26:45Z en>ShakespeareFan00 0 32258 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><templatestyles src="Monospace/styles.css" /><span class="wst-mono">{{{1}}}</span></onlyinclude><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> heore78wbq63ex9y1j1cmzsfunq9jrh 32259 32258 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Monospace]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32258 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><templatestyles src="Monospace/styles.css" /><span class="wst-mono">{{{1}}}</span></onlyinclude><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> heore78wbq63ex9y1j1cmzsfunq9jrh 10 13057 32260 2020-09-26T18:35:01Z en>Waldyrious 0 update target 32260 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Monospace]] dp746vof79idspevhxdkwi2t8ws28tf 32261 32260 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Tt]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32260 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Monospace]] dp746vof79idspevhxdkwi2t8ws28tf 10 13058 32262 2025-02-22T02:07:01Z en>1F616EMO 0 properly demostrate 32262 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}} {{high-use|171437}} {{div-based-template|class=.wst-right}} {{templatestyles|Template:Right/styles.css}} {{clear}} ==Usage== This template aligns text to the right. For example, {{doc example| <pre>{{right|'''Example text'''}}</pre> yields {{right|'''Example text'''}} }} Text can be offset from the right margin by use of a second {{tt|offset}} parameter, implicitly or by name: {{doc example| <pre>{{right|'''Example text'''|3em}}</pre> and <pre>{{right|'''Example text'''|offset=3em}}</pre> both yield {{right|'''Example text'''|3em}} }} ==<nowiki>{{right}}</nowiki> ''versus'' {{tl|float right}}== This template, <nowiki>{{right}}</nowiki>, retains the text in the normal flow, but causes it to be aligned along the right margin. {{tl|float right}} takes a block of text out of the normal text flow, and floats it as far right as possible, without changing how it is aligned; other text can flow around it, as if it were a picture or diagram. {| class="wikitable" width="100%" cellpadding="20" !{{template|right}} !! {{template|float right}} |- | width="50%" | {{Lorem ipsum}} {{right|'''This text is'''<br/> '''right aligned'''<br/> '''using <nowiki>{{right}}</nowiki>.'''}} ''{{Lorem ipsum}}'' | width="50%" | {{Lorem ipsum}} {{float right|'''This text is'''<br/> '''floated right'''<br/> '''using <nowiki>{{float right}}</nowiki>.'''}} ''{{Lorem ipsum}}'' |} == TemplateData == {{TemplateDataHeader}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "label": "Text", "description": "The text to right-align.", "type": "content", "required": true }, "leading-top": { "label": "Top leading/padding", "description": "The space to leave at the top of the aligned block. Value in ems (do not specify units).", "example": "2", "type": "string", "default": "0", "suggested": true }, "offset": { "aliases": [ "2" ], "label": "Offset", "description": "The right margin.", "example": "3em", "type": "string", "default": "0", "suggested": true }, "style": { "label": "Style", "description": "Any other CSS rules to apply to the block.", "type": "string" } }, "description": "Align text to the right.", "paramOrder": [ "1", "offset", "leading-top", "style" ], "format": "inline" } </templatedata> ===See also=== * {{tl|Left}}: left aligns a block of text * {{tl|Right inline}}: Inline version of this template. * {{tl|Block right}}: places a block of text in the right of the page, without affecting the text alignment within that block * {{tl|Continues}}: adds the first word of the next page, right aligned, to the page footer <!-- template categories and interwiki links --> <includeonly> [[Category:Special effects templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[es:Plantilla:Derecha]] [[id:Templat:Right]] [[pt:Predefinição:Alinhado à direita]] </includeonly> ih955mclrnutkugplwhkafd06w2aft5 32263 32262 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Right/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32262 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}} {{high-use|171437}} {{div-based-template|class=.wst-right}} {{templatestyles|Template:Right/styles.css}} {{clear}} ==Usage== This template aligns text to the right. For example, {{doc example| <pre>{{right|'''Example text'''}}</pre> yields {{right|'''Example text'''}} }} Text can be offset from the right margin by use of a second {{tt|offset}} parameter, implicitly or by name: {{doc example| <pre>{{right|'''Example text'''|3em}}</pre> and <pre>{{right|'''Example text'''|offset=3em}}</pre> both yield {{right|'''Example text'''|3em}} }} ==<nowiki>{{right}}</nowiki> ''versus'' {{tl|float right}}== This template, <nowiki>{{right}}</nowiki>, retains the text in the normal flow, but causes it to be aligned along the right margin. {{tl|float right}} takes a block of text out of the normal text flow, and floats it as far right as possible, without changing how it is aligned; other text can flow around it, as if it were a picture or diagram. {| class="wikitable" width="100%" cellpadding="20" !{{template|right}} !! {{template|float right}} |- | width="50%" | {{Lorem ipsum}} {{right|'''This text is'''<br/> '''right aligned'''<br/> '''using <nowiki>{{right}}</nowiki>.'''}} ''{{Lorem ipsum}}'' | width="50%" | {{Lorem ipsum}} {{float right|'''This text is'''<br/> '''floated right'''<br/> '''using <nowiki>{{float right}}</nowiki>.'''}} ''{{Lorem ipsum}}'' |} == TemplateData == {{TemplateDataHeader}} <templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "label": "Text", "description": "The text to right-align.", "type": "content", "required": true }, "leading-top": { "label": "Top leading/padding", "description": "The space to leave at the top of the aligned block. Value in ems (do not specify units).", "example": "2", "type": "string", "default": "0", "suggested": true }, "offset": { "aliases": [ "2" ], "label": "Offset", "description": "The right margin.", "example": "3em", "type": "string", "default": "0", "suggested": true }, "style": { "label": "Style", "description": "Any other CSS rules to apply to the block.", "type": "string" } }, "description": "Align text to the right.", "paramOrder": [ "1", "offset", "leading-top", "style" ], "format": "inline" } </templatedata> ===See also=== * {{tl|Left}}: left aligns a block of text * {{tl|Right inline}}: Inline version of this template. * {{tl|Block right}}: places a block of text in the right of the page, without affecting the text alignment within that block * {{tl|Continues}}: adds the first word of the next page, right aligned, to the page footer <!-- template categories and interwiki links --> <includeonly> [[Category:Special effects templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[es:Plantilla:Derecha]] [[id:Templat:Right]] [[pt:Predefinição:Alinhado à direita]] </includeonly> ih955mclrnutkugplwhkafd06w2aft5 10 13059 32264 2022-11-27T22:38:50Z en>Mpaa 0 added comment per WP, just in case 32264 sanitized-css text/css .wst-mono { /* "monospace, monospace" per [[WP:MONO]] */ font-family: monospace, monospace; } 21jj4nkje0jiuihnph16mraz1xqojcp 32265 32264 2026-04-22T02:15:20Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Monospace/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32264 sanitized-css text/css .wst-mono { /* "monospace, monospace" per [[WP:MONO]] */ font-family: monospace, monospace; } 21jj4nkje0jiuihnph16mraz1xqojcp 10 13060 32266 2025-10-05T08:06:05Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Template:Right/styles.css]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) 32266 sanitized-css text/css .wst-right { text-align:right; } msov04re53kgg2xoz6p8c45l9zjm7xd 32267 32266 2026-04-22T02:15:21Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Right/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32266 sanitized-css text/css .wst-right { text-align:right; } msov04re53kgg2xoz6p8c45l9zjm7xd 10 13061 32268 2025-12-06T08:09:32Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32268 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Right/styles.css" /><div class="wst-right" {{optional style|padding-top={{#if:{{{leading-top|}}}|{{{leading-top}}}em}}|margin-right={{#if:{{{offset|{{{2|}}}}}}|{{{offset|{{{2|}}}}}}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}></onlyinclude><noinclude> </div> {{documentation|Template:Right/doc}}</noinclude> qvzsrcmemxo2i2k6p3ypg7vsldgg0yi 32269 32268 2026-04-22T02:15:21Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Right/s]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32268 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><templatestyles src="Template:Right/styles.css" /><div class="wst-right" {{optional style|padding-top={{#if:{{{leading-top|}}}|{{{leading-top}}}em}}|margin-right={{#if:{{{offset|{{{2|}}}}}}|{{{offset|{{{2|}}}}}}}}|style={{{style|}}}}}></onlyinclude><noinclude> </div> {{documentation|Template:Right/doc}}</noinclude> qvzsrcmemxo2i2k6p3ypg7vsldgg0yi 10 13062 32270 2024-10-13T06:25:14Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Redirected page to [[Template:Div end]] 32270 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Div end]] exllz7k5cunac41zi64n3793tmll7bx 32271 32270 2026-04-22T02:15:21Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Right/e]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32270 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Div end]] exllz7k5cunac41zi64n3793tmll7bx 10 13063 32272 2025-08-12T03:55:50Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32272 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=120%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> thxusr6xnm4iot8j595q45ngzgr5j08 32273 32272 2026-04-22T02:15:26Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Larger]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32272 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=120%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> thxusr6xnm4iot8j595q45ngzgr5j08 10 13064 32274 2025-08-12T03:56:20Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32274 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=92%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 48oekfvpwoawdgaiywuzimu21ogrdvl 32275 32274 2026-04-22T02:15:27Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Fine]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32274 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=92%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 48oekfvpwoawdgaiywuzimu21ogrdvl 10 13065 32276 2025-08-12T03:57:15Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32276 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=69%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> sk4k32obx8x04thci1d0gk236dhuptk 32277 32276 2026-04-22T02:15:27Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:X-smaller]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32276 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=69%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> sk4k32obx8x04thci1d0gk236dhuptk 10 13066 32278 2025-08-12T03:55:06Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32278 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=207%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 87n1wo5a9ltv88secr1ugojda2wrcfa 32279 32278 2026-04-22T02:15:27Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Xxx-larger]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32278 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=207%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 87n1wo5a9ltv88secr1ugojda2wrcfa 10 13067 32280 2025-08-12T03:55:20Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32280 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=182%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> c5kpvdak4baev8soufiehqiqpbsz1np 32281 32280 2026-04-22T02:15:27Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Xx-larger]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32280 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=182%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> c5kpvdak4baev8soufiehqiqpbsz1np 10 13068 32282 2025-08-12T03:55:35Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32282 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=144%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 8ftgy1auc1zlyvddd986ya2c9x1rqwg 32283 32282 2026-04-22T02:15:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:X-larger]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32282 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=144%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 8ftgy1auc1zlyvddd986ya2c9x1rqwg 10 13069 32284 2025-08-12T03:57:27Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32284 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=58%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 89kkx5eaefqy5yvyw6dcyzyvj4iiuj2 32285 32284 2026-04-22T02:15:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Xx-smaller]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32284 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=58%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 89kkx5eaefqy5yvyw6dcyzyvj4iiuj2 10 13070 32286 2025-08-12T03:54:51Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32286 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=249%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> mvp16aa4f6k4sie5ak1tz1s0uwnw95r 32287 32286 2026-04-22T02:15:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Xxxx-larger]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32286 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=249%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> mvp16aa4f6k4sie5ak1tz1s0uwnw95r 10 13071 32288 2025-05-15T13:42:34Z en>Uzume 0 don't cat /doc and sandboxes 32288 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude>{{ombox|type = notice |small = yes |image =[[File:Italic font awesome.svg|35px]] |text=<p>This template uses a <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> element for formatting.<br /> Block-based templates and paragraph breaks cannot be nested inside it.</p> <p>See [[H:DIVSPAN]] for details.</p> {{#if:{{{class|}}}|{{class notice|class={{{class}}}|classcount={{{classcount|}}}}}}} }}<includeonly>{{sandbox other||[[Category:Span based templates]]}}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} joj6dvjj3cl52m6eagcd4wjrp5af2lq 32289 32288 2026-04-22T02:15:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Span-based-template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32288 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude>{{ombox|type = notice |small = yes |image =[[File:Italic font awesome.svg|35px]] |text=<p>This template uses a <code>&lt;span&gt;</code> element for formatting.<br /> Block-based templates and paragraph breaks cannot be nested inside it.</p> <p>See [[H:DIVSPAN]] for details.</p> {{#if:{{{class|}}}|{{class notice|class={{{class}}}|classcount={{{classcount|}}}}}}} }}<includeonly>{{sandbox other||[[Category:Span based templates]]}}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{documentation}} joj6dvjj3cl52m6eagcd4wjrp5af2lq 10 13072 32290 2009-03-12T22:14:44Z en>Billinghurst 0 add sort to category 32290 wikitext text/x-wiki <references /> <noinclude>[[Category:Article templates|References]]</noinclude> co7p5ux3d62vs8t61evme6uhgszds0q 32291 32290 2026-04-22T02:15:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:References]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32290 wikitext text/x-wiki <references /> <noinclude>[[Category:Article templates|References]]</noinclude> co7p5ux3d62vs8t61evme6uhgszds0q 10 13073 32292 2025-08-12T04:21:19Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32292 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}} {{high-use|{{#switch:{{ROOTPAGENAME}} |Xxxx-smaller=66 |Xxx-smaller=80 |Xx-smaller=4660 |X-smaller=43860 |Smaller=398857 |Fine=49849 |M-larger=1954 |Larger=338142 |X-larger=146418 |Xx-larger=43843 |Xxx-larger=20807 |Xxxx-larger=10762 }}}} == Usage == {{span-based-template}} This is a font size template to simplify the formatting of text that is {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}. Refer to the table below for specifics. This template is based on {{tl|font-size-base}}. == Example == {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}} {{doc example/e}} Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems. Specifically, the template will think that whatever comes before the equals character is a parameter and the content won't display properly. Use <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="yes">{{=}}</syntaxhighlight> or <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="yes">&equals;</syntaxhighlight> instead, or set the first parameter explicitly with <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="yes">1=</syntaxhighlight>. {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "&amp;equals;", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "&equals;", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "&#123;&#123;=&#125;&#125;", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "{{=}}", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|1=Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|1=Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} == See also == {{Help:Font size templates}} <!-- template categories --> <includeonly> [[Category:Formatting templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> <templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "required": true, "label": "text", "description": "Text to render", "type": "content" }, "style": { "description": "CSS style line to apply in addition to font-size", "type": "string" } }, "format": "inline" } </templatedata> g7dhl8szr63ofa85hkjcz12z6ske205 32293 32292 2026-04-22T02:15:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:X-smaller/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32292 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}} {{high-use|{{#switch:{{ROOTPAGENAME}} |Xxxx-smaller=66 |Xxx-smaller=80 |Xx-smaller=4660 |X-smaller=43860 |Smaller=398857 |Fine=49849 |M-larger=1954 |Larger=338142 |X-larger=146418 |Xx-larger=43843 |Xxx-larger=20807 |Xxxx-larger=10762 }}}} == Usage == {{span-based-template}} This is a font size template to simplify the formatting of text that is {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}. Refer to the table below for specifics. This template is based on {{tl|font-size-base}}. == Example == {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}} {{doc example/e}} Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems. Specifically, the template will think that whatever comes before the equals character is a parameter and the content won't display properly. Use <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="yes">{{=}}</syntaxhighlight> or <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="yes">&equals;</syntaxhighlight> instead, or set the first parameter explicitly with <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" inline="yes">1=</syntaxhighlight>. {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "&amp;equals;", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "&equals;", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "&#123;&#123;=&#125;&#125;", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|Note that if you use the equals character "{{=}}", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} &#123;&#123;{{BASEPAGENAME}}|1=Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.&#125;&#125; {{{{BASEPAGENAME}}|1=Note that if you use the equals character "=", it can cause problems.}} {{doc example/e}} == See also == {{Help:Font size templates}} <!-- template categories --> <includeonly> [[Category:Formatting templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] </includeonly> <templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "required": true, "label": "text", "description": "Text to render", "type": "content" }, "style": { "description": "CSS style line to apply in addition to font-size", "type": "string" } }, "format": "inline" } </templatedata> g7dhl8szr63ofa85hkjcz12z6ske205 12 13074 32294 2024-08-30T00:10:13Z en>Ineuw 0 /* Fonts smaller than 100% with proportional line heights */ removed under construction tag 32294 wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Font size templates | section = | previous = [[Help:Templates]] | next = | shortcut = | notes = }} {{templatestyles|Help:Font size templates/styles.css}} __TOC__ <onlyinclude> <section begin="size templates"/> <templatestyles src="Help:Font size templates/styles.css" /> <div class="relative-size-help"> All Wikisource size templates are ''relative'' to the default size. There are two kinds of sizing template: '''inline''' and '''block''' templates. Inline templates are suitable for use within a paragraph, but can't handle paragraph breaks, and do not adjust line spacing. Block templates can handle paragraph breaks, and adjust line spacing, but are not suitable for use within a paragraph, as they will cause a paragraph break. See [[H:DIVSPAN]] for more details. </div> {{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Help:Font size templates|==|===}} Font size definition by relative differences using words {{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Help:Font size templates|==|===}} {{Notice|The line heights of fonts greater than 100% increase proportionally with the font size. The line heights of fonts less than 100% are not proportional but inherit the line height of the font at the 100% size. The smaller the font, the greater the distance between rows of text. For these, see: [[Help:Font size templates#Fonts smaller than_100% with proportional line heights|Fonts smaller than 100% with proportional line heights]].}} {| class="font-size-table font-size-template-table" |- !Inline template !Block template !Size !12pt/16px<br/>default base<ref>Contemporary web browsers have largely standardized on a default base font size of 12pt or 16px.</ref> !Sample |- |{{tl|xxxx-smaller}} || — || 41% || 5pt/6.7px || {{xxxx-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- |{{tl|xxx-smaller}} || — || 50% || 6pt/8px || {{xxx-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xx-smaller}} || {{tl|xx-smaller block}} || 58% || 7pt/9px || {{xx-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|x-smaller}} || {{tl|x-smaller block}} || 69% || 8pt/11px || {{x-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|smaller}} || {{tl|smaller block}} || 83% || 10pt/13px || {{smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|fine}} || {{tl|fine block}} || 92% || 11pt/15px || {{fine|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- |style="text-align:center;"| — ||style="text-align:center;"| — || 100% || 12pt/16px || Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, |- | {{tl|m-larger}} || {{tl|m-larger block}} || 110% || 13pt/18px || {{m-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|larger}} || {{tl|larger block}} || 120% || 14pt/19px || {{larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|x-larger}} || {{tl|x-larger block}} || 144% || 17pt/23px || {{x-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xx-larger}} || {{tl|xx-larger block}} || 182% || 22pt/29px || {{xx-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xxx-larger}} || {{tl|xxx-larger block}} || 207% || 25pt/33px || {{xxx-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xxxx-larger}} || {{tl|xxxx-larger block}} || 249% || 30pt/40px || {{xxxx-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |} {{references}} <section end="size templates"/> </onlyinclude> == 100% and smaller font size and style comparisons table== {| class="wikitable font-size-table green-brown-table font-size-weight-table" |- !Template !Normal !Bold !Italics !Bold and italics |- | |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |- |{{tl|fine block}} and {{tl|fine}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |- |{{tl|smaller}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |- |{{tl|x-smaller}} {{tl|x-smaller block}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |- |{{tl|xx-smaller}} {{tl|xx-smaller block}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |} == Fonts smaller than 100% with proportional line heights == {| class="wikitable font-size-table green-brown-table" |- |+ Line height of 100% font size is 140% |- ! Template ! Font size ! Line height ! Block ! Inline ! Comments |- | {{tl|fs70}} | 70% | inherited | | {{tick|10}} | used for fractions {{tl|sfrac}} inline, no paragraph padding |- | {{tl|fs75}} | 75% | inherited | | {{tick|10}} | no paragraph padding |- | {{tl|fs80}} | 80% | 112% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after single paragraph |- | {{tl|fs80/s}} & {{tl|fs80/e}} | 80% | 112% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after single paragraph |- | {{tl|fs85}} | 85% | 119% |{{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after a single paragraph |- | {{tl|fs85/s}} & {{tl|fs85/e}} | 85% | 119% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after spanning multiple paragraph(s) or page(s) |- | {{tl|fs90}} | 90% | 126% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding included before and after wrapped text. |- | {{tl|fs90/s}} & {{tl|fs90/e}} | 90% | 126% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after spanning multiple paragraph(s) or page(s) |- |} ==See also== * [[Help:Templates]] [[Category:Template templates]] [[Category:Help]] tmagzvh1egrsdaktposxqgyk2xtiwfw 32295 32294 2026-04-22T02:15:29Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Help:Font_size_templates]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32294 wikitext text/x-wiki {{process header | title = Font size templates | section = | previous = [[Help:Templates]] | next = | shortcut = | notes = }} {{templatestyles|Help:Font size templates/styles.css}} __TOC__ <onlyinclude> <section begin="size templates"/> <templatestyles src="Help:Font size templates/styles.css" /> <div class="relative-size-help"> All Wikisource size templates are ''relative'' to the default size. There are two kinds of sizing template: '''inline''' and '''block''' templates. Inline templates are suitable for use within a paragraph, but can't handle paragraph breaks, and do not adjust line spacing. Block templates can handle paragraph breaks, and adjust line spacing, but are not suitable for use within a paragraph, as they will cause a paragraph break. See [[H:DIVSPAN]] for more details. </div> {{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Help:Font size templates|==|===}} Font size definition by relative differences using words {{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Help:Font size templates|==|===}} {{Notice|The line heights of fonts greater than 100% increase proportionally with the font size. The line heights of fonts less than 100% are not proportional but inherit the line height of the font at the 100% size. The smaller the font, the greater the distance between rows of text. For these, see: [[Help:Font size templates#Fonts smaller than_100% with proportional line heights|Fonts smaller than 100% with proportional line heights]].}} {| class="font-size-table font-size-template-table" |- !Inline template !Block template !Size !12pt/16px<br/>default base<ref>Contemporary web browsers have largely standardized on a default base font size of 12pt or 16px.</ref> !Sample |- |{{tl|xxxx-smaller}} || — || 41% || 5pt/6.7px || {{xxxx-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- |{{tl|xxx-smaller}} || — || 50% || 6pt/8px || {{xxx-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xx-smaller}} || {{tl|xx-smaller block}} || 58% || 7pt/9px || {{xx-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|x-smaller}} || {{tl|x-smaller block}} || 69% || 8pt/11px || {{x-smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|smaller}} || {{tl|smaller block}} || 83% || 10pt/13px || {{smaller|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|fine}} || {{tl|fine block}} || 92% || 11pt/15px || {{fine|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- |style="text-align:center;"| — ||style="text-align:center;"| — || 100% || 12pt/16px || Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, |- | {{tl|m-larger}} || {{tl|m-larger block}} || 110% || 13pt/18px || {{m-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|larger}} || {{tl|larger block}} || 120% || 14pt/19px || {{larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|x-larger}} || {{tl|x-larger block}} || 144% || 17pt/23px || {{x-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xx-larger}} || {{tl|xx-larger block}} || 182% || 22pt/29px || {{xx-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xxx-larger}} || {{tl|xxx-larger block}} || 207% || 25pt/33px || {{xxx-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |- | {{tl|xxxx-larger}} || {{tl|xxxx-larger block}} || 249% || 30pt/40px || {{xxxx-larger|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,}} |} {{references}} <section end="size templates"/> </onlyinclude> == 100% and smaller font size and style comparisons table== {| class="wikitable font-size-table green-brown-table font-size-weight-table" |- !Template !Normal !Bold !Italics !Bold and italics |- | |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |{{fs|100%|This is 100% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |{{fs|96%|This is 96% font size.}} |- |{{tl|fine block}} and {{tl|fine}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |{{fs|92%|This is 92% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |{{fs|88%|This is 88% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |{{fs|84%|This is 84% font size.}} |- |{{tl|smaller}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |{{fs|80%|This is 80% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |{{fs|76%|This is 76% font size.}} |- | |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |{{fs|72%|This is 72% font size.}} |- |{{tl|x-smaller}} {{tl|x-smaller block}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |{{fs|68%|This is 68% font size.}} |- |{{tl|xx-smaller}} {{tl|xx-smaller block}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |{{fs|58%|This is 58% font size.}} |} == Fonts smaller than 100% with proportional line heights == {| class="wikitable font-size-table green-brown-table" |- |+ Line height of 100% font size is 140% |- ! Template ! Font size ! Line height ! Block ! Inline ! Comments |- | {{tl|fs70}} | 70% | inherited | | {{tick|10}} | used for fractions {{tl|sfrac}} inline, no paragraph padding |- | {{tl|fs75}} | 75% | inherited | | {{tick|10}} | no paragraph padding |- | {{tl|fs80}} | 80% | 112% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after single paragraph |- | {{tl|fs80/s}} & {{tl|fs80/e}} | 80% | 112% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after single paragraph |- | {{tl|fs85}} | 85% | 119% |{{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after a single paragraph |- | {{tl|fs85/s}} & {{tl|fs85/e}} | 85% | 119% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after spanning multiple paragraph(s) or page(s) |- | {{tl|fs90}} | 90% | 126% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding included before and after wrapped text. |- | {{tl|fs90/s}} & {{tl|fs90/e}} | 90% | 126% | {{tick|10}} | | .50em padding before and after spanning multiple paragraph(s) or page(s) |- |} ==See also== * [[Help:Templates]] [[Category:Template templates]] [[Category:Help]] tmagzvh1egrsdaktposxqgyk2xtiwfw 10 13075 32296 2025-08-12T03:56:07Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32296 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=110%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> kyze4u40lguir8y85u5e8vc0s3yf8x2 32297 32296 2026-04-22T02:15:29Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:M-larger]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32296 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=110%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> kyze4u40lguir8y85u5e8vc0s3yf8x2 10 13076 32298 2025-08-12T03:57:39Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32298 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=50%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 3n37rfat4sxh1m4uwsvfq4q4jquf991 32299 32298 2026-04-22T02:15:29Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Xxx-smaller]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32298 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=50%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> 3n37rfat4sxh1m4uwsvfq4q4jquf991 12 13077 32300 2026-01-02T17:54:48Z en>Tosca-the-engineer 0 remove width:50em; from .relative-size-help 32300 sanitized-css text/css .relative-size-help { margin:auto; text-align:justify; } .font-size-table { margin:auto; border-collapse:collapse; line-height:inherit; } .font-size-template-table th, .font-size-template-table td { padding:0 1em; } .font-size-template-table td:nth-child(3), .font-size-template-table td:nth-child(4) { text-align:right; } .green-brown-table, .green-brown-table td { background-color:#ECFCF4; color: #202122; border:1px solid #966; } .green-brown-table caption, .green-brown-table th { background-color:#DDCCAA; color: #202122; border:1px solid #966; } .green-brown-table caption { padding-top:0.5em; padding-bottom:0.5em; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :first-child, .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(2) { font-weight:normal; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(3) { font-weight:bold; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(4) { font-weight:normal; font-style:italic; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(5) { font-weight:bold; font-style:italic; } c882tyosjafyrs4fpxuglq9wx4ybzyl 32301 32300 2026-04-22T02:15:29Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Help:Font_size_templates/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32300 sanitized-css text/css .relative-size-help { margin:auto; text-align:justify; } .font-size-table { margin:auto; border-collapse:collapse; line-height:inherit; } .font-size-template-table th, .font-size-template-table td { padding:0 1em; } .font-size-template-table td:nth-child(3), .font-size-template-table td:nth-child(4) { text-align:right; } .green-brown-table, .green-brown-table td { background-color:#ECFCF4; color: #202122; border:1px solid #966; } .green-brown-table caption, .green-brown-table th { background-color:#DDCCAA; color: #202122; border:1px solid #966; } .green-brown-table caption { padding-top:0.5em; padding-bottom:0.5em; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :first-child, .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(2) { font-weight:normal; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(3) { font-weight:bold; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(4) { font-weight:normal; font-style:italic; } .font-size-weight-table tr > :nth-child(5) { font-weight:bold; font-style:italic; } c882tyosjafyrs4fpxuglq9wx4ybzyl 10 13078 32302 2025-08-12T03:57:53Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32302 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=41%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> gdj5dsp8q3zrihqgpts2aalqthjqpkb 32303 32302 2026-04-22T02:15:29Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Xxxx-smaller]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32302 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{font-size-base|font-size=41%|style={{{style|}}}|1={{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation|Template:X-smaller/doc}} </noinclude> gdj5dsp8q3zrihqgpts2aalqthjqpkb 10 13079 32304 2025-06-15T17:01:29Z en>Uzume 0 +align-last 32304 wikitext text/x-wiki {{block center/s | class = {{{class|}}} | width = {{{width|}}} | height = {{{height|}}} | align = {{{talign|{{{align|}}}}}} | align-last = {{{talign-last|{{{align-last|}}}}}} | max-width = {{{max-width|}}} | style = {{{style|}}} | title = {{{title|}}} }} {{{text|{{{body|{{{1}}}}}}}}} {{block center/e}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 71bs9etn1wpa9jp7b8lmmzmy6tcf524 32305 32304 2026-04-22T02:15:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Block_center]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32304 wikitext text/x-wiki {{block center/s | class = {{{class|}}} | width = {{{width|}}} | height = {{{height|}}} | align = {{{talign|{{{align|}}}}}} | align-last = {{{talign-last|{{{align-last|}}}}}} | max-width = {{{max-width|}}} | style = {{{style|}}} | title = {{{title|}}} }} {{{text|{{{body|{{{1}}}}}}}}} {{block center/e}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 71bs9etn1wpa9jp7b8lmmzmy6tcf524 10 13080 32306 2024-04-29T11:06:20Z en>Great Brightstar 0 New method without character 32306 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><span class="wst-gap __gap {{{class|}}}" style="display:inline-block; inline-size:{{{1|2em}}}"></span></onlyinclude><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> dayxo3fkl6lodm6yac4b81n8xpe82xa 32307 32306 2026-04-22T02:15:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Gap]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32306 wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><span class="wst-gap __gap {{{class|}}}" style="display:inline-block; inline-size:{{{1|2em}}}"></span></onlyinclude><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> dayxo3fkl6lodm6yac4b81n8xpe82xa 10 13081 32308 2025-10-05T07:46:08Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Template:Block center/styles.css]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32308 sanitized-css text/css .wst-block-center { display:block; margin:0 auto; padding:0; position:relative; /* width:fit-content; */ max-width:100%; height:auto; text-align:initial; } .wst-block-center-title { display:inline-block; width:100%; text-align:center; } 1c2vxdzblkm3uqswy2pouxnzlwmhbfb 32309 32308 2026-04-22T02:15:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Block_center/styles.css]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32308 sanitized-css text/css .wst-block-center { display:block; margin:0 auto; padding:0; position:relative; /* width:fit-content; */ max-width:100%; height:auto; text-align:initial; } .wst-block-center-title { display:inline-block; width:100%; text-align:center; } 1c2vxdzblkm3uqswy2pouxnzlwmhbfb 10 13082 32310 2011-08-05T06:59:50Z en>Blurpeace 0 create 32310 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Block center]] a2vxsc7tmq02qcb5q2qypup3dr0sh6o 32311 32310 2026-04-22T02:15:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Bc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32310 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Block center]] a2vxsc7tmq02qcb5q2qypup3dr0sh6o 10 13083 32312 2025-11-05T05:15:39Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Protected "[[Template:Block center/s]]": High traffic page or template/module ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite)) 32312 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Block center/styles.css" /><div class="wst-block-center {{{class|}}}" {{optional style | width = {{#if:{{{width|}}}|{{{width}}}|fit-content}}<!--here because it's not allowed in the stylesheet; can't do {{{width|fit-content}}} because it's a pass-through parameter--> | height = {{{height|}}} | text-align = {{{talign|{{{align|}}}}}} | text-align-last = {{{talign-last|{{{align-last|}}}}}} | max-width = {{{max-width|}}} | style = {{{style|}}} }}>{{#if:{{{title|}}}|<div class="wst-block-center-title">{{{title}}}</div>[[Category:Pages using center block with title parameter]]|}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{height|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with height parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{width|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with width parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{max-width|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with max-width parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{align|}}}{{{talign|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with align parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{align-last|}}}{{{talign-last|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with align-last parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{style|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with style parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{class|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with class parameter]]}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{div end}}{{documentation}}</noinclude> 65w3hqmwhax1mc136133j5iit0txwtw 32313 32312 2026-04-22T02:15:44Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Block_center/s]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32312 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Block center/styles.css" /><div class="wst-block-center {{{class|}}}" {{optional style | width = {{#if:{{{width|}}}|{{{width}}}|fit-content}}<!--here because it's not allowed in the stylesheet; can't do {{{width|fit-content}}} because it's a pass-through parameter--> | height = {{{height|}}} | text-align = {{{talign|{{{align|}}}}}} | text-align-last = {{{talign-last|{{{align-last|}}}}}} | max-width = {{{max-width|}}} | style = {{{style|}}} }}>{{#if:{{{title|}}}|<div class="wst-block-center-title">{{{title}}}</div>[[Category:Pages using center block with title parameter]]|}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{height|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with height parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{width|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with width parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{max-width|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with max-width parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{align|}}}{{{talign|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with align parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{align-last|}}}{{{talign-last|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with align-last parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{style|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with style parameter]]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{class|}}}|[[Category:Pages using center block with class parameter]]}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{div end}}{{documentation}}</noinclude> 65w3hqmwhax1mc136133j5iit0txwtw 10 13084 32314 2024-06-10T02:21:56Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 footer param is unused 32314 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Div end]] exllz7k5cunac41zi64n3793tmll7bx 32315 32314 2026-04-22T02:15:45Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Block_center/e]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32314 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:Div end]] exllz7k5cunac41zi64n3793tmll7bx 10 13085 32316 2022-09-10T22:03:57Z en>SnowyCinema 0 Changed redirect target from [[Masses]] to [[Template:Clear]] 32316 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Clear]] 321aaofzzzl6ha5uj7sf2v4753r6ydi 32317 32316 2026-04-22T02:15:45Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:-]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32316 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Clear]] 321aaofzzzl6ha5uj7sf2v4753r6ydi 10 13086 32318 2026-03-08T16:08:00Z en>Alien333 0 clean up now that center block redirects here (no need for all the ifexprs) 32318 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}}{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Block center|{{template shortcut|bc}}}} {{uses TemplateStyles|Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}/styles.css}} {{div-based-template|class={{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Block center|.wst-block-center|.wst-center-block}}}} {{#switch:{{PAGENAME}} |Center block/s|Center block/s/sandbox={{high use|39845}} |Center block|Center block/sandbox={{high use|22552}} |Block center/s|Block center/s/sandbox={{high use|233347}} |Block center|Block center/sandbox|#default={{high use|125207}} }} ==Usage== This template places a block of text in the center of the page, without affecting the text alignment within that block. {{tl|bc}} is a shorter form of this template that redirects here. ===Comparison of {{tl|Block center}} and {{tl|Center}}=== This template retains the current text alignment (usually left), but moves the entire block of text into the center. To change to centered text alignment, use {{tl|center}} instead. '''Blockcenter''': {{{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} '''Center''': {{center|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} ===Parameters=== All parameters are optional except for the text. * {{parameter|1}}, {{parameter|text}}, {{parameter|body}}: the text to be placed centrally as a block. * {{parameter|title}}: title of the block. * {{parameter|width}}: the width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units). * {{parameter|max-width}}: the maximum width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units). * {{parameter|height}}: the height of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units). Use adds pages to [[:Category:Pages using center block with height parameter]]. * {{parameter|align}}: the text alignment within the block. One of <code>left</code>, <code>right</code>, <code>center</code>, <code>justify</code>; default is unspecified and so inherits from the parent. * {{parameter|align-last}}: the text alignment of last line within the block. One of <code>left</code>, <code>right</code>, <code>center</code>, <code>justify</code>; default is unspecified and so inherits from the parent. * {{parameter|class}}: additional CSS classes, which can be used in conjunction with [[Help:Page styles|index CSS]]. The classes <code>wst-block-center</code> and <code>wst-block-center-title</code> are always applied to the block and the title respectively. * {{parameter|style}}: additional CSS styles (prefer a class if the style is re-used within a work). ===={{parameter|title}}==== Where there is a need to give the title of the work, an optional "title" parameter can be used. Sometimes this is will center the title better than a stand-alone line will; other times not - it usually depends on if a fixed width (next example) is forced or not. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|title=Lorem Ipsum|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}}</pre> {{Block center|title=Lorem Ipsum|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|width}}==== Where there is a requirement to fix the width of the block, an optional "width" parameter can be used. Sometimes this is required to force a wider width when line wrap occurs. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}}</pre> {{Block center|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} {{doc example/e}} For exactly the same "spacing" as rendered by normal paragraph(s) before and/or after the template-inserted content: {{doc example/s}} <pre><p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{block center|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p></pre> <p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{bc|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p> {{doc example/e}} Note: this will force the width even when the page is narrower than the given width, up to the maximum specified by {{parameter|max-width}}, or 100% if that's not given. Note: generally, <em>avoid using percentages</em>, as this will probably be unreasonably narrow on small screens. If the content is text, prefer text-relative CSS units, such as ''em''. See [[H:PXWIDTH]] for more details. ===={{parameter|max-width}}==== This parameter provides a <em>maximum</em> width for the block, such that no matter how wide the parent container, the centered block will be no wider than this. Very often, this is a better choice than {{parameter|width}}, because it allows content to shrink on smaller screens like e-readers. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|max-width=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna}}</pre> {{block center|max-width=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna}} {{doc example/e}} However, if the parent container is <em>smaller</em> that this value, the block will shrink as normal: {{doc example/s}} <pre><div style="width:10em; margin:auto;"> {{block center|max-width=15em| Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit }} </div></pre> <div style="width:10em; margin:auto;"> {{Block center|max-width=15em| Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit }} </div> {{doc example/e}} The two parameters can be combined. In this case, the width will be set according to the {{parameter|width}} parameter on small screens (below the max-width value), and then will be limited to the {{parameter|max-width}} value on large screens. Note that the width value has to change according to the parent size, so it's normally a percentage value (often 100%). This is useful when there are floated blocks that don't cause the block to expand to the correct width, but where it's still desirable for the block to shrink on smaller screens: {{doc example/s}} <pre><div style="width:100%; border:1px dashed green;"> {{block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Wide parent: max-width of 40em applies.{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div></pre> <div style="width:100%; border:1px dashed green;"> {{Block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Wide parent: max-width of 40em applies.{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div> {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} <pre><div style="width:30em; margin:auto; border:1px dashed green;"> {{block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Narrow parent: 100% width{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div></pre> <div style="width:30em; margin:auto; border:1px dashed green;"> {{Block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Narrow parent: 100% width{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div> {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|height}}==== {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|height=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}}</pre> {{Block center|height=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|align}}==== The text alignment within the (overall) centered block may be controlled using this parameter. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|align=right|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}}</pre> {{Block center|align=right|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}} {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|style}}==== Where there is a need to specify the style of the text, an optional "style" parameter can be used. This parameter takes the same style attributes that can be set for any table. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|style=font-style:italic|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}}</pre> {{Block center|style=font-style:italic|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}} {{doc example/e}} For slightly larger "spacing" between normal paragraph(s) before &/or after the template-inserted content: {{doc example/s}} <pre><p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{block center|style=max-width:25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p></pre> <p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{Block center|style=max-width:25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p> {{doc example/e}} ===Spanning multiple pages=== If you use many separate block centers you will find that every page has a slightly different alignment; however, this template cannot be left "dangling" and closed on another page to create one big block center. If you have a multipage block center, you can use {{tl|Block center/s}} and {{tl|Block center/e}} to open and close it on each page. Every page must have one of each, one at the start and one at the end. However, you may place one or both of them in the header or footer, so they will not be transcluded to the main namespace. When the pages are all transcluded, you will end up with just one {{tl|Block center/s}} and just one {{tl|Block center/e}} at the start and end of the section, respectively. See [[Help:Page breaks]] for more information. ====First page==== '''Header''' Nothing is required in the header '''Body''' <pre>{{block center/s}}</pre> Start of the block center text. Contents of the block center goes here. '''Footer''' <pre>{{block center/e}}</pre> ====Middle pages==== '''Header''' <pre>{{block center/s}}</pre> '''Body''' Contents of the block center go here; this continues the previous page. '''Footer''' <pre>{{block center/e}}</pre> ====Last page==== '''Header''' <pre>{{block center/s}}</pre> '''Body''' Contents of the block center go here; this continues the previous page. Last bit of block center text. <pre>{{block center/e}}</pre> '''Footer''' Nothing is required in the footer of the last page. == Tracking categories == * [[:Category:Pages using center block with title parameter]] * [[:Category:Pages using center block with style parameters]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with class parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with height parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with width parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with max-width parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with align parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with align-last parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with style parameter]] ==See also== * {{tl|block left}} * {{tl|block right}}<includeonly> [[Category:Formatting templates]] [[Category:Templates applying classes for page styles]] </includeonly> == TemplateData == {{templatedata header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "class": { "label": "class", "description": "Additional CSS classes, which can be used in conjunction with index CSS", "type": "line" }, "width": { "label": "width", "description": "The width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units)", "type": "line" }, "align": { "aliases": [ "talign" ], "label": "align", "description": "The text alignment within the block", "suggestedvalues": [ "left", "center", "right", "justify" ], "type": "line", "default": "inherit" }, "align-last": { "aliases": [ "talign-last" ], "label": "align-last", "description": "The text alignment of the last line within the block", "suggestedvalues": [ "left", "center", "right", "justify" ], "type": "line", "default": "inherit" }, "max-width": { "type": "line", "description": "The maximum width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units)" }, "style": { "label": "style", "description": "Additional CSS styles", "type": "line" }, "title": { "label": "title", "description": "Title of the block", "type": "content" }, "height": { "type": "line", "description": "The height of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units)" }, "text": { "aliases": [ "1", "body" ], "description": "Content to place in a centered block", "type": "content", "required": true } }, "format": "block", "description": "Render content in a centered block", "paramOrder": [ "text", "title", "class", "height", "width", "max-width", "align", "align-last", "style" ] } </templatedata> pft8j6cx3093d3a33kqhvwcvsdx8ujc 32319 32318 2026-04-22T02:15:45Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Block_center/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32318 wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}}{{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Block center|{{template shortcut|bc}}}} {{uses TemplateStyles|Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}/styles.css}} {{div-based-template|class={{#ifeq:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Block center|.wst-block-center|.wst-center-block}}}} {{#switch:{{PAGENAME}} |Center block/s|Center block/s/sandbox={{high use|39845}} |Center block|Center block/sandbox={{high use|22552}} |Block center/s|Block center/s/sandbox={{high use|233347}} |Block center|Block center/sandbox|#default={{high use|125207}} }} ==Usage== This template places a block of text in the center of the page, without affecting the text alignment within that block. {{tl|bc}} is a shorter form of this template that redirects here. ===Comparison of {{tl|Block center}} and {{tl|Center}}=== This template retains the current text alignment (usually left), but moves the entire block of text into the center. To change to centered text alignment, use {{tl|center}} instead. '''Blockcenter''': {{{{ROOTPAGENAME}}|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} '''Center''': {{center|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} ===Parameters=== All parameters are optional except for the text. * {{parameter|1}}, {{parameter|text}}, {{parameter|body}}: the text to be placed centrally as a block. * {{parameter|title}}: title of the block. * {{parameter|width}}: the width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units). * {{parameter|max-width}}: the maximum width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units). * {{parameter|height}}: the height of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units). Use adds pages to [[:Category:Pages using center block with height parameter]]. * {{parameter|align}}: the text alignment within the block. One of <code>left</code>, <code>right</code>, <code>center</code>, <code>justify</code>; default is unspecified and so inherits from the parent. * {{parameter|align-last}}: the text alignment of last line within the block. One of <code>left</code>, <code>right</code>, <code>center</code>, <code>justify</code>; default is unspecified and so inherits from the parent. * {{parameter|class}}: additional CSS classes, which can be used in conjunction with [[Help:Page styles|index CSS]]. The classes <code>wst-block-center</code> and <code>wst-block-center-title</code> are always applied to the block and the title respectively. * {{parameter|style}}: additional CSS styles (prefer a class if the style is re-used within a work). ===={{parameter|title}}==== Where there is a need to give the title of the work, an optional "title" parameter can be used. Sometimes this is will center the title better than a stand-alone line will; other times not - it usually depends on if a fixed width (next example) is forced or not. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|title=Lorem Ipsum|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}}</pre> {{Block center|title=Lorem Ipsum|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|width}}==== Where there is a requirement to fix the width of the block, an optional "width" parameter can be used. Sometimes this is required to force a wider width when line wrap occurs. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}}</pre> {{Block center|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br/> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} {{doc example/e}} For exactly the same "spacing" as rendered by normal paragraph(s) before and/or after the template-inserted content: {{doc example/s}} <pre><p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{block center|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p></pre> <p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{bc|width=25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p> {{doc example/e}} Note: this will force the width even when the page is narrower than the given width, up to the maximum specified by {{parameter|max-width}}, or 100% if that's not given. Note: generally, <em>avoid using percentages</em>, as this will probably be unreasonably narrow on small screens. If the content is text, prefer text-relative CSS units, such as ''em''. See [[H:PXWIDTH]] for more details. ===={{parameter|max-width}}==== This parameter provides a <em>maximum</em> width for the block, such that no matter how wide the parent container, the centered block will be no wider than this. Very often, this is a better choice than {{parameter|width}}, because it allows content to shrink on smaller screens like e-readers. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|max-width=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna}}</pre> {{block center|max-width=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna}} {{doc example/e}} However, if the parent container is <em>smaller</em> that this value, the block will shrink as normal: {{doc example/s}} <pre><div style="width:10em; margin:auto;"> {{block center|max-width=15em| Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit }} </div></pre> <div style="width:10em; margin:auto;"> {{Block center|max-width=15em| Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit }} </div> {{doc example/e}} The two parameters can be combined. In this case, the width will be set according to the {{parameter|width}} parameter on small screens (below the max-width value), and then will be limited to the {{parameter|max-width}} value on large screens. Note that the width value has to change according to the parent size, so it's normally a percentage value (often 100%). This is useful when there are floated blocks that don't cause the block to expand to the correct width, but where it's still desirable for the block to shrink on smaller screens: {{doc example/s}} <pre><div style="width:100%; border:1px dashed green;"> {{block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Wide parent: max-width of 40em applies.{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div></pre> <div style="width:100%; border:1px dashed green;"> {{Block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Wide parent: max-width of 40em applies.{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div> {{doc example/e}} {{doc example/s}} <pre><div style="width:30em; margin:auto; border:1px dashed green;"> {{block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Narrow parent: 100% width{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div></pre> <div style="width:30em; margin:auto; border:1px dashed green;"> {{Block center|max-width=40em|width=100% |Narrow parent: 100% width{{-}}{{float right|''Text on the right.''}} }} </div> {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|height}}==== {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|height=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}}</pre> {{Block center|height=15em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|align}}==== The text alignment within the (overall) centered block may be controlled using this parameter. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|align=right|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}}</pre> {{Block center|align=right|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}} {{doc example/e}} ===={{parameter|style}}==== Where there is a need to specify the style of the text, an optional "style" parameter can be used. This parameter takes the same style attributes that can be set for any table. {{doc example/s}} <pre>{{block center|style=font-style:italic|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}}</pre> {{Block center|style=font-style:italic|<poem> Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, {{gap}}consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor; {{gap}}Aenean massa. </poem>}} {{doc example/e}} For slightly larger "spacing" between normal paragraph(s) before &/or after the template-inserted content: {{doc example/s}} <pre><p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{block center|style=max-width:25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p></pre> <p>By clicking the “Save page” button, you are agreeing to the Terms of Use, the Privacy Policy, and you irrevocably agree to release your contribution under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 License and the GFDL. You agree that a hyperlink or URL is sufficient attribution under the Creative Commons license.</p> {{Block center|style=max-width:25em|Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.<br> Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa.}} <p>Text is available under the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike License; additional terms may apply. By using this site, you agree to the Terms of Use and Privacy Policy.</p> {{doc example/e}} ===Spanning multiple pages=== If you use many separate block centers you will find that every page has a slightly different alignment; however, this template cannot be left "dangling" and closed on another page to create one big block center. If you have a multipage block center, you can use {{tl|Block center/s}} and {{tl|Block center/e}} to open and close it on each page. Every page must have one of each, one at the start and one at the end. However, you may place one or both of them in the header or footer, so they will not be transcluded to the main namespace. When the pages are all transcluded, you will end up with just one {{tl|Block center/s}} and just one {{tl|Block center/e}} at the start and end of the section, respectively. See [[Help:Page breaks]] for more information. ====First page==== '''Header''' Nothing is required in the header '''Body''' <pre>{{block center/s}}</pre> Start of the block center text. Contents of the block center goes here. '''Footer''' <pre>{{block center/e}}</pre> ====Middle pages==== '''Header''' <pre>{{block center/s}}</pre> '''Body''' Contents of the block center go here; this continues the previous page. '''Footer''' <pre>{{block center/e}}</pre> ====Last page==== '''Header''' <pre>{{block center/s}}</pre> '''Body''' Contents of the block center go here; this continues the previous page. Last bit of block center text. <pre>{{block center/e}}</pre> '''Footer''' Nothing is required in the footer of the last page. == Tracking categories == * [[:Category:Pages using center block with title parameter]] * [[:Category:Pages using center block with style parameters]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with class parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with height parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with width parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with max-width parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with align parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with align-last parameter]] ** [[:Category:Pages using center block with style parameter]] ==See also== * {{tl|block left}} * {{tl|block right}}<includeonly> [[Category:Formatting templates]] [[Category:Templates applying classes for page styles]] </includeonly> == TemplateData == {{templatedata header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "class": { "label": "class", "description": "Additional CSS classes, which can be used in conjunction with index CSS", "type": "line" }, "width": { "label": "width", "description": "The width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units)", "type": "line" }, "align": { "aliases": [ "talign" ], "label": "align", "description": "The text alignment within the block", "suggestedvalues": [ "left", "center", "right", "justify" ], "type": "line", "default": "inherit" }, "align-last": { "aliases": [ "talign-last" ], "label": "align-last", "description": "The text alignment of the last line within the block", "suggestedvalues": [ "left", "center", "right", "justify" ], "type": "line", "default": "inherit" }, "max-width": { "type": "line", "description": "The maximum width of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units)" }, "style": { "label": "style", "description": "Additional CSS styles", "type": "line" }, "title": { "label": "title", "description": "Title of the block", "type": "content" }, "height": { "type": "line", "description": "The height of the block (needs units which are valid CSS units)" }, "text": { "aliases": [ "1", "body" ], "description": "Content to place in a centered block", "type": "content", "required": true } }, "format": "block", "description": "Render content in a centered block", "paramOrder": [ "text", "title", "class", "height", "width", "max-width", "align", "align-last", "style" ] } </templatedata> pft8j6cx3093d3a33kqhvwcvsdx8ujc 10 13087 32320 2023-07-31T02:14:59Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 Redirected page to [[Template:TemplateDataHeader]] 32320 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:TemplateDataHeader]] 7n3va94rduk8q8fhwe3s5b1n4lm9242 32321 32320 2026-04-22T02:15:45Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Templatedata_header]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32320 wikitext text/x-wiki #redirect[[Template:TemplateDataHeader]] 7n3va94rduk8q8fhwe3s5b1n4lm9242 8 13088 32324 2025-08-14T07:33:48Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 add docs 32324 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- Outer span: contains the page number as an ID, so you can link to pages by pagenumber in the ''original'' work Also contains data- attributes for JS to pick up as needed. --><span <!-- -->class="pagenum ws-pagenum" <!-- -->id="{{{num}}}" <!-- -->data-page-number="{{{num}}}" <!-- -->{{#if:{{{page|}}}|data-page-name="{{{page}}}" data-page-index="{{SUBPAGENAME:{{{page}}}}}" {{#if:{{{quality|}}}|data-page-quality="{{{quality}}}"}} title="{{urlencode:{{{page}}}|WIKI}}"}}<!-- -->><!-- Inner span with an id of pagenumberXXX, which allows to anchor to the page if you only know the page index in the file (i.e. the XX in Page:Foo.djvu/XX) --><span <!-- -->{{#if:{{{page|}}}|id="pageindex_{{SUBPAGENAME:{{{page}}}}}" }}<!-- -->class="pagenum-inner ws-noexport"><!-- -->&#8203;<!-- End the inner span --></span><!-- End the outer span --></span></includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage pagenum template/doc}}</noinclude> bmoq2hkpjfx8fvuixisrvq77ld1isg4 32325 32324 2026-04-22T02:17:27Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_pagenum_template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32324 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- Outer span: contains the page number as an ID, so you can link to pages by pagenumber in the ''original'' work Also contains data- attributes for JS to pick up as needed. --><span <!-- -->class="pagenum ws-pagenum" <!-- -->id="{{{num}}}" <!-- -->data-page-number="{{{num}}}" <!-- -->{{#if:{{{page|}}}|data-page-name="{{{page}}}" data-page-index="{{SUBPAGENAME:{{{page}}}}}" {{#if:{{{quality|}}}|data-page-quality="{{{quality}}}"}} title="{{urlencode:{{{page}}}|WIKI}}"}}<!-- -->><!-- Inner span with an id of pagenumberXXX, which allows to anchor to the page if you only know the page index in the file (i.e. the XX in Page:Foo.djvu/XX) --><span <!-- -->{{#if:{{{page|}}}|id="pageindex_{{SUBPAGENAME:{{{page}}}}}" }}<!-- -->class="pagenum-inner ws-noexport"><!-- -->&#8203;<!-- End the inner span --></span><!-- End the outer span --></span></includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage pagenum template/doc}}</noinclude> bmoq2hkpjfx8fvuixisrvq77ld1isg4 10 13089 32326 2024-03-14T17:41:38Z en>Uzume 0 [[Module:Tag]] renamed 32326 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:tag|tag}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> d3glw6r9fc5knrakwu70teqsse6sc5p 32327 32326 2026-04-22T02:17:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Tag]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32326 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:tag|tag}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> d3glw6r9fc5knrakwu70teqsse6sc5p 828 13090 32328 2024-03-19T17:23:05Z en>Uzume 0 avoid misuse of "preprocess" to introduce the "nowiki" parser tag (and its strip marker) and instead use "mw.text.encode()" to escape the output in much the same way as the original template did; this again allows nested constructions like "{{tag|content={{tag}}}}" 32328 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local make_style_string = require('Module:Optional style').make_style_string function p._tag(args) local tag = args[1] or args.tag or 'tag' local pair_aliases = { ['close'] = 'close', ['c'] = 'close', ['empty'] = 'empty', ['e'] = 'empty', ['s'] = 'empty', ['single'] = 'empty', ['v'] = 'empty', ['void'] = 'empty', ['open'] = 'open', ['o'] = 'open', ['pair'] = 'pair', ['p'] = 'pair' } local pair = pair_aliases[args[2] or args['pair']] or 'pair' local wrapcode = yesno(args['wrap']) or false local style = args.style local attribs = args.attribs or args.params or '' local content = args.content -- Code tag local code_class if wrapcode then code_class = 'class="wrap"' else code_class = 'class="nowrap"' end local code_style if style == 'plain' then code_style = make_style_string({['border'] = 'none', ['background'] = 'transparent'}) else code_style = make_style_string({['style'] = style}) end -- Opening tag local tag_open if pair == 'close' then tag_open = '' elseif tag == '!--' then tag_open = '<!--' if pair == 'empty' then tag_open = tag_open .. ' -->' end else tag_open = mw.text.trim('<' .. tag .. ' ' .. attribs) if pair == 'empty' then tag_open = tag_open .. ' />' else tag_open = tag_open .. '>' end end -- Content between tags local tag_content if pair == 'empty' then tag_content = '' elseif pair == 'pair' then tag_content = content or '...' else tag_content = content or '' end -- Closing tag local tag_close if pair == 'empty' or pair == 'open' then tag_close = '' elseif tag == '!--' then tag_close = '-->' else tag_close = '</' .. tag .. '>' end return '<code ' .. mw.text.trim(code_class .. ' ' .. code_style) .. '>' .. mw.text.encode(tag_open) .. tag_content .. mw.text.encode(tag_close) .. '</code>' end function p.tag(frame) return p._tag(getArgs(frame)) end return p 894odv7h8lfcvlzbpg8wepgw4yxe7wk 32329 32328 2026-04-22T02:17:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Module:Tag]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32328 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} --p stands for package local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local make_style_string = require('Module:Optional style').make_style_string function p._tag(args) local tag = args[1] or args.tag or 'tag' local pair_aliases = { ['close'] = 'close', ['c'] = 'close', ['empty'] = 'empty', ['e'] = 'empty', ['s'] = 'empty', ['single'] = 'empty', ['v'] = 'empty', ['void'] = 'empty', ['open'] = 'open', ['o'] = 'open', ['pair'] = 'pair', ['p'] = 'pair' } local pair = pair_aliases[args[2] or args['pair']] or 'pair' local wrapcode = yesno(args['wrap']) or false local style = args.style local attribs = args.attribs or args.params or '' local content = args.content -- Code tag local code_class if wrapcode then code_class = 'class="wrap"' else code_class = 'class="nowrap"' end local code_style if style == 'plain' then code_style = make_style_string({['border'] = 'none', ['background'] = 'transparent'}) else code_style = make_style_string({['style'] = style}) end -- Opening tag local tag_open if pair == 'close' then tag_open = '' elseif tag == '!--' then tag_open = '<!--' if pair == 'empty' then tag_open = tag_open .. ' -->' end else tag_open = mw.text.trim('<' .. tag .. ' ' .. attribs) if pair == 'empty' then tag_open = tag_open .. ' />' else tag_open = tag_open .. '>' end end -- Content between tags local tag_content if pair == 'empty' then tag_content = '' elseif pair == 'pair' then tag_content = content or '...' else tag_content = content or '' end -- Closing tag local tag_close if pair == 'empty' or pair == 'open' then tag_close = '' elseif tag == '!--' then tag_close = '-->' else tag_close = '</' .. tag .. '>' end return '<code ' .. mw.text.trim(code_class .. ' ' .. code_style) .. '>' .. mw.text.encode(tag_open) .. tag_content .. mw.text.encode(tag_close) .. '</code>' end function p.tag(frame) return p._tag(getArgs(frame)) end return p 894odv7h8lfcvlzbpg8wepgw4yxe7wk 10 13091 32330 2025-08-14T07:37:06Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 32330 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|[[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage pagenum template]]}} <!--Categories at the bottom of this page; interwikis in Wikidata--> {{high use|440930}} == Usage == * This template generates page numbers with links for the {{tag|pages|empty}} command. == See also == * [[mw:Help:Extension:ProofreadPage/Pages tag]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line; interwikis in Wikidata --> }}</includeonly> 16zkemp9kxflaep5vra22xaoy3qzveh 32331 32330 2026-04-22T02:17:28Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Proofreadpage_pagenum_template/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32330 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|[[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage pagenum template]]}} <!--Categories at the bottom of this page; interwikis in Wikidata--> {{high use|440930}} == Usage == * This template generates page numbers with links for the {{tag|pages|empty}} command. == See also == * [[mw:Help:Extension:ProofreadPage/Pages tag]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line; interwikis in Wikidata --> }}</includeonly> 16zkemp9kxflaep5vra22xaoy3qzveh 8 13092 32332 2025-08-17T19:44:28Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 move to module 32332 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Proofreadpage header template|pp_header}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage header template/doc}}</noinclude> quuvnzjfjcrh0ajetw8un6ly09e9xkw 32333 32332 2026-04-22T02:17:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:MediaWiki:Proofreadpage_header_template]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32332 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Proofreadpage header template|pp_header}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation|Template:Proofreadpage header template/doc}}</noinclude> quuvnzjfjcrh0ajetw8un6ly09e9xkw 10 13093 32334 2022-08-17T10:29:10Z en>Xover 0 1 revision imported from [[:w:Template:Category_link_with_count]]: re-sync from enWP 32334 wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}}|Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}}}<!-- -->]]&nbsp;({{PAGESINCATEGORY:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{{2|all}}}}})<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> t44qc0k3i1yz2ecwxpiksck04hyz7rx 32335 32334 2026-04-22T02:17:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Category_link_with_count]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32334 wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}}|Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}}}<!-- -->]]&nbsp;({{PAGESINCATEGORY:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{{2|all}}}}})<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> t44qc0k3i1yz2ecwxpiksck04hyz7rx 10 13094 32336 2021-03-26T19:05:42Z en>Xover 0 create convenience redirect 32336 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Category link with count]] 092gm3mu5vr84eif0gc6y7q98csnc9h 32337 32336 2026-04-22T02:17:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Clc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32336 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Category link with count]] 092gm3mu5vr84eif0gc6y7q98csnc9h 10 13095 32338 2025-10-01T19:55:44Z en>CalendulaAsteraceae 0 /* Testing changes */ 32338 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|[[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template]]}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA --> {{high use|15085}} {{lua|Module:Proofreadpage header template}} === Usage === *This template generates headers for the <nowiki><pages/></nowiki> command, when it is called with "header". *It takes its parameters from the index page. *Parameters from the index page can be overridden in the "pages" command. {{doc example| <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"><pages index="foo" header author="bar" /></syntaxhighlight> }} === Tracking categories === * {{clc|Pages using automatic headers}} * {{clc|Pages using automatic headers with value parameter}} === Testing changes === <ol> <li>Make changes in [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template/sandbox]]. or [[Module:Proofreadpage header template/sandbox]].</li> <li>Add the following code to your [[Special:MyPage/common.js|common.js]] page: <syntaxhighlight lang="javascript"> var $tplTemplate = $('#wpTemplateSandboxTemplate'); var $tplPage = $('#wpTemplateSandboxPage'); if ($tplTemplate.prop('type') === 'hidden') { $('#templatesandbox-editform').prepend('<legend>Preview page with this template</legend>'); $tplTemplate .attr({ type: 'text', size: '60', spellcheck: 'true' }) .wrap('<label>Template name: </label>') .after('<br>'); $tplPage .attr({ type: 'text', size: '60', 'data-mw-searchsuggest': '{"wrapAsLink":false}', class: 'mw-searchInput' }) .wrap('<label>Page title: </label>') .after(' <input name="wpTemplateSandboxPreview" value="Show preview" type="submit">'); } </syntaxhighlight> </li> <li>Add something like the following code to [{{fullurl:Sandbox|redirect=no}} Sandbox]: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> <pages index="Sandbox.djvu" include="10" tosection="Chapter 1" header=1 section-author="Charles Dickens" section-illustrator="Leo Tolstoy" section-translator="Death" section-year=1984 /> </syntaxhighlight> </li> <li>Without publishing, copy changes to [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template]] or make it use the sandbox module.</li> <li>Input Sandbox in the new "Page title" field of the editing box, and click "Show preview".</li> </ol> === See also === * [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index data config.json]] * [[mw:Help:Extension:ProofreadPage/Pages tag]] <includeonly> <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA, THANKS --> </includeonly> 18xb1gqt8k5huyxjargvrayos4fn79u 32339 32338 2026-04-22T02:17:43Z Satdeep Gill 85 [[:en:Template:Proofreadpage_header_template/doc]] سے 1 نسخہ درآمد کیا گیا 32338 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage|[[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template]]}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA --> {{high use|15085}} {{lua|Module:Proofreadpage header template}} === Usage === *This template generates headers for the <nowiki><pages/></nowiki> command, when it is called with "header". *It takes its parameters from the index page. *Parameters from the index page can be overridden in the "pages" command. {{doc example| <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"><pages index="foo" header author="bar" /></syntaxhighlight> }} === Tracking categories === * {{clc|Pages using automatic headers}} * {{clc|Pages using automatic headers with value parameter}} === Testing changes === <ol> <li>Make changes in [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template/sandbox]]. or [[Module:Proofreadpage header template/sandbox]].</li> <li>Add the following code to your [[Special:MyPage/common.js|common.js]] page: <syntaxhighlight lang="javascript"> var $tplTemplate = $('#wpTemplateSandboxTemplate'); var $tplPage = $('#wpTemplateSandboxPage'); if ($tplTemplate.prop('type') === 'hidden') { $('#templatesandbox-editform').prepend('<legend>Preview page with this template</legend>'); $tplTemplate .attr({ type: 'text', size: '60', spellcheck: 'true' }) .wrap('<label>Template name: </label>') .after('<br>'); $tplPage .attr({ type: 'text', size: '60', 'data-mw-searchsuggest': '{"wrapAsLink":false}', class: 'mw-searchInput' }) .wrap('<label>Page title: </label>') .after(' <input name="wpTemplateSandboxPreview" value="Show preview" type="submit">'); } </syntaxhighlight> </li> <li>Add something like the following code to [{{fullurl:Sandbox|redirect=no}} Sandbox]: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> <pages index="Sandbox.djvu" include="10" tosection="Chapter 1" header=1 section-author="Charles Dickens" section-illustrator="Leo Tolstoy" section-translator="Death" section-year=1984 /> </syntaxhighlight> </li> <li>Without publishing, copy changes to [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage header template]] or make it use the sandbox module.</li> <li>Input Sandbox in the new "Page title" field of the editing box, and click "Show preview".</li> </ol> === See also === * [[MediaWiki:Proofreadpage index data config.json]] * [[mw:Help:Extension:ProofreadPage/Pages tag]] <includeonly> <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES BELOW THIS LINE AND INTERWIKIS IN WIKIDATA, THANKS --> </includeonly> 18xb1gqt8k5huyxjargvrayos4fn79u